Fix various typos via codespell.
const TDF_LabelList& currentFunctions = iterator.Current();
//The list of current functions is iterated.
- TDF_ListIteratorOfLabelList currentterator( currentFucntions );
+ TDF_ListIteratorOfLabelList currentterator( currentFunctions );
for (; currentIterator.More(); currentIterator.Next())
{
// An interface for the function is created.
**Example:**
~~~~~
-DT_ToBspl res sh
-== error = 5.20375663162094e-08 spans = 10
-== Surface is aproximated with continuity 2
+DT_ToBspl res sh
+== error = 5.20375663162094e-08 spans = 10
+== Surface is approximated with continuity 2
~~~~~
@section occt_draw_10 Performance evaluation commands
@subsubsection occt_ocaf_6_2_3 Comparison and analysis of approaches
- Below are described two different model implementations:
- one is based on standard OCAF attributes and the other is based
- on the creation of a new attribute possessing all data of the model.
-
+ Below are described two different model implementations:
+ one is based on standard OCAF attributes and the other is based
+ on the creation of a new attribute possessing all data of the model.
+
A load is distributed through the shape.
The measurements are taken at particular points defined by (x, y and z) coordinates.
- The load is represented as a projection onto X, Y and Z axes of the local co-ordinate system at each point of measurement.
- A matrix of transformation is needed to convert the local co-ordinate system to the global one, but this is optional.
-
- So, we have 15 double values at each point of measurement.
- If the number of such points is 100 000, for example, it means
- that we have to store 1 500 000 double values in the OCAF document.
-
- The first approach consists in using standard OCAF attributes.
- Besides, there are several variants of how the standard attributes may be used:
+ The load is represented as a projection onto X, Y and Z axes of the local coordinate system at each point of measurement.
+ A matrix of transformation is needed to convert the local coordinate system to the global one, but this is optional.
+
+ So, we have 15 double values at each point of measurement.
+ If the number of such points is 100 000, for example, it means
+ that we have to store 1 500 000 double values in the OCAF document.
+
+ The first approach consists in using standard OCAF attributes.
+ Besides, there are several variants of how the standard attributes may be used:
* Allocation of all 1 500 000 double values as one array of double values attached to one label;
* Allocation of values of one measure of load (15 values) as one array of double values and attachment of one point of measure to one label;
- * Allocation of each point of measure as an array of 3 double values attached to one label, the projection of load onto the local co-ordinate system axes as another array of 3 double values attached to a sub-label, and the matrix of projection (9 values) as the third array also attached to a sub-label.
-
- Certainly, other variants are also possible.
-
+ * Allocation of each point of measure as an array of 3 double values attached to one label,
+ the projection of load onto the local coordinate system axes as another array of 3 double values attached to a sub-label,
+ and the matrix of projection (9 values) as the third array also attached to a sub-label.
+
+ Certainly, other variants are also possible.
+
@figure{ocaf_tree_wp_image003.png,"Allocation of all data as one array of double values",350}
The first approach to allocation of all data represented as one array of double values
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~{.cpp}
- // The scope of functions is defined.
- Handle(TFunction_Scope) scope = TFunction_Scope::Set( anyLabel );
-
- // The information on modifications in the model is received.
- TFunction_Logbook& log = scope-GetLogbook();
-
- // The iterator is iInitialized by the scope of functions.
- TFunction_Iterator iterator( anyLabel );
- Iterator.SetUsageOfExecutionOrder( true );
-
- // The function is iterated, its dependency is checked on the modified data and executed if necessary.
- for (; iterator.more(); iterator.Next())
- {
- // The function iterator may return a list of current functions for execution.
- // It might be useful for multi-threaded execution of functions.
- const TDF_LabelList& currentFunctions = iterator.Current();
-
- //The list of current functions is iterated.
- TDF_ListIteratorOfLabelList currentterator( currentFucntions );
- for (; currentIterator.More(); currentIterator.Next())
- {
- // An interface for the function is created.
- TFunction_IFunction interface( currentIterator.Value() );
-
- // The function driver is retrieved.
- Handle(TFunction_Driver) driver = interface.GetDriver();
-
- // The dependency of the function on the modified data is checked.
- If (driver-MustExecute( log ))
- {
- // The function is executed.
- int ret = driver-Execute( log );
- if ( ret )
- return false;
- } // end if check on modification
- } // end of iteration of current functions
- } // end of iteration of functions.
+// The scope of functions is defined.
+Handle(TFunction_Scope) aScope = TFunction_Scope::Set (anyLabel);
+
+// The information on modifications in the model is received.
+TFunction_Logbook& aLog = aScope->GetLogbook();
+
+// The iterator is iInitialized by the scope of functions.
+TFunction_Iterator anIterator (anyLabel);
+anIterator.SetUsageOfExecutionOrder (true);
+
+// The function is iterated, its dependency is checked on the modified data and executed if necessary.
+for (; anIterator.more(); anIterator.Next())
+{
+ // The function iterator may return a list of current functions for execution.
+ // It might be useful for multi-threaded execution of functions.
+ const TDF_LabelList& aCurrentFunctions = anIterator.Current();
+
+ // The list of current functions is iterated.
+ for (TDF_ListIteratorOfLabelList aCurrentIterator (aCurrentFunctions);
+ aCurrentIterator.More(); aCurrentIterator.Next())
+ {
+ // An interface for the function is created.
+ TFunction_IFunction anInterface (aCurrentIterator.Value());
+
+ // The function driver is retrieved.
+ Handle(TFunction_Driver) aDriver = anInterface.GetDriver();
+
+ // The dependency of the function on the modified data is checked.
+ if (aDriver->MustExecute (aLog))
+ {
+ // The function is executed.
+ int aRes = aDriver->Execute (aLog);
+ if (aRes)
+ {
+ return false;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
<Sample name="Clear" function="ClearGrid2dSample"/>
</MenuItem>
<MenuItem name="Image">
- <Sample name="Backgroung Image" function="BackgroungImage2dSample"/>
+ <Sample name="Background Image" function="BackgroundImage2dSample"/>
</MenuItem>
</MenuItem>
</Menu>
\ No newline at end of file
protected:
//! The TypeOfPresention3d means that the interactive object
- //! may have a presentation dependant of the view of Display.
+ //! may have a presentation dependent on the view of Display.
Standard_EXPORT AIS_InteractiveObject(const PrsMgr_TypeOfPresentation3d aTypeOfPresentation3d = PrsMgr_TOP_AllView);
//! Set presentation display status.
Standard_EXPORT void StopTransform (const Standard_Boolean theToApply = Standard_True);
//! Apply transformation made from mouse moving from start position
- //! (save on the first Tranform() call and reset on DeactivateCurrentMode() call.)
+ //! (save on the first Transform() call and reset on DeactivateCurrentMode() call.)
//! to the in/out mouse position (theX, theY)
Standard_EXPORT gp_Trsf Transform (const Standard_Integer theX, const Standard_Integer theY,
const Handle(V3d_View)& theView);
Standard_EXPORT void setTransformPersistence (const Handle(Graphic3d_TransformPers)& theTrsfPers);
- //! Redefines local transformation management method to inform user of inproper use.
+ //! Redefines local transformation management method to inform user of improper use.
//! @warning this interactive object does not support setting custom local transformation,
//! this class solely uses this property to implement visual positioning of the manipulator
//! without need for recomputing presentation.
//! The presentation supports two display modes:
//! - Points.
//! - Bounding box for highlighting.
-//! Presentation provides selection by bouding box.
+//! Presentation provides selection by bounding box.
//! Selection and consequently highlighting can disabled by
//! setting default selection mode to -1. There will be no way
//! to select object from interactive view. Any calls to
//! Presentation for drawing rubber band selection.
//! It supports rectangle and polygonal selection.
//! It is constructed in 2d overlay.
-//! Default configaration is built without filling.
+//! Default configuration is built without filling.
//! For rectangle selection use SetRectangle() method.
//! For polygonal selection use AddPoint() and GetPoints() methods.
class AIS_RubberBand : public AIS_InteractiveObject
static void Hunt(const TColStd_Array1OfReal& Arr,
const Standard_Real Coord,
Standard_Integer& Iloc)
-{//Warning: Hunt is used to find number of knot which equals co-ordinate component,
- // when co-ordinate component definitly equals a knot only.
+{//Warning: Hunt is used to find number of knot which equals coordinate component,
+ // when coordinate component definitly equals a knot only.
Standard_Real Tol=Precision::PConfusion()/10;
Standard_Integer i=1;
while((i <= Arr.Upper()) && (Abs(Coord - Arr(i)) > Tol)){
index += 1 ;
}
//
- // Ouput
+ // Output
//
Standard_Integer ErrorCode = 0,
#include <NCollection_Array1.hxx>
#include <Standard_Integer.hxx>
-//! Class describing a continous 3d and/or function f(u).
+//! Class describing a continuous 3d and/or function f(u).
//! This class must be provided by the user to use the approximation algorithm FittingCurve.
class AppCont_Function
{
}
else
{
- // keep best decison
+ // keep best decision
if ((thetol3d + thetol2d) < (KeptT3d + KeptT2d))
{
KeptMultiCurve = TheMultiCurve;
#include <GeomAbs_Shape.hxx>
#include <Standard_OStream.hxx>
-//! Approximation of a Curve to make its parameter be its
-//! curvilinear abscissa
+//! Approximation of a Curve to make its parameter be its curvilinear abscissa.
//! If the curve is a curve on a surface S, C2D is the corresponding Pcurve,
-//! we considere the curve is given by its representation S(C2D(u))
-//! If the curve is a curve on 2 surfaces S1 and S2 and C2D1 C2D2 are
-//! the two corresponding Pcurve, we considere the curve is given
-//! by its representation 1/2(S1(C2D1(u) + S2 (C2D2(u)))
+//! we consider the curve is given by its representation
+//! @code
+//! S(C2D(u))
+//! @endcode
+//! If the curve is a curve on 2 surfaces S1 and S2 and C2D1 C2D2 are the two corresponding Pcurve,
+//! we consider the curve is given by its representation
+//! @code
+//! 1/2(S1(C2D1(u) + S2(C2D2(u)))
+//! @endcode
class Approx_CurvilinearParameter
{
public:
//! print the maximum errors(s)
Standard_EXPORT void Dump (Standard_OStream& o) const;
-
-
-
-protected:
-
-
-
-
-
private:
-
Standard_EXPORT static void ToleranceComputation (const Handle(Adaptor2d_Curve2d)& C2D, const Handle(Adaptor3d_Surface)& S, const Standard_Integer MaxNumber, const Standard_Real Tol, Standard_Real& TolV, Standard_Real& TolW);
+private:
Standard_Integer myCase;
Standard_Boolean myDone;
Handle(Geom2d_BSplineCurve) myCurve2d2;
Standard_Real myMaxError2d2;
-
};
-
-
-
-
-
-
#endif // _Approx_CurvilinearParameter_HeaderFile
}
}
- // II: Filter poins with too small amount of points per knot interval.
+ // II: Filter points with too small amount of points per knot interval.
i = 1;
theLKnots.Append(theInds(i));
Standard_Integer anIndsPrev = theInds(i);
//! @param thePntsXYZ - Set of 3d points.
//! @param thePntsU1V1 - Set of 2d points.
//! @param thePntsU2V2 - Set of 2d points.
- //! @param thePars - Expected parameters assoiated with set.
+ //! @param thePars - Expected parameters associated with set.
//! @param theApproxXYZ - Flag, existence of 3d set.
//! @param theApproxU1V1 - Flag existence of first 2d set.
//! @param theApproxU2V2 - Flag existence of second 2d set.
//!
//! I: Filter too big number of points per knot interval.
//!
- //! II: Filter poins with too small amount of points per knot interval.
+ //! II: Filter points with too small amount of points per knot interval.
//!
//! III: Fill Last Knot.
static void FilterKnots(NCollection_Sequence<Standard_Integer>& theInds,
// commercial license or contractual agreement.
/*============================================================================*/
-/*==== Titre: Aspect_Display.hxx */
+/*==== Title: Aspect_Display.hxx */
/*==== Role : The header file of primitive type "Display" from package */
/*==== "V3d" */
/*==== Implementation: This is a primitive type implemented with typedef */
// commercial license or contractual agreement.
/*============================================================================*/
-/*==== Titre: Aspect_Drawable.hxx */
+/*==== Title: Aspect_Drawable.hxx */
/*==== Role : The header file of primitive type "Handle" from packages */
/*==== "Xw" & "WNT" */
/*==== Implementation: This is a primitive type implemented with typedef */
// commercial license or contractual agreement.
/*============================================================================*/
-/*==== Titre: Aspect_Handle.hxx */
+/*==== Title: Aspect_Handle.hxx */
/*==== Role : The header file of primitive type "Handle" from packages */
/*==== "Xw" & "WNT" */
/*==== Implementation: This is a primitive type implemented with typedef */
// commercial license or contractual agreement.
/*============================================================================*/
-/*==== Titre: Aspect_RenderingContext.hxx */
-/*==== Role : The header file of primitive type "RenderingContext" from package */
-/*==== "V3d" */
+/*==== Title: Aspect_RenderingContext.hxx */
+/*==== Role: The header file of primitive type "RenderingContext" from package*/
+/*==== "V3d" */
/*==== Implementation: This is a primitive type implemented with typedef */
/*============================================================================*/
// To manage 2D or 3D graphic context
"\t\tUsage: bglue [0 (off) / 1 (shift) / 2 (full)]",
__FILE__, bGlue, g);
- theCommands.Add("bdrawwarnshapes", "Enables/Disables drawing of waring shapes of BOP algorithms.\n"
+ theCommands.Add("bdrawwarnshapes", "Enables/Disables drawing of warning shapes of BOP algorithms.\n"
"\t\tUsage: bdrawwarnshapes 0 (do not draw) / 1 (draw warning shapes)",
__FILE__, bdrawwarnshapes, g);
//! Checks if CurveOnSurface of theE on theF matches with isoline of theF surface.
//! Sets corresponding values for isTheUIso and isTheVIso variables.
+ //!
//! ATTENTION!!!
- //! This method is based on comparation between direction of
- //! surface (which theF is based on) iso-lines and the direction
- //! of the edge p-curve (on theF) in middle-point of the p-curve.
- //! This method should be used carefully
- //! (e.g. BRep_Tool::IsClosed(...) together) in order to
- //! avoid false classification some p-curves as isoline (e.g. circle
- //! on a plane).
+ //! This method is based on the comparison between direction of
+ //! surface (which theF is based on) iso-lines and the direction
+ //! of the edge p-curve (on theF) in middle-point of the p-curve.
+ //!
+ //! This method should be used carefully
+ //! (e.g. BRep_Tool::IsClosed(...) together) in order to avoid
+ //! false classification some p-curves as isoline (e.g. circle on a plane).
Standard_EXPORT static void IsEdgeIsoline(const TopoDS_Edge& theE,
const TopoDS_Face& theF,
Standard_Boolean& isTheUIso,
//! auto-intersection of new wires are not searched.
Standard_EXPORT static Standard_Boolean IsValid (const TopTools_ListOfShape& theArgs, const TopoDS_Shape& theResult, const Standard_Boolean closedSolid = Standard_False, const Standard_Boolean GeomCtrl = Standard_True);
- //! Checks if the shape is "correct". If not, returns
- //! <Standard_False>, else returns <Standard_True>.
- //! This method differs from the previous one in the
- //! fact that no geometric contols (intersection of
- //! wires, pcurve validity) are performed.
+ //! Checks if the shape is "correct".
+ //! If not, returns FALSE, else returns TRUE.
+ //! This method differs from the previous one in the fact that no geometric controls
+ //! (intersection of wires, pcurve validity) are performed.
Standard_EXPORT static Standard_Boolean IsTopologicallyValid (const TopoDS_Shape& S);
public:
-
//! Creates an empty AsDes.
Standard_EXPORT BRepAlgo_AsDes();
//! Returns futur subhapes of <S>.
Standard_EXPORT TopTools_ListOfShape& ChangeDescendant (const TopoDS_Shape& S);
-
- //! Replace <OldS> by <NewS>.
- //! <OldS> disapear from <me>.
- Standard_EXPORT void Replace (const TopoDS_Shape& OldS, const TopoDS_Shape& NewS);
-
- //! Remove <S> from me.
- Standard_EXPORT void Remove (const TopoDS_Shape& S);
-
- //! Returns True if (S1> and <S2> has common
- //! Descendants. Stores in <LC> the Commons Descendants.
- Standard_EXPORT Standard_Boolean HasCommonDescendant (const TopoDS_Shape& S1, const TopoDS_Shape& S2, TopTools_ListOfShape& LC) const;
+ //! Replace theOldS by theNewS.
+ //! theOldS disappear from this.
+ Standard_EXPORT void Replace (const TopoDS_Shape& theOldS, const TopoDS_Shape& theNewS);
+ //! Remove theS from me.
+ Standard_EXPORT void Remove (const TopoDS_Shape& theS);
+ //! Returns True if (S1> and <S2> has common
+ //! Descendants. Stores in <LC> the Commons Descendants.
+ Standard_EXPORT Standard_Boolean HasCommonDescendant (const TopoDS_Shape& S1, const TopoDS_Shape& S2, TopTools_ListOfShape& LC) const;
DEFINE_STANDARD_RTTIEXT(BRepAlgo_AsDes,Standard_Transient)
-protected:
-
-
+private:
+ //! Replace theOldS by theNewS.
+ //! theOldS disappear from this.
+ Standard_EXPORT void BackReplace (const TopoDS_Shape& theOldS,
+ const TopoDS_Shape& theNewS,
+ const TopTools_ListOfShape& theL,
+ const Standard_Boolean theInUp);
private:
-
- //! Replace <OldS> by <NewS>.
- //! <OldS> disapear from <me>.
- Standard_EXPORT void BackReplace (const TopoDS_Shape& OldS, const TopoDS_Shape& NewS, const TopTools_ListOfShape& L, const Standard_Boolean InUp);
-
TopTools_DataMapOfShapeListOfShape up;
TopTools_DataMapOfShapeListOfShape down;
-
};
-
-
-
-
-
-
#endif // _BRepAlgo_AsDes_HeaderFile
NCollection_List<Standard_Integer> myFaces;
NCollection_List<Standard_Integer> myEdges;
- //! Indentifies the place of this Vertex in
+ //! Identifies the place of this Vertex in
//! BRepBuilderAPI_FastSewing::myVertexVec list
Standard_Integer myID;
};
//! myVertices[i] is Start point of myEdges[i]
Standard_Integer myVertices[4];
- //! Indentifies the place of this Face in
+ //! Identifies the place of this Face in
//! BRepBuilderAPI_FastSewing::myFaceVec list
Standard_Integer myID;
};
//! Value is the index of this shape in myFaceVec array
NCollection_Sequence<Standard_Integer> myFaces;
- //! Indentifies the place of this Edge in
+ //! Identifies the place of this Edge in
//! BRepBuilderAPI_FastSewing::myEdgeVec list
Standard_Integer myID;
//! Gets mode for non-manifold sewing.
//!
- //! INTERNAL FUCTIONS ---
+ //! INTERNAL FUNCTIONS ---
Standard_Boolean NonManifoldMode() const;
}
}
}
- // quit withour error
+ // quit without error
if (Update) {
BRepCheck::Add(myMap(myShape),myOrires);
}
//! This support can be a Vertex, an Edge or a Face. <br>
Standard_EXPORT TopoDS_Shape SupportOnShape2(const Standard_Integer N) const;
//! gives the corresponding parameter t if the Nth solution <br>
- //! is situated on an Egde of the first shape <br>
+ //! is situated on an Edge of the first shape <br>
Standard_EXPORT void ParOnEdgeS1(const Standard_Integer N,Standard_Real& t) const;
//! gives the corresponding parameter t if the Nth solution <br>
- //! is situated on an Egde of the first shape <br>
+ //! is situated on an Edge of the first shape <br>
Standard_EXPORT void ParOnEdgeS2(const Standard_Integer N,Standard_Real& t) const;
//! gives the corresponding parameters (U,V) if the Nth solution <br>
//! is situated on an face of the first shape <br>
class StdFail_NotDone;
-//! Evaluate the 3dCurve and the PCurves described in
-//! a MultiLine from BRepFill. The parametrization of
-//! those curves is not imposed by the Bissectrice.
-//! The parametrization is given approximatively by
-//! the abscissa of the curve3d.
-class BRepFill_ApproxSeewing
+//! Evaluate the 3dCurve and the PCurves described in a MultiLine from BRepFill.
+//! The parametrization of those curves is not imposed by the Bissectrice.
+//! The parametrization is given approximately by the abscissa of the curve3d.
+class BRepFill_ApproxSeewing
{
public:
DEFINE_STANDARD_ALLOC
-
Standard_EXPORT BRepFill_ApproxSeewing();
Standard_EXPORT BRepFill_ApproxSeewing(const BRepFill_MultiLine& ML);
//! first face of the MultiLine
Standard_EXPORT const Handle(Geom2d_Curve)& CurveOnF2() const;
-
-
-
-protected:
-
-
-
-
-
private:
-
-
BRepFill_MultiLine myML;
Standard_Boolean myIsDone;
Handle(Geom_Curve) myCurve;
Handle(Geom2d_Curve) myPCurve1;
Handle(Geom2d_Curve) myPCurve2;
-
};
-
-
-
-
-
-
#endif // _BRepFill_ApproxSeewing_HeaderFile
//! - correspondence between profile, and section on the sweeped shape defined by a vertex of the spine
Standard_EXPORT void SetForceApproxC1 (const Standard_Boolean ForceApproxC1);
- //! Set an section. The correspondence with the spine, will be automaticaly performed.
+ //! Set an section. The correspondence with the spine, will be automatically performed.
Standard_EXPORT void Add (const TopoDS_Shape& Profile, const Standard_Boolean WithContact = Standard_False, const Standard_Boolean WithCorrection = Standard_False);
//! Set an section. The correspondence with the spine, is given by Location.
const Standard_Boolean SkipShared = Standard_False,
const Standard_Boolean UseTriangulation = Standard_False);
- //! Updates <SProps> with the shape <S>, that contains its pricipal properties.
+ //! Updates <SProps> with the shape <S>, that contains its principal properties.
//! The surface properties of all the faces in <S> are computed.
//! Adaptive 2D Gauss integration is used.
//! Parameter Eps sets maximal relative error of computed mass (area) for each face.
const Standard_Boolean SkipShared = Standard_False,
const Standard_Boolean UseTriangulation = Standard_False);
- //! Updates <VProps> with the shape <S>, that contains its pricipal properties.
+ //! Updates <VProps> with the shape <S>, that contains its principal properties.
//! The volume properties of all the FORWARD and REVERSED faces in <S> are computed.
//! If OnlyClosed is True then computed faces must belong to closed Shells.
//! Adaptive 2D Gauss integration is used.
const Standard_Real Eps, const Standard_Boolean OnlyClosed = Standard_False,
const Standard_Boolean SkipShared = Standard_False);
- //! Updates <VProps> with the shape <S>, that contains its pricipal properties.
+ //! Updates <VProps> with the shape <S>, that contains its principal properties.
//! The volume properties of all the FORWARD and REVERSED faces in <S> are computed.
//! If OnlyClosed is True then computed faces must belong to closed Shells.
//! Adaptive 2D Gauss integration is used.
// APO 17.04.2002 (OCC104)
// This is functions that calculate coeff. to optimize "integration order".
-//They had been produced experementally for some hard example.
+// They had been produced experimentally for some hard example.
static Standard_Real AS = -0.15, AL = -0.50, B = 1.0, C = 0.75, D = 0.25;
static inline Standard_Real SCoeff(const Standard_Real Eps){
return Eps < 0.1? AS*(B+Log10(Eps)) + C: C;
//! surfaces.
//! Non-adaptive 2D Gauss integration with predefined numbers of Gauss points
//! is used. Numbers of points depend on types of surfaces and curves.
- //! Errror of the computation is not calculated.
+ //! Error of the computation is not calculated.
Standard_EXPORT BRepGProp_Vinert(const BRepGProp_Face& S, const gp_Pnt& VLocation);
//! surfaces.
//! Non-adaptive 2D Gauss integration with predefined numbers of Gauss points
//! is used. Numbers of points depend on types of surfaces and curves.
- //! Errror of the computation is not calculated.
+ //! Error of the computation is not calculated.
Standard_EXPORT BRepGProp_Vinert(BRepGProp_Face& S, BRepGProp_Domain& D, const gp_Pnt& VLocation);
{
// rem dub 16/09/97 : Make constant topology or not make at all.
// Do not make if CopySurface = 1
- // Atention, TRUE sewing edges (ReallyClosed)
+ // Attention, TRUE sewing edges (ReallyClosed)
// stay even if CopySurface is true.
// check that edge contains two pcurves on this surface:
//! Applies the substitutions requests to a shape.
//!
- //! <until> gives the level of type until which requests are taken
- //! into account. For subshapes of the type <until> no rebuild
- //! and futher exploring are done.
+ //! theUntil gives the level of type until which requests are taken into account.
+ //! For subshapes of the type <until> no rebuild and further exploring are done.
//!
//! NOTE: each subshape can be replaced by shape of the same type
- //! or by shape containing only shapes of that type (for
- //! example, TopoDS_Edge can be replaced by TopoDS_Edge,
+ //! or by shape containing only shapes of that type
+ //! (for example, TopoDS_Edge can be replaced by TopoDS_Edge,
//! TopoDS_Wire or TopoDS_Compound containing TopoDS_Edges).
- //! If incompatible shape type is encountered, it is ignored
- //! and flag FAIL1 is set in Status.
- Standard_EXPORT virtual TopoDS_Shape Apply (const TopoDS_Shape& shape, const TopAbs_ShapeEnum until = TopAbs_SHAPE);
+ //! If incompatible shape type is encountered, it is ignored and flag FAIL1 is set in Status.
+ Standard_EXPORT virtual TopoDS_Shape Apply (const TopoDS_Shape& theShape,
+ const TopAbs_ShapeEnum theUntil = TopAbs_SHAPE);
//! Returns (modifiable) the flag which defines whether Location of shape take into account
//! during replacing shapes.
if (!HasSubShape) {
if (NewS.ShapeType() == TopAbs_WIRE || NewS.ShapeType() == TopAbs_SHELL ||
NewS.ShapeType() == TopAbs_SOLID || NewS.ShapeType() == TopAbs_COMPOUND)
- //----------------------------------------------------------------
- // Wire,Solid,Shell,Compound mut have subshape else they disapear
- //---------------------------------------------------------------
+ //-----------------------------------------------------------------
+ // Wire,Solid,Shell,Compound must have subshape else they disappear
+ //-----------------------------------------------------------------
NewS.Nullify();
}
}
Standard_EXPORT static void IncreaseDegree (const Standard_Integer NewDegree, const TColgp_Array1OfPnt& Poles, const TColStd_Array1OfReal* Weights, TColgp_Array1OfPnt& NewPoles, TColStd_Array1OfReal* NewWeights);
//! Increase the degree of a bspline (or bezier) curve
- //! of dimension <Dimension> form <Degree> to
- //! <NewDegree>.
- //!
- //! The number of poles in the new curve is :
- //!
- //! Poles.Length() + (NewDegree - Degree) * Number of spans
- //!
- //! Where the number of spans is :
- //!
- //! LastUKnotIndex(Mults) - FirstUKnotIndex(Mults) + 1
- //!
- //! for a non-periodic curve
- //!
- //! And Knots.Length() - 1 for a periodic curve.
- //!
- //! The multiplicities of all knots are increased by
- //! the degree elevation.
- //!
- //! The new knots are usually the same knots with the
- //! exception of a non-periodic curve with the first
+ //! of dimension theDimension form theDegree to theNewDegree.
+ //!
+ //! The number of poles in the new curve is:
+ //! @code
+ //! Poles.Length() + (NewDegree - Degree) * Number of spans
+ //! @endcode
+ //! Where the number of spans is:
+ //! @code
+ //! LastUKnotIndex(Mults) - FirstUKnotIndex(Mults) + 1
+ //! @endcode
+ //! for a non-periodic curve, and
+ //! @code
+ //! Knots.Length() - 1
+ //! @endcode
+ //! for a periodic curve.
+ //!
+ //! The multiplicities of all knots are increased by the degree elevation.
+ //!
+ //! The new knots are usually the same knots with the
+ //! exception of a non-periodic curve with the first
//! and last multiplicity not equal to Degree+1 where
- //! knots are removed form the start and the bottom
- //! untils the sum of the multiplicities is equal to
- //! NewDegree+1 at the knots corresponding to the
+ //! knots are removed form the start and the bottom
+ //! until the sum of the multiplicities is equal to
+ //! NewDegree+1 at the knots corresponding to the
//! first and last parameters of the curve.
//!
- //! Example : Suppose a curve of degree 3 starting
- //! with following knots and multiplicities :
- //!
- //! knot : 0. 1. 2.
- //! mult : 1 2 1
- //!
- //! The FirstUKnot is 2. because the sum of
- //! multiplicities is Degree+1 : 1 + 2 + 1 = 4 = 3 + 1
- //!
- //! i.e. the first parameter of the curve is 2. and
- //! will still be 2. after degree elevation. Let
- //! raises this curve to degree 4. The multiplicities
- //! are increased by 2.
- //!
- //! They become 2 3 2. But we need a sum of
- //! multiplicities of 5 at knot 2. So the first knot
- //! is removed and the new knots are :
- //!
- //! knot : 1. 2.
- //! mult : 3 2
- //!
- //! The multipicity of the first knot may also be
- //! reduced if the sum is still to big.
- //!
- //! In the most common situations (periodic curve or
- //! curve with first and last multiplicities equals to
- //! Degree+1) the knots are knot changes.
- //!
- //! The method IncreaseDegreeCountKnots can be used to
- //! compute the new number of knots.
- Standard_EXPORT static void IncreaseDegree (const Standard_Integer NewDegree, const TColgp_Array1OfPnt2d& Poles, const TColStd_Array1OfReal* Weights, TColgp_Array1OfPnt2d& NewPoles, TColStd_Array1OfReal* NewWeights);
-
+ //! Example: Suppose a curve of degree 3 starting
+ //! with following knots and multiplicities:
+ //! @code
+ //! knot : 0. 1. 2.
+ //! mult : 1 2 1
+ //! @endcode
+ //!
+ //! The FirstUKnot is 2.0 because the sum of multiplicities is
+ //! @code
+ //! Degree+1 : 1 + 2 + 1 = 4 = 3 + 1
+ //! @endcode
+ //! i.e. the first parameter of the curve is 2.0 and
+ //! will still be 2.0 after degree elevation.
+ //! Let raise this curve to degree 4.
+ //! The multiplicities are increased by 2.
+ //!
+ //! They become 2 3 2.
+ //! But we need a sum of multiplicities of 5 at knot 2.
+ //! So the first knot is removed and the new knots are:
+ //! @code
+ //! knot : 1. 2.
+ //! mult : 3 2
+ //! @endcode
+ //! The multipicity of the first knot may also be reduced if the sum is still to big.
+ //!
+ //! In the most common situations (periodic curve or curve with first
+ //! and last multiplicities equals to Degree+1) the knots are knot changes.
+ //!
+ //! The method IncreaseDegreeCountKnots can be used to compute the new number of knots.
+ Standard_EXPORT static void IncreaseDegree (const Standard_Integer theNewDegree,
+ const TColgp_Array1OfPnt2d& thePoles,
+ const TColStd_Array1OfReal* theWeights,
+ TColgp_Array1OfPnt2d& theNewPoles,
+ TColStd_Array1OfReal* theNewWeights);
+
//! Set in <NbKnots> and <NbPolesToAdd> the number of Knots and
//! Poles of the NotPeriodic Curve identical at the
//! periodic curve with a degree <Degree> , a
class Geom2d_Point;
-//! Bisec provides the bisecting line between two elements
-//! This line is trimed by a point <P> and it's contained in the domain
+//! Bisec provides the bisecting line between two elements
+//! This line is trim
med by a point <P> and it's contained in the domain
//! defined by the two vectors <V1>, <V2> and <Sense>.
//!
-//! Definition of the domain:
+//! Definition of the domain:
//! if <Sense> is true the bisecting line is contained in the sector
//! defined by <-V1> and <-V2> in the sense indirect.
//! if <Sense> is false the bisecting line is contained in the sector
//! corresponding to one of hyperbola's axes.
//! if the bisector is a parabola on the focal length is smaller than
//! <Tolerance>, the bisector is replaced by a semi_line corresponding
-//! to the axe of symetrie of the parabola.
+//! to the axe of symmetry of the parabola.
//! if the bisector is an ellipse and the minor radius is smaller than
//! <Tolerance>, the bisector is replaced by a segment corresponding
//! to the great axe of the ellipse.
//===================================================================================
// function :
-// putpose :
+// purpose :
//===================================================================================
Bisector_Inter::Bisector_Inter()
{
//===================================================================================
// function :
-// putpose :
+// purpose :
//===================================================================================
Bisector_Inter::Bisector_Inter(const Bisector_Bisec& C1,
const IntRes2d_Domain& D1,
//===================================================================================
// function : ConstructSegment
-// putpose :
+// purpose :
//===================================================================================
static Handle(Geom2d_Line) ConstructSegment(const gp_Pnt2d& PMin,
const gp_Pnt2d& PMax,
//===================================================================================
// function : Perform
-// putpose :
+// purpose :
//===================================================================================
void Bisector_Inter::Perform(const Bisector_Bisec& C1,
const IntRes2d_Domain& D1,
//===================================================================================
// function : SinglePerform
-// putpose :
+// purpose :
//===================================================================================
void Bisector_Inter::SinglePerform(const Handle(Geom2d_Curve)& CBis1,
const IntRes2d_Domain& D1,
//===================================================================================
// function : NeighbourPerform
-// putpose : Find the intersection of 2 neighbor bissectrices curve/curve
+// purpose : Find the intersection of 2 neighbor bissectrices curve/curve
// (ie Bis1 separates A and B and Bis2 separates B and C).
// Bis1 is parameterized by B and Bis2 by C.
//
//=====================================================================================
// function : TestBound
-// putpose : Test if the extremities of Bis2 are on the segment cooresponding to Bis1.
+// purpose : Test if the extremities of Bis2 are on the segment corresponding to Bis1.
//=====================================================================================
void Bisector_Inter::TestBound (const Handle(Geom2d_Line)& Bis1,
const IntRes2d_Domain& D1,
PCDM_ReaderStatus GetRetrieveStatus() const { return myRetrievableStatus; }
//! Reads aDoc from standard SEEKABLE stream theIStream,
- //! the stream should support SEEK fuctionality
+ //! the stream should support SEEK functionality
Standard_EXPORT Handle(CDM_Document) Read
(Standard_IStream& theIStream,
const Message_ProgressRange& theRange = Message_ProgressRange());
if(!ChFi3d_CheckSameParameter(checkcurve,PCurveOnFace,S1,tolC1,tolcheck)){
#ifdef OCCT_DEBUG
- std::cout<<"aaproximate tolerance under-valued : "<<tolC1<<" for "<<tolcheck<<std::endl;
+ std::cout<<"approximate tolerance under-valued : "<<tolC1<<" for "<<tolcheck<<std::endl;
#endif
tolC1 = tolcheck;
}
Angle1 = Ox.Angle(P1P2) + Alph1;
Angle2 = -Ox.Angle(P1P2) + Alph2;
-// Calculation of the length of sliding (imposed or intial);
+// Calculation of the length of sliding (imposed or initial);
if (!NewFreeSliding) {
SlidingLength = NewSlidingFactor * LReference;
#include <gp_Vec2d.hxx>
//=========================================================================
-// Creation d une translation 3d de Geom2d de vecteur de tanslation Vec. +
+// Creation d une translation 3d de Geom2d de vecteur de translation Vec
//=========================================================================
GCE2d_MakeTranslation::GCE2d_MakeTranslation(const gp_Vec2d& Vec ) {
TheTranslation = new Geom2d_Transformation();
TheTranslation->SetTranslation(Vec);
}
-
+
//=========================================================================
-// Creation d une translation 3d de Geom2d de vecteur de tanslation le +
+// Creation d une translation 3d de Geom2d de vecteur de translation le +
// vecteur reliant Point1 a Point2. +
//=========================================================================
}
const Handle(Geom2d_Transformation)& GCE2d_MakeTranslation::Value() const
-{
+{
return TheTranslation;
}
//! - Its "main Direction" is the v parametric direction of the cone.
//! - Its origin is the origin of the v parameter.
//! The parametric range of the two parameters is:
-//! - [ 0, 2.*Pi ] for u, and - ] -infinity, +infinity [ for v
-//! The parametric equation of the cone is: P(u, v) =
-//! O + (R + v*sin(Ang)) * (cos(u)*XDir + sin(u)*YDir) + v*cos(Ang)*ZDir where:
+//! @code
+//! - [ 0, 2.*Pi ] for u, and
+//! - ] -infinity, +infinity [ for v
+//! @endcode
+//! The parametric equation of the cone is:
+//! @code
+//! P(u, v) = O + (R + v*sin(Ang)) * (cos(u)*XDir + sin(u)*YDir) + v*cos(Ang)*ZDir
+//! @endcode
+//! where:
//! - O, XDir, YDir and ZDir are respectively
//! the origin, the "X Direction", the "Y Direction" and
//! the "Z Direction" of the cone's local coordinate system,
Standard_EXPORT Geom_ConicalSurface(const gp_Ax3& A3, const Standard_Real Ang, const Standard_Real Radius);
- //! Creates a ConicalSurface from a non transient Cone from
- //! package gp.
+ //! Creates a ConicalSurface from a non transient gp_Cone.
Standard_EXPORT Geom_ConicalSurface(const gp_Cone& C);
-
//! Set <me> so that <me> has the same geometric properties as C.
Standard_EXPORT void SetCone (const gp_Cone& C);
-
- //! Changes the radius of the conical surface in the placement
- //! plane (Z = 0, V = 0). The local coordinate system is not
- //! modified.
+ //! Changes the radius of the conical surface in the placement plane (Z = 0, V = 0).
+ //! The local coordinate system is not modified.
//! Raised if R < 0.0
Standard_EXPORT void SetRadius (const Standard_Real R);
-
//! Changes the semi angle of the conical surface.
//! Semi-angle can be negative. Its absolute value
//! Raises ConstructionError if Abs(Ang) < Resolution from gp or
//! Abs(Ang) >= PI/2 - Resolution
Standard_EXPORT void SetSemiAngle(const Standard_Real Ang);
-
- //! returns a non transient cone with the same geometric properties
- //! as <me>.
+ //! Returns a non transient cone with the same geometric properties as <me>.
Standard_EXPORT gp_Cone Cone() const;
-
- //! return 2.PI - U.
+
+ //! Eeturn 2.PI - U.
Standard_EXPORT Standard_Real UReversedParameter (const Standard_Real U) const Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
- //! Computes the u (or v) parameter on the modified
- //! surface, when reversing its u (or v) parametric
- //! direction, for any point of u parameter U (or of v
- //! parameter V) on this cone.
+
+ //! Computes the u (or v) parameter on the modified surface,
+ //! when reversing its u (or v) parametric direction,
+ //! for any point of u parameter U (or of v parameter V) on this cone.
//! In the case of a cone, these functions return respectively:
//! - 2.*Pi - U, -V.
Standard_EXPORT Standard_Real VReversedParameter (const Standard_Real V) const Standard_OVERRIDE;
- //! Changes the orientation of this cone in the v
- //! parametric direction. The bounds of the surface are
- //! not changed but the v parametric direction is reversed.
+ //! Changes the orientation of this cone in the v parametric direction.
+ //! The bounds of the surface are not changed but the v parametric direction is reversed.
//! As a consequence, for a cone:
//! - the "main Direction" of the local coordinate system
//! is reversed, and
//! - the half-angle at the apex is inverted.
Standard_EXPORT virtual void VReverse() Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
- //! Computes the parameters on the transformed surface for
+
+ //! Computes the parameters on the transformed surface for
//! the transform of the point of parameters U,V on <me>.
- //!
- //! me->Transformed(T)->Value(U',V')
- //!
+ //! @code
+ //! me->Transformed(T)->Value(U',V')
+ //! @endcode
//! is the same point as
- //!
- //! me->Value(U,V).Transformed(T)
- //!
+ //! @code
+ //! me->Value(U,V).Transformed(T)
+ //! @endcode
//! Where U',V' are the new values of U,V after calling
- //!
- //! me->TranformParameters(U,V,T)
- //!
- //! This methods multiplies V by T.ScaleFactor()
+ //! @code
+ //! me->TransformParameters(U,V,T)
+ //! @endcode
+ //! This method multiplies V by T.ScaleFactor()
Standard_EXPORT virtual void TransformParameters (Standard_Real& U, Standard_Real& V, const gp_Trsf& T) const Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
- //! Returns a 2d transformation used to find the new
+
+ //! Returns a 2d transformation used to find the new
//! parameters of a point on the transformed surface.
- //!
- //! me->Transformed(T)->Value(U',V')
- //!
+ //! @code
+ //! me->Transformed(T)->Value(U',V')
+ //! @endcode
//! is the same point as
- //!
- //! me->Value(U,V).Transformed(T)
- //!
- //! Where U',V' are obtained by transforming U,V with
- //! th 2d transformation returned by
- //!
- //! me->ParametricTransformation(T)
- //!
- //! This methods returns a scale centered on the
- //! U axis with T.ScaleFactor
+ //! @code
+ //! me->Value(U,V).Transformed(T)
+ //! @endcode
+ //! Where U',V' are obtained by transforming U,V with the 2d transformation returned by
+ //! @code
+ //! me->ParametricTransformation(T)
+ //! @endcode
+ //! This method returns a scale centered on the U axis with T.ScaleFactor
Standard_EXPORT virtual gp_GTrsf2d ParametricTransformation (const gp_Trsf& T) const Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
+
//! Computes the apex of this cone. It is on the negative
//! side of the axis of revolution of this cone if the
//! half-angle at the apex is positive, and on the positive
//! side of the "main Axis" if the half-angle is negative.
Standard_EXPORT gp_Pnt Apex() const;
-
//! The conical surface is infinite in the V direction so
//! V1 = Realfirst from Standard and V2 = RealLast.
//! U1 = 0 and U2 = 2*PI.
Standard_EXPORT void Bounds (Standard_Real& U1, Standard_Real& U2, Standard_Real& V1, Standard_Real& V2) const Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
//! Returns the coefficients of the implicit equation of the
//! quadric in the absolute cartesian coordinate system :
//! These coefficients are normalized.
- //! A1.X**2 + A2.Y**2 + A3.Z**2 + 2.(B1.X.Y + B2.X.Z + B3.Y.Z) +
- //! 2.(C1.X + C2.Y + C3.Z) + D = 0.0
+ //! @code
+ //! A1.X**2 + A2.Y**2 + A3.Z**2 + 2.(B1.X.Y + B2.X.Z + B3.Y.Z) + 2.(C1.X + C2.Y + C3.Z) + D = 0.0
+ //! @endcode
Standard_EXPORT void Coefficients (Standard_Real& A1, Standard_Real& A2, Standard_Real& A3, Standard_Real& B1, Standard_Real& B2, Standard_Real& B3, Standard_Real& C1, Standard_Real& C2, Standard_Real& C3, Standard_Real& D) const;
-
+
//! Returns the reference radius of this cone.
//! The reference radius is the radius of the circle formed
//! by the intersection of this cone and its reference
//! If the apex of this cone is on the origin of the local
//! coordinate system of this cone, the returned value is 0.
Standard_EXPORT Standard_Real RefRadius() const;
-
//! Returns the semi-angle at the apex of this cone.
//! Attention! Semi-angle can be negative.
Standard_EXPORT Standard_Real SemiAngle() const;
-
+
//! returns True.
Standard_EXPORT Standard_Boolean IsUClosed() const Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
+
//! returns False.
Standard_EXPORT Standard_Boolean IsVClosed() const Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
+
//! Returns True.
Standard_EXPORT Standard_Boolean IsUPeriodic() const Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
+
//! Returns False.
Standard_EXPORT Standard_Boolean IsVPeriodic() const Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
- //! Builds the U isoparametric line of this cone. The
- //! origin of this line is on the reference plane of this
- //! cone (i.e. the plane defined by the origin, "X Direction"
+
+ //! Builds the U isoparametric line of this cone.
+ //! The origin of this line is on the reference plane of this cone
+ //! (i.e. the plane defined by the origin, "X Direction"
//! and "Y Direction" of the local coordinate system of this cone).
Standard_EXPORT Handle(Geom_Curve) UIso (const Standard_Real U) const Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
- //! Builds the V isoparametric circle of this cone. It is the
- //! circle on this cone, located in the plane of Z
- //! coordinate V*cos(Semi-Angle) in the local coordinate system of this
- //! cone. The "Axis" of this circle is the axis of revolution
- //! of this cone. Its starting point is defined by the "X
- //! Direction" of this cone.
+
+ //! Builds the V isoparametric circle of this cone.
+ //! It is the circle on this cone, located in the plane of Z
+ //! coordinate V*cos(Semi-Angle) in the local coordinate system of this cone.
+ //! The "Axis" of this circle is the axis of revolution of this cone.
+ //! Its starting point is defined by the "X Direction" of this cone.
//! Warning
//! If the V isoparametric circle is close to the apex of
//! this cone, the radius of the circle becomes very small.
//! It is possible to have a circle with radius equal to 0.0.
Standard_EXPORT Handle(Geom_Curve) VIso (const Standard_Real V) const Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
- //! Computes the point P (U, V) on the surface.
- //! P (U, V) = Loc +
- //! (RefRadius + V * sin (Semi-Angle)) * (cos (U) * XDir + sin (U) * YDir) +
- //! V * cos (Semi-Angle) * ZDir
+ //! Computes the point P (U, V) on the surface.
+ //! @code
+ //! P (U, V) = Loc +
+ //! (RefRadius + V * sin (Semi-Angle)) * (cos (U) * XDir + sin (U) * YDir) +
+ //! V * cos (Semi-Angle) * ZDir
+ //! @endcode
//! where Loc is the origin of the placement plane (XAxis, YAxis)
- //! XDir is the direction of the XAxis and YDir the direction of
- //! the YAxis.
+ //! XDir is the direction of the XAxis and YDir the direction of the YAxis.
Standard_EXPORT void D0 (const Standard_Real U, const Standard_Real V, gp_Pnt& P) const Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
- //! Computes the current point and the first derivatives in the
- //! directions U and V.
+ //! Computes the current point and the first derivatives in the directions U and V.
Standard_EXPORT void D1 (const Standard_Real U, const Standard_Real V, gp_Pnt& P, gp_Vec& D1U, gp_Vec& D1V) const Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
- //! Computes the current point, the first and the second derivatives
- //! in the directions U and V.
+ //! Computes the current point, the first and the second derivatives in the directions U and V.
Standard_EXPORT void D2 (const Standard_Real U, const Standard_Real V, gp_Pnt& P, gp_Vec& D1U, gp_Vec& D1V, gp_Vec& D2U, gp_Vec& D2V, gp_Vec& D2UV) const Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
//! Computes the current point, the first,the second and the third
//! derivatives in the directions U and V.
Standard_EXPORT void D3 (const Standard_Real U, const Standard_Real V, gp_Pnt& P, gp_Vec& D1U, gp_Vec& D1V, gp_Vec& D2U, gp_Vec& D2V, gp_Vec& D2UV, gp_Vec& D3U, gp_Vec& D3V, gp_Vec& D3UUV, gp_Vec& D3UVV) const Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
+
//! Computes the derivative of order Nu in the u
//! parametric direction, and Nv in the v parametric
//! direction at the point of parameters (U, V) of this cone.
//! - Nu + Nv is less than 1,
//! - Nu or Nv is negative.
Standard_EXPORT gp_Vec DN (const Standard_Real U, const Standard_Real V, const Standard_Integer Nu, const Standard_Integer Nv) const Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
+
//! Applies the transformation T to this cone.
Standard_EXPORT void Transform (const gp_Trsf& T) Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
+
//! Creates a new object which is a copy of this cone.
Standard_EXPORT Handle(Geom_Geometry) Copy() const Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
//! Dumps the content of me into the stream
Standard_EXPORT virtual void DumpJson (Standard_OStream& theOStream, Standard_Integer theDepth = -1) const Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
-
-
DEFINE_STANDARD_RTTIEXT(Geom_ConicalSurface,Geom_ElementarySurface)
-protected:
-
-
-
-
private:
-
Standard_Real radius;
Standard_Real semiAngle;
-
};
-
-
-
-
-
-
#endif // _Geom_ConicalSurface_HeaderFile
//! This class defines the infinite cylindrical surface.
//!
//! Every cylindrical surface is set by the following equation:
-//! S(U,V) = Location + R*cos(U)*XAxis + R*sin(U)*YAxis + V*ZAxis,
+//! @code
+//! S(U,V) = Location + R*cos(U)*XAxis + R*sin(U)*YAxis + V*ZAxis,
+//! @endcode
//! where R is cylinder radius.
//!
//! The local coordinate system of the CylindricalSurface is defined
//! it gives the direction of increasing parametric value V.
//!
//! The parametrization range is :
-//! U [0, 2*PI], V ]- infinite, + infinite[
+//! @code
+//! U [0, 2*PI], V ]- infinite, + infinite[
+//! @endcode
//!
//! The "XAxis" and the "YAxis" define the placement plane of the
//! surface (Z = 0, and parametric value V = 0) perpendicular to
public:
-
-
//! A3 defines the local coordinate system of the cylindrical surface.
- //! The "ZDirection" of A3 defines the direction of the surface's
- //! axis of symmetry.
+ //! The "ZDirection" of A3 defines the direction of the surface's axis of symmetry.
//! At the creation the parametrization of the surface is defined
//! such that the normal Vector (N = D1U ^ D1V) is oriented towards
//! the "outside region" of the surface.
- //! Warnings :
+ //! Warnings:
//! It is not forbidden to create a cylindrical surface with
//! Radius = 0.0
//! Raised if Radius < 0.0
Standard_EXPORT Geom_CylindricalSurface(const gp_Ax3& A3, const Standard_Real Radius);
-
- //! Creates a CylindricalSurface from a non transient Cylinder
- //! from package gp.
+ //! Creates a CylindricalSurface from a non transient gp_Cylinder.
Standard_EXPORT Geom_CylindricalSurface(const gp_Cylinder& C);
-
//! Set <me> so that <me> has the same geometric properties as C.
Standard_EXPORT void SetCylinder (const gp_Cylinder& C);
-
+
//! Changes the radius of the cylinder.
//! Raised if R < 0.0
Standard_EXPORT void SetRadius (const Standard_Real R);
-
- //! returns a non transient cylinder with the same geometric
- //! properties as <me>.
+ //! returns a non transient cylinder with the same geometric properties as <me>.
Standard_EXPORT gp_Cylinder Cylinder() const;
-
+
//! Return the parameter on the Ureversed surface for
//! the point of parameter U on <me>.
//! Return 2.PI - U.
Standard_EXPORT Standard_Real UReversedParameter (const Standard_Real U) const Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
+
//! Return the parameter on the Vreversed surface for
//! the point of parameter V on <me>.
//! Return -V
Standard_EXPORT Standard_Real VReversedParameter (const Standard_Real V) const Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
+
//! Computes the parameters on the transformed surface for
//! the transform of the point of parameters U,V on <me>.
- //! me->Transformed(T)->Value(U',V')
+ //! @code
+ //! me->Transformed(T)->Value(U',V')
+ //! @endcode
//! is the same point as
- //! me->Value(U,V).Transformed(T)
+ //! @code
+ //! me->Value(U,V).Transformed(T)
+ //! @endcode
//! Where U',V' are the new values of U,V after calling
- //! me->TranformParameters(U,V,T)
- //! This methods multiplies V by T.ScaleFactor()
+ //! @code
+ //! me->TransformParameters(U,V,T)
+ //! @endcode
+ //! This method multiplies V by T.ScaleFactor()
Standard_EXPORT virtual void TransformParameters (Standard_Real& U, Standard_Real& V, const gp_Trsf& T) const Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
- //! Returns a 2d transformation used to find the new
+
+ //! Returns a 2d transformation used to find the new
//! parameters of a point on the transformed surface.
- //! me->Transformed(T)->Value(U',V')
+ //! @code
+ //! me->Transformed(T)->Value(U',V')
+ //! @endcode
//! is the same point as
- //! me->Value(U,V).Transformed(T)
- //! Where U',V' are obtained by transforming U,V with
- //! th 2d transformation returned by
- //! me->ParametricTransformation(T)
- //! This methods returns a scale centered on the
- //! U axis with T.ScaleFactor
+ //! @code
+ //! me->Value(U,V).Transformed(T)
+ //! @endcode
+ //! Where U',V' are obtained by transforming U,V with the 2d transformation returned by
+ //! @code
+ //! me->ParametricTransformation(T)
+ //! @endcode
+ //! This method returns a scale centered on the U axis with T.ScaleFactor
Standard_EXPORT virtual gp_GTrsf2d ParametricTransformation (const gp_Trsf& T) const Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
//! The CylindricalSurface is infinite in the V direction so
//! V1 = Realfirst, V2 = RealLast from package Standard.
//! U1 = 0 and U2 = 2*PI.
Standard_EXPORT void Bounds (Standard_Real& U1, Standard_Real& U2, Standard_Real& V1, Standard_Real& V2) const Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
//! Returns the coefficients of the implicit equation of the quadric
//! in the absolute cartesian coordinate system :
//! These coefficients are normalized.
- //! A1.X**2 + A2.Y**2 + A3.Z**2 + 2.(B1.X.Y + B2.X.Z + B3.Y.Z) +
- //! 2.(C1.X + C2.Y + C3.Z) + D = 0.0
+ //! @code
+ //! A1.X**2 + A2.Y**2 + A3.Z**2 + 2.(B1.X.Y + B2.X.Z + B3.Y.Z) + 2.(C1.X + C2.Y + C3.Z) + D = 0.0
+ //! @endcode
Standard_EXPORT void Coefficients (Standard_Real& A1, Standard_Real& A2, Standard_Real& A3, Standard_Real& B1, Standard_Real& B2, Standard_Real& B3, Standard_Real& C1, Standard_Real& C2, Standard_Real& C3, Standard_Real& D) const;
-
+
//! Returns the radius of this cylinder.
Standard_EXPORT Standard_Real Radius() const;
-
+
//! Returns True.
Standard_EXPORT Standard_Boolean IsUClosed() const Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
+
//! Returns False.
Standard_EXPORT Standard_Boolean IsVClosed() const Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
+
//! Returns True.
Standard_EXPORT Standard_Boolean IsUPeriodic() const Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
+
//! Returns False.
Standard_EXPORT Standard_Boolean IsVPeriodic() const Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
//! The UIso curve is a Line. The location point of this line is
//! on the placement plane (XAxis, YAxis) of the surface.
//! This line is parallel to the axis of symmetry of the surface.
Standard_EXPORT Handle(Geom_Curve) UIso (const Standard_Real U) const Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
//! The VIso curve is a circle. The start point of this circle
//! (U = 0) is defined with the "XAxis" of the surface.
//! The center of the circle is on the symmetry axis.
Standard_EXPORT Handle(Geom_Curve) VIso (const Standard_Real V) const Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
//! Computes the point P (U, V) on the surface.
//! P (U, V) = Loc + Radius * (cos (U) * XDir + sin (U) * YDir) +
//! XDir is the direction of the XAxis and YDir the direction of
//! the YAxis.
Standard_EXPORT void D0 (const Standard_Real U, const Standard_Real V, gp_Pnt& P) const Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
//! Computes the current point and the first derivatives in the
//! directions U and V.
Standard_EXPORT void D1 (const Standard_Real U, const Standard_Real V, gp_Pnt& P, gp_Vec& D1U, gp_Vec& D1V) const Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
//! Computes the current point, the first and the second derivatives
//! in the directions U and V.
Standard_EXPORT void D2 (const Standard_Real U, const Standard_Real V, gp_Pnt& P, gp_Vec& D1U, gp_Vec& D1V, gp_Vec& D2U, gp_Vec& D2V, gp_Vec& D2UV) const Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
//! Computes the current point, the first, the second and the
//! third derivatives in the directions U and V.
//! Dumps the content of me into the stream
Standard_EXPORT virtual void DumpJson (Standard_OStream& theOStream, Standard_Integer theDepth = -1) const Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
-
-
DEFINE_STANDARD_RTTIEXT(Geom_CylindricalSurface,Geom_ElementarySurface)
-protected:
-
-
-
-
private:
-
Standard_Real radius;
-
};
-
-
-
-
-
-
#endif // _Geom_CylindricalSurface_HeaderFile
public:
-
//! Constructs a surface offset from the basis surface
//! S, where Offset is the distance between the offset
//! surface and the basis surface at any point.
//! No check is done to verify that a unique normal direction is
//! defined at any point of the basis surface S.
Standard_EXPORT Geom_OffsetSurface(const Handle(Geom_Surface)& S, const Standard_Real Offset, const Standard_Boolean isNotCheckC0 = Standard_False);
-
+
//! Raised if S is not at least C1.
//! Warnings :
//! No check is done to verify that a unique normal direction is
//! Standard_ConstructionError if the surface S is not
//! at least "C1" continuous.
Standard_EXPORT void SetBasisSurface (const Handle(Geom_Surface)& S, const Standard_Boolean isNotCheckC0 = Standard_False);
-
+
//! Changes this offset surface by assigning D as the offset value.
Standard_EXPORT void SetOffsetValue (const Standard_Real D);
-
+
//! Returns the offset value of this offset surface.
inline Standard_Real Offset() const
{ return offsetValue; }
-
+
//! Returns the basis surface of this offset surface.
//! Note: The basis surface can be an offset surface.
inline const Handle(Geom_Surface) & BasisSurface() const
//! Returns osculating surface if base surface is B-spline or Bezier
inline const Handle(Geom_OsculatingSurface)& OsculatingSurface() const
{ return myOscSurf; }
-
+
//! Changes the orientation of this offset surface in the u
//! parametric direction. The bounds of the surface
//! are not changed but the given parametric direction is reversed.
Standard_EXPORT void UReverse() Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
+
//! Computes the u parameter on the modified
//! surface, produced by reversing the u
//! parametric direction of this offset surface, for any
//! point of u parameter U on this offset surface.
Standard_EXPORT Standard_Real UReversedParameter (const Standard_Real U) const Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
+
//! Changes the orientation of this offset surface in the v parametric direction. The bounds of the surface
//! are not changed but the given parametric direction is reversed.
Standard_EXPORT void VReverse() Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
+
//! Computes the v parameter on the modified
//! surface, produced by reversing the or v
//! parametric direction of this offset surface, for any
//! point of v parameter V on this offset surface.
Standard_EXPORT Standard_Real VReversedParameter (const Standard_Real V) const Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
+
//! Returns the parametric bounds U1, U2, V1 and V2 of
//! this offset surface.
//! If the surface is infinite, this function can return:
//! - Standard_Real::RealFirst(), or
//! - Standard_Real::RealLast().
Standard_EXPORT void Bounds (Standard_Real& U1, Standard_Real& U2, Standard_Real& V1, Standard_Real& V2) const Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
//! This method returns the continuity of the basis surface - 1.
//! Continuity of the Offset surface :
//! surface otherwise the effective continuity can be lower than
//! the continuity of the basis surface - 1.
Standard_EXPORT GeomAbs_Shape Continuity() const Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
//! This method answer True if the continuity of the basis surface
//! is N + 1 in the U parametric direction. We suppose in this
//! surface.
//! Raised if N <0.
Standard_EXPORT Standard_Boolean IsCNu (const Standard_Integer N) const Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
//! This method answer True if the continuity of the basis surface
//! is N + 1 in the V parametric direction. We suppose in this
//! surface.
//! Raised if N <0.
Standard_EXPORT Standard_Boolean IsCNv (const Standard_Integer N) const Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
+
//! Checks whether this offset surface is closed in the u
//! parametric direction.
//! Returns true if, taking uFirst and uLast as
//! and P(uLast,v) is less than or equal to
//! gp::Resolution() for each value of the parameter v.
Standard_EXPORT Standard_Boolean IsUClosed() const Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
+
//! Checks whether this offset surface is closed in the u
//! or v parametric direction. Returns true if taking vFirst and vLast as the
//! parametric bounds in the v parametric direction, the
//! P(u,vLast) is less than or equal to
//! gp::Resolution() for each value of the parameter u.
Standard_EXPORT Standard_Boolean IsVClosed() const Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
//! Returns true if this offset surface is periodic in the u
//! parametric direction, i.e. if the basis
//! surface of this offset surface is periodic in this direction.
Standard_EXPORT Standard_Boolean IsUPeriodic() const Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
+
//! Returns the period of this offset surface in the u
//! parametric direction respectively, i.e. the period of the
//! basis surface of this offset surface in this parametric direction.
//! raises if the surface is not uperiodic.
Standard_EXPORT virtual Standard_Real UPeriod() const Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
//! Returns true if this offset surface is periodic in the v
//! parametric direction, i.e. if the basis
//! surface of this offset surface is periodic in this direction.
Standard_EXPORT Standard_Boolean IsVPeriodic() const Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
+
//! Returns the period of this offset surface in the v
//! parametric direction respectively, i.e. the period of the
//! basis surface of this offset surface in this parametric direction.
//! raises if the surface is not vperiodic.
Standard_EXPORT virtual Standard_Real VPeriod() const Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
+
//! Computes the U isoparametric curve.
Standard_EXPORT Handle(Geom_Curve) UIso (const Standard_Real U) const Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
+
//! Computes the V isoparametric curve.
//!
//! The following methods compute value and derivatives.
//!
//! Warnings
//! An exception is raised if a unique normal vector is
- //! not defined on the basis surface for the parametric
- //! value (U,V).
+ //! not defined on the basis surface for the parametric value (U,V).
//! No check is done at the creation time and we suppose
- //! in this package that the offset surface can be defined
- //! at any point.
+ //! in this package that the offset surface can be defined at any point.
Standard_EXPORT Handle(Geom_Curve) VIso (const Standard_Real V) const Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
- //! P (U, V) = Pbasis + Offset * Ndir where
- //! Ndir = D1Ubasis ^ D1Vbasis / ||D1Ubasis ^ D1Vbasis|| is the
- //! normal direction of the basis surface. Pbasis, D1Ubasis,
- //! D1Vbasis are the point and the first derivatives on the basis
- //! surface.
+ //! @code
+ //! P (U, V) = Pbasis + Offset * Ndir
+ //! @endcode
+ //! where
+ //! @code
+ //! Ndir = D1Ubasis ^ D1Vbasis / ||D1Ubasis ^ D1Vbasis||
+ //! @endcode
+ //! is the normal direction of the basis surface.
+ //! Pbasis, D1Ubasis, D1Vbasis are the point and the first derivatives on the basis surface.
//! If Ndir is undefined this method computes an approached normal
- //! direction using the following limited development :
- //! Ndir = N0 + DNdir/DU + DNdir/DV + Eps with Eps->0 which
- //! requires to compute the second derivatives on the basis surface.
+ //! direction using the following limited development:
+ //! @code
+ //! Ndir = N0 + DNdir/DU + DNdir/DV + Eps
+ //! @endcode
+ //! with Eps->0 which requires to compute the second derivatives on the basis surface.
//! If the normal direction cannot be approximate for this order
//! of derivation the exception UndefinedValue is raised.
//!
//! Raised if the order of derivation required to compute the
//! normal direction is greater than the second order.
Standard_EXPORT void D0 (const Standard_Real U, const Standard_Real V, gp_Pnt& P) const Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
//! Raised if the continuity of the basis surface is not C2.
Standard_EXPORT void D1 (const Standard_Real U, const Standard_Real V, gp_Pnt& P, gp_Vec& D1U, gp_Vec& D1V) const Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
- //! ---Purpose ;
+
//! Raised if the continuity of the basis surface is not C3.
Standard_EXPORT void D2 (const Standard_Real U, const Standard_Real V, gp_Pnt& P, gp_Vec& D1U, gp_Vec& D1V, gp_Vec& D2U, gp_Vec& D2V, gp_Vec& D2UV) const Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
//! Raised if the continuity of the basis surface is not C4.
Standard_EXPORT void D3 (const Standard_Real U, const Standard_Real V, gp_Pnt& P, gp_Vec& D1U, gp_Vec& D1V, gp_Vec& D2U, gp_Vec& D2V, gp_Vec& D2UV, gp_Vec& D3U, gp_Vec& D3V, gp_Vec& D3UUV, gp_Vec& D3UVV) const Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
- //! Computes the derivative of order Nu in the direction u and Nv
- //! in the direction v.
- //! ---Purpose ;
+ //! Computes the derivative of order Nu in the direction u and Nv in the direction v.
+ //!
//! Raised if the continuity of the basis surface is not CNu + 1
//! in the U direction and CNv + 1 in the V direction.
//! Raised if Nu + Nv < 1 or Nu < 0 or Nv < 0.
//! The computation of the value and derivatives on the basis
//! surface are used to evaluate the offset surface.
//!
- //! Warnings :
+ //! Warnings:
//! The exception UndefinedValue or UndefinedDerivative is
- //! raised if it is not possible to compute a unique offset
- //! direction.
+ //! raised if it is not possible to compute a unique offset direction.
Standard_EXPORT gp_Vec DN (const Standard_Real U, const Standard_Real V, const Standard_Integer Nu, const Standard_Integer Nv) const Standard_OVERRIDE;
//! Applies the transformation T to this offset surface.
//! Note: the basis surface is also modified.
Standard_EXPORT void Transform (const gp_Trsf& T) Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
- //! Computes the parameters on the transformed surface for
+
+ //! Computes the parameters on the transformed surface for
//! the transform of the point of parameters U,V on <me>.
- //!
- //! me->Transformed(T)->Value(U',V')
- //!
+ //! @code
+ //! me->Transformed(T)->Value(U',V')
+ //! @endcode
//! is the same point as
- //!
+ //! @code
//! me->Value(U,V).Transformed(T)
- //!
+ //! @endcode
//! Where U',V' are the new values of U,V after calling
- //!
- //! me->TranformParameters(U,V,T)
- //! This methods calls the basis surface method.
+ //! @code
+ //! me->TransformParameters(U,V,T)
+ //! @endcode
+ //! This method calls the basis surface method.
Standard_EXPORT virtual void TransformParameters (Standard_Real& U, Standard_Real& V, const gp_Trsf& T) const Standard_OVERRIDE;
- //! Returns a 2d transformation used to find the new
+ //! Returns a 2d transformation used to find the new
//! parameters of a point on the transformed surface.
- //!
- //! me->Transformed(T)->Value(U',V')
- //!
+ //! @code
+ //! me->Transformed(T)->Value(U',V')
+ //! @endcode
//! is the same point as
- //!
- //! me->Value(U,V).Transformed(T)
- //!
- //! Where U',V' are obtained by transforming U,V with
- //! th 2d transformation returned by
- //!
+ //! @code
+ //! me->Value(U,V).Transformed(T)
+ //! @endcode
+ //! Where U',V' are obtained by transforming U,V with the 2d transformation returned by
+ //! @code
//! me->ParametricTransformation(T)
- //!
- //! This methods calls the basis surface method.
+ //! @endcode
+ //! This method calls the basis surface method.
Standard_EXPORT virtual gp_GTrsf2d ParametricTransformation (const gp_Trsf& T) const Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
+
//! Creates a new object which is a copy of this offset surface.
Standard_EXPORT Handle(Geom_Geometry) Copy() const Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
+
//! returns an equivalent surface of the offset surface
//! when the basis surface is a canonic surface or a
//! rectangular limited surface on canonic surface or if
//! the offset is null.
Standard_EXPORT Handle(Geom_Surface) Surface() const;
-
+
//! if Standard_True, L is the local osculating surface
//! along U at the point U,V. It means that DL/DU is
//! collinear to DS/DU . If IsOpposite == Standard_True
//! these vectors have opposite direction.
Standard_EXPORT Standard_Boolean UOsculatingSurface (const Standard_Real U, const Standard_Real V, Standard_Boolean& IsOpposite, Handle(Geom_BSplineSurface)& UOsculSurf) const;
-
+
//! if Standard_True, L is the local osculating surface
//! along V at the point U,V.
//! It means that DL/DV is
//! collinear to DS/DV . If IsOpposite == Standard_True
//! these vectors have opposite direction.
Standard_EXPORT Standard_Boolean VOsculatingSurface (const Standard_Real U, const Standard_Real V, Standard_Boolean& IsOpposite, Handle(Geom_BSplineSurface)& VOsculSurf) const;
-
+
//! Returns continuity of the basis surface.
inline GeomAbs_Shape GetBasisSurfContinuity() const
{ return myBasisSurfContinuity; }
//! the "X Direction" and the "Y Direction" of its local
//! coordinate system.)
//! The parametric equation of the plane is:
-//! P(u, v) = O + u*XDir + v*YDir
+//! @code
+//! P(u, v) = O + u*XDir + v*YDir
+//! @endcode
//! where O, XDir and YDir are respectively the
//! origin, the "X Direction" and the "Y Direction" of the
//! local coordinate system of the plane.
public:
-
-
- //! Creates a plane located in 3D space with an axis placement
- //! three axis. The "ZDirection" of "A3" is the direction normal
- //! to the plane. The "Location" point of "A3" is the origin of
- //! the plane. The "XDirection" and "YDirection" of "A3" define
- //! the directions of the U isoparametric and V isoparametric
- //! curves.
+ //! Creates a plane located in 3D space with an axis placement three axis.
+ //! The "ZDirection" of "A3" is the direction normal
+ //! to the plane. The "Location" point of "A3" is the origin of the plane.
+ //! The "XDirection" and "YDirection" of "A3" define
+ //! the directions of the U isoparametric and V isoparametric curves.
Standard_EXPORT Geom_Plane(const gp_Ax3& A3);
-
+
//! Creates a plane from a non transient plane from package gp.
Standard_EXPORT Geom_Plane(const gp_Pln& Pl);
-
//! P is the "Location" point or origin of the plane.
//! V is the direction normal to the plane.
Standard_EXPORT Geom_Plane(const gp_Pnt& P, const gp_Dir& V);
-
- //! Creates a plane from its cartesian equation :
- //! Ax + By + Cz + D = 0.0
- //!
+ //! Creates a plane from its cartesian equation:
+ //! @code
+ //! Ax + By + Cz + D = 0.0
+ //! @endcode
//! Raised if Sqrt (A*A + B*B + C*C) <= Resolution from gp
Standard_EXPORT Geom_Plane(const Standard_Real A, const Standard_Real B, const Standard_Real C, const Standard_Real D);
-
+
//! Set <me> so that <me> has the same geometric properties as Pl.
Standard_EXPORT void SetPln (const gp_Pln& Pl);
-
+
//! Converts this plane into a gp_Pln plane.
Standard_EXPORT gp_Pln Pln() const;
-
- //! Changes the orientation of this plane in the u (or v)
- //! parametric direction. The bounds of the plane are not
- //! changed but the given parametric direction is
- //! reversed. Hence the orientation of the surface is reversed.
+ //! Changes the orientation of this plane in the u (or v) parametric direction.
+ //! The bounds of the plane are not changed but the given parametric direction is reversed.
+ //! Hence the orientation of the surface is reversed.
Standard_EXPORT virtual void UReverse() Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
- //! Computes the u parameter on the modified
- //! plane, produced when reversing the u
- //! parametric of this plane, for any point of u parameter U on this plane.
+
+ //! Computes the u parameter on the modified plane,
+ //! produced when reversing the u parametric of this plane,
+ //! for any point of u parameter U on this plane.
//! In the case of a plane, these methods return - -U.
Standard_EXPORT Standard_Real UReversedParameter (const Standard_Real U) const Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
- //! Changes the orientation of this plane in the u (or v)
- //! parametric direction. The bounds of the plane are not
- //! changed but the given parametric direction is
- //! reversed. Hence the orientation of the surface is reversed.
+
+ //! Changes the orientation of this plane in the u (or v) parametric direction.
+ //! The bounds of the plane are not changed but the given parametric direction is reversed.
+ //! Hence the orientation of the surface is reversed.
Standard_EXPORT virtual void VReverse() Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
- //! Computes the v parameter on the modified
- //! plane, produced when reversing the v
- //! parametric of this plane, for any point of v parameter V on this plane.
+
+ //! Computes the v parameter on the modified plane,
+ //! produced when reversing the v parametric of this plane,
+ //! for any point of v parameter V on this plane.
//! In the case of a plane, these methods return -V.
Standard_EXPORT Standard_Real VReversedParameter (const Standard_Real V) const Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
- //! Computes the parameters on the transformed surface for
+
+ //! Computes the parameters on the transformed surface for
//! the transform of the point of parameters U,V on <me>.
- //! me->Transformed(T)->Value(U',V')
+ //! @code
+ //! me->Transformed(T)->Value(U',V')
+ //! @endcode
//! is the same point as
- //! me->Value(U,V).Transformed(T)
+ //! @code
+ //! me->Value(U,V).Transformed(T)
+ //! @endcode
//! Where U',V' are the new values of U,V after calling
- //! me->TranformParameters(U,V,T)
- //! This methods multiplies U and V by T.ScaleFactor()
+ //! @code
+ //! me->TransformParameters(U,V,T)
+ //! @endcode
+ //! This method multiplies U and V by T.ScaleFactor()
Standard_EXPORT virtual void TransformParameters (Standard_Real& U, Standard_Real& V, const gp_Trsf& T) const Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
- //! Returns a 2d transformation used to find the new
+
+ //! Returns a 2d transformation used to find the new
//! parameters of a point on the transformed surface.
- //! me->Transformed(T)->Value(U',V')
+ //! @code
+ //! me->Transformed(T)->Value(U',V')
+ //! @endcode
//! is the same point as
- //! me->Value(U,V).Transformed(T)
- //! Where U',V' are obtained by transforming U,V with
- //! th 2d transformation returned by
- //! me->ParametricTransformation(T)
- //! This methods returns a scale centered on the
- //! origin with T.ScaleFactor
+ //! @code
+ //! me->Value(U,V).Transformed(T)
+ //! @endcode
+ //! Where U',V' are obtained by transforming U,V with the 2d transformation returned by
+ //! @code
+ //! me->ParametricTransformation(T)
+ //! @endcode
+ //! This method returns a scale centered on the origin with T.ScaleFactor
Standard_EXPORT virtual gp_GTrsf2d ParametricTransformation (const gp_Trsf& T) const Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
+
//! Returns the parametric bounds U1, U2, V1 and V2 of this plane.
//! Because a plane is an infinite surface, the following is always true:
//! - U1 = V1 = Standard_Real::RealFirst()
//! - U2 = V2 = Standard_Real::RealLast().
Standard_EXPORT void Bounds (Standard_Real& U1, Standard_Real& U2, Standard_Real& V1, Standard_Real& V2) const Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
- //! Computes the normalized coefficients of the plane's
- //! cartesian equation : Ax + By + Cz + D = 0.0
+ //! Computes the normalized coefficients of the plane's cartesian equation:
+ //! @code
+ //! Ax + By + Cz + D = 0.0
+ //! @endcode
Standard_EXPORT void Coefficients (Standard_Real& A, Standard_Real& B, Standard_Real& C, Standard_Real& D) const;
-
+
//! return False
Standard_EXPORT Standard_Boolean IsUClosed() const Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
+
//! return False
Standard_EXPORT Standard_Boolean IsVClosed() const Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
+
//! return False.
Standard_EXPORT Standard_Boolean IsUPeriodic() const Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
+
//! return False.
Standard_EXPORT Standard_Boolean IsVPeriodic() const Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
//! Computes the U isoparametric curve.
//! This is a Line parallel to the YAxis of the plane.
Standard_EXPORT Handle(Geom_Curve) UIso (const Standard_Real U) const Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
//! Computes the V isoparametric curve.
//! This is a Line parallel to the XAxis of the plane.
Standard_EXPORT Handle(Geom_Curve) VIso (const Standard_Real V) const Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
//! Computes the point P (U, V) on <me>.
- //! P = O + U * XDir + V * YDir.
+ //! @code
+ //! P = O + U * XDir + V * YDir.
+ //! @endcode
//! where O is the "Location" point of the plane, XDir the
- //! "XDirection" and YDir the "YDirection" of the plane's local
- //! coordinate system.
+ //! "XDirection" and YDir the "YDirection" of the plane's local coordinate system.
Standard_EXPORT void D0 (const Standard_Real U, const Standard_Real V, gp_Pnt& P) const Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
- //! Computes the current point and the first derivatives in the
- //! directions U and V.
+ //! Computes the current point and the first derivatives in the directions U and V.
Standard_EXPORT void D1 (const Standard_Real U, const Standard_Real V, gp_Pnt& P, gp_Vec& D1U, gp_Vec& D1V) const Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
//! Computes the current point, the first and the second
//! derivatives in the directions U and V.
Standard_EXPORT void D2 (const Standard_Real U, const Standard_Real V, gp_Pnt& P, gp_Vec& D1U, gp_Vec& D1V, gp_Vec& D2U, gp_Vec& D2V, gp_Vec& D2UV) const Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
//! Computes the current point, the first,the second and the
//! third derivatives in the directions U and V.
Standard_EXPORT void D3 (const Standard_Real U, const Standard_Real V, gp_Pnt& P, gp_Vec& D1U, gp_Vec& D1V, gp_Vec& D2U, gp_Vec& D2V, gp_Vec& D2UV, gp_Vec& D3U, gp_Vec& D3V, gp_Vec& D3UUV, gp_Vec& D3UVV) const Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
//! Computes the derivative of order Nu in the direction u
//! and Nv in the direction v.
//! Raised if Nu + Nv < 1 or Nu < 0 or Nv < 0.
Standard_EXPORT gp_Vec DN (const Standard_Real U, const Standard_Real V, const Standard_Integer Nu, const Standard_Integer Nv) const Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
+
//! Applies the transformation T to this plane.
Standard_EXPORT void Transform (const gp_Trsf& T) Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
+
//! Creates a new object which is a copy of this plane.
Standard_EXPORT Handle(Geom_Geometry) Copy() const Standard_OVERRIDE;
Standard_EXPORT virtual void DumpJson (Standard_OStream& theOStream, Standard_Integer theDepth = -1) const Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
-
DEFINE_STANDARD_RTTIEXT(Geom_Plane,Geom_ElementarySurface)
-protected:
-
-
-
-
-private:
-
-
-
-
};
-
-
-
-
-
-
#endif // _Geom_Plane_HeaderFile
public:
-
-
//! The U parametric direction of the surface is oriented from U1
//! to U2. The V parametric direction of the surface is oriented
//! from V1 to V2.
//! bounds of S.
//! U1 = U2 or V1 = V2
Standard_EXPORT Geom_RectangularTrimmedSurface(const Handle(Geom_Surface)& S, const Standard_Real U1, const Standard_Real U2, const Standard_Real V1, const Standard_Real V2, const Standard_Boolean USense = Standard_True, const Standard_Boolean VSense = Standard_True);
-
//! The basis surface S is only trim in one parametric direction.
//! If UTrim = True the surface is trimmed in the U parametric
//! Param1 or Param2 are out of the bounds of S.
//! Param1 = Param2
Standard_EXPORT Geom_RectangularTrimmedSurface(const Handle(Geom_Surface)& S, const Standard_Real Param1, const Standard_Real Param2, const Standard_Boolean UTrim, const Standard_Boolean Sense = Standard_True);
-
+
//! Modifies this patch by changing the trim values
//! applied to the original surface
//! The u parametric direction of
//! are out of the bounds of the BasisSurface.
//! U1 = U2 or V1 = V2
Standard_EXPORT void SetTrim (const Standard_Real U1, const Standard_Real U2, const Standard_Real V1, const Standard_Real V2, const Standard_Boolean USense = Standard_True, const Standard_Boolean VSense = Standard_True);
-
+
//! Modifies this patch by changing the trim values
//! applied to the original surface
//! The basis surface is trimmed only in one parametric direction: if UTrim
//! Param1 or Param2 are out of the bounds of the BasisSurface.
//! Param1 = Param2
Standard_EXPORT void SetTrim (const Standard_Real Param1, const Standard_Real Param2, const Standard_Boolean UTrim, const Standard_Boolean Sense = Standard_True);
-
+
//! Returns the Basis surface of <me>.
Standard_EXPORT Handle(Geom_Surface) BasisSurface() const;
-
+
//! Changes the orientation of this patch in the u
//! parametric direction. The bounds of the surface are
//! not changed, but the given parametric direction is
//! reversed. Hence the orientation of the surface is reversed.
Standard_EXPORT void UReverse() Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
+
//! Computes the u parameter on the modified
//! surface, produced by when reversing its u
//! parametric direction, for any point of u parameter U on this patch.
Standard_EXPORT Standard_Real UReversedParameter (const Standard_Real U) const Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
+
//! Changes the orientation of this patch in the v
//! parametric direction. The bounds of the surface are
//! not changed, but the given parametric direction is
//! reversed. Hence the orientation of the surface is reversed.
Standard_EXPORT void VReverse() Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
+
//! Computes the v parameter on the modified
//! surface, produced by when reversing its v
//! parametric direction, for any point of v parameter V on this patch.
Standard_EXPORT Standard_Real VReversedParameter (const Standard_Real V) const Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
+
//! Returns the parametric bounds U1, U2, V1 and V2 of this patch.
Standard_EXPORT void Bounds (Standard_Real& U1, Standard_Real& U2, Standard_Real& V1, Standard_Real& V2) const Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
//! Returns the continuity of the surface :
//! C0 : only geometric continuity,
//! C3 : continuity of the third derivative all along the Surface,
//! CN : the order of continuity is infinite.
Standard_EXPORT GeomAbs_Shape Continuity() const Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
+
//! Returns true if this patch is closed in the given parametric direction.
Standard_EXPORT Standard_Boolean IsUClosed() const Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
+
//! Returns true if this patch is closed in the given parametric direction.
Standard_EXPORT Standard_Boolean IsVClosed() const Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
//! Returns true if the order of derivation in the U parametric
//! direction is N.
//! Raised if N < 0.
Standard_EXPORT Standard_Boolean IsCNu (const Standard_Integer N) const Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
//! Returns true if the order of derivation in the V parametric
//! direction is N.
//! Raised if N < 0.
Standard_EXPORT Standard_Boolean IsCNv (const Standard_Integer N) const Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
+
//! Returns true if this patch is periodic and not trimmed in the given
//! parametric direction.
Standard_EXPORT Standard_Boolean IsUPeriodic() const Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
+
//! Returns the period of this patch in the u
//! parametric direction.
//! raises if the surface is not uperiodic.
Standard_EXPORT virtual Standard_Real UPeriod() const Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
//! Returns true if this patch is periodic and not trimmed in the given
//! parametric direction.
Standard_EXPORT Standard_Boolean IsVPeriodic() const Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
+
//! Returns the period of this patch in the v
//! parametric direction.
//! raises if the surface is not vperiodic.
//! value and derivatives
Standard_EXPORT virtual Standard_Real VPeriod() const Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
+
//! computes the U isoparametric curve.
Standard_EXPORT Handle(Geom_Curve) UIso (const Standard_Real U) const Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
+
//! Computes the V isoparametric curve.
Standard_EXPORT Handle(Geom_Curve) VIso (const Standard_Real V) const Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
//! Can be raised if the basis surface is an OffsetSurface.
Standard_EXPORT void D0 (const Standard_Real U, const Standard_Real V, gp_Pnt& P) const Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
//! The returned derivatives have the same orientation as the
//! derivatives of the basis surface even if the trimmed surface
//! has not the same parametric orientation.
//! Warning! UndefinedDerivative raised if the continuity of the surface is not C1.
Standard_EXPORT void D1 (const Standard_Real U, const Standard_Real V, gp_Pnt& P, gp_Vec& D1U, gp_Vec& D1V) const Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
//! The returned derivatives have the same orientation as the
//! derivatives of the basis surface even if the trimmed surface
//! has not the same parametric orientation.
//! Warning! UndefinedDerivative raised if the continuity of the surface is not C2.
Standard_EXPORT void D2 (const Standard_Real U, const Standard_Real V, gp_Pnt& P, gp_Vec& D1U, gp_Vec& D1V, gp_Vec& D2U, gp_Vec& D2V, gp_Vec& D2UV) const Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
+
//! The returned derivatives have the same orientation as the
//! derivatives of the basis surface even if the trimmed surface
//! has not the same parametric orientation.
//! Warning UndefinedDerivative raised if the continuity of the surface is not C3.
Standard_EXPORT void D3 (const Standard_Real U, const Standard_Real V, gp_Pnt& P, gp_Vec& D1U, gp_Vec& D1V, gp_Vec& D2U, gp_Vec& D2V, gp_Vec& D2UV, gp_Vec& D3U, gp_Vec& D3V, gp_Vec& D3UUV, gp_Vec& D3UVV) const Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
+
//! The returned derivative has the same orientation as the
//! derivative of the basis surface even if the trimmed surface
//! has not the same parametric orientation.
//! parametric direction and CNv in the V parametric direction.
//! RangeError Raised if Nu + Nv < 1 or Nu < 0 or Nv < 0.
Standard_EXPORT gp_Vec DN (const Standard_Real U, const Standard_Real V, const Standard_Integer Nu, const Standard_Integer Nv) const Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
+
//! Applies the transformation T to this patch.
//! Warning
//! As a consequence, the basis surface included in the
//! data structure of this patch is also modified.
Standard_EXPORT void Transform (const gp_Trsf& T) Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
+
//! Computes the parameters on the transformed surface for
//! the transform of the point of parameters U,V on <me>.
- //!
- //! me->Transformed(T)->Value(U',V')
- //!
+ //! @code
+ //! me->Transformed(T)->Value(U',V')
+ //! @endcode
//! is the same point as
- //!
- //! me->Value(U,V).Transformed(T)
- //!
+ //! @code
+ //! me->Value(U,V).Transformed(T)
+ //! @endcode
//! Where U',V' are the new values of U,V after calling
- //!
- //! me->TranformParameters(U,V,T)
- //!
- //! This methods calls the basis surface method.
+ //! @code
+ //! me->TransformParameters(U,V,T)
+ //! @endcode
+ //! This method calls the basis surface method.
Standard_EXPORT virtual void TransformParameters (Standard_Real& U, Standard_Real& V, const gp_Trsf& T) const Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
+
//! Returns a 2d transformation used to find the new
//! parameters of a point on the transformed surface.
- //!
- //! me->Transformed(T)->Value(U',V')
- //!
+ //! @code
+ //! me->Transformed(T)->Value(U',V')
+ //! @endcode
//! is the same point as
- //!
- //! me->Value(U,V).Transformed(T)
- //!
+ //! @code
+ //! me->Value(U,V).Transformed(T)
+ //! @endcode
//! Where U',V' are obtained by transforming U,V with
- //! th 2d transformation returned by
- //!
- //! me->ParametricTransformation(T)
- //!
- //! This methods calls the basis surface method.
+ //! the 2d transformation returned by
+ //! @code
+ //! me->ParametricTransformation(T)
+ //! @endcode
+ //! This method calls the basis surface method.
Standard_EXPORT virtual gp_GTrsf2d ParametricTransformation (const gp_Trsf& T) const Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
+
//! Creates a new object which is a copy of this patch.
Standard_EXPORT Handle(Geom_Geometry) Copy() const Standard_OVERRIDE;
//! Dumps the content of me into the stream
Standard_EXPORT virtual void DumpJson (Standard_OStream& theOStream, Standard_Integer theDepth = -1) const Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
-
-
DEFINE_STANDARD_RTTIEXT(Geom_RectangularTrimmedSurface,Geom_BoundedSurface)
-protected:
-
-
-
-
private:
-
//! General set trim, to implement constructors and
//! others set trim.
Standard_EXPORT void SetTrim (const Standard_Real U1, const Standard_Real U2, const Standard_Real V1, const Standard_Real V2, const Standard_Boolean UTrim, const Standard_Boolean VTrim, const Standard_Boolean USense, const Standard_Boolean VSense);
Standard_Boolean isutrimmed;
Standard_Boolean isvtrimmed;
-
};
-
-
-
-
-
-
#endif // _Geom_RectangularTrimmedSurface_HeaderFile
public:
-
-
//! Reverses the U direction of parametrization of <me>.
//! The bounds of the surface are not modified.
Standard_EXPORT virtual void UReverse() = 0;
-
//! Reverses the U direction of parametrization of <me>.
//! The bounds of the surface are not modified.
//! A copy of <me> is returned.
Standard_NODISCARD Standard_EXPORT Handle(Geom_Surface) UReversed() const;
-
+
//! Returns the parameter on the Ureversed surface for
//! the point of parameter U on <me>.
- //!
- //! me->UReversed()->Value(me->UReversedParameter(U),V)
- //!
+ //! @code
+ //! me->UReversed()->Value(me->UReversedParameter(U),V)
+ //! @endcode
//! is the same point as
- //!
- //! me->Value(U,V)
+ //! @code
+ //! me->Value(U,V)
+ //! @endcode
Standard_EXPORT virtual Standard_Real UReversedParameter (const Standard_Real U) const = 0;
-
//! Reverses the V direction of parametrization of <me>.
//! The bounds of the surface are not modified.
Standard_EXPORT virtual void VReverse() = 0;
-
//! Reverses the V direction of parametrization of <me>.
//! The bounds of the surface are not modified.
//! A copy of <me> is returned.
Standard_NODISCARD Standard_EXPORT Handle(Geom_Surface) VReversed() const;
-
+
//! Returns the parameter on the Vreversed surface for
//! the point of parameter V on <me>.
- //!
- //! me->VReversed()->Value(U,me->VReversedParameter(V))
- //!
+ //! @code
+ //! me->VReversed()->Value(U,me->VReversedParameter(V))
+ //! @endcode
//! is the same point as
- //!
- //! me->Value(U,V)
+ //! @code
+ //! me->Value(U,V)
+ //! @endcode
Standard_EXPORT virtual Standard_Real VReversedParameter (const Standard_Real V) const = 0;
-
+
//! Computes the parameters on the transformed surface for
//! the transform of the point of parameters U,V on <me>.
- //!
- //! me->Transformed(T)->Value(U',V')
- //!
+ //! @code
+ //! me->Transformed(T)->Value(U',V')
+ //! @endcode
//! is the same point as
- //!
- //! me->Value(U,V).Transformed(T)
- //!
+ //! @code
+ //! me->Value(U,V).Transformed(T)
+ //! @endcode
//! Where U',V' are the new values of U,V after calling
- //!
- //! me->TranformParameters(U,V,T)
- //!
- //! This methods does not change <U> and <V>
+ //! @code
+ //! me->TransformParameters(U,V,T)
+ //! @endcode
+ //! This method does not change <U> and <V>
//!
//! It can be redefined. For example on the Plane,
//! Cylinder, Cone, Revolved and Extruded surfaces.
//! Returns a 2d transformation used to find the new
//! parameters of a point on the transformed surface.
- //!
- //! me->Transformed(T)->Value(U',V')
- //!
+ //! @code
+ //! me->Transformed(T)->Value(U',V')
+ //! @endcode
//! is the same point as
- //!
- //! me->Value(U,V).Transformed(T)
- //!
+ //! @code
+ //! me->Value(U,V).Transformed(T)
+ //! @endcode
//! Where U',V' are obtained by transforming U,V with
- //! th 2d transformation returned by
- //!
- //! me->ParametricTransformation(T)
- //!
- //! This methods returns an identity transformation
+ //! the 2d transformation returned by
+ //! @code
+ //! me->ParametricTransformation(T)
+ //! @endcode
+ //! This method returns an identity transformation
//!
//! It can be redefined. For example on the Plane,
//! Cylinder, Cone, Revolved and Extruded surfaces.
Standard_EXPORT virtual gp_GTrsf2d ParametricTransformation (const gp_Trsf& T) const;
-
+
//! Returns the parametric bounds U1, U2, V1 and V2 of this surface.
//! If the surface is infinite, this function can return a value
//! equal to Precision::Infinite: instead of Standard_Real::LastReal.
Standard_EXPORT virtual void Bounds (Standard_Real& U1, Standard_Real& U2, Standard_Real& V1, Standard_Real& V2) const = 0;
-
+
//! Checks whether this surface is closed in the u
//! parametric direction.
//! Returns true if, in the u parametric direction: taking
//! distance between the points P(uFirst, v) and
//! P(uLast, v) is less than or equal to gp::Resolution().
Standard_EXPORT virtual Standard_Boolean IsUClosed() const = 0;
-
+
//! Checks whether this surface is closed in the u
//! parametric direction.
//! Returns true if, in the v parametric
//! P(u, vFirst) and P(u, vLast) is less than
//! or equal to gp::Resolution().
Standard_EXPORT virtual Standard_Boolean IsVClosed() const = 0;
-
+
//! Checks if this surface is periodic in the u
//! parametric direction. Returns true if:
//! - this surface is closed in the u parametric direction, and
//! T)) is less than or equal to gp::Resolution().
//! Note: T is the parametric period in the u parametric direction.
Standard_EXPORT virtual Standard_Boolean IsUPeriodic() const = 0;
-
+
//! Returns the period of this surface in the u
//! parametric direction.
//! raises if the surface is not uperiodic.
Standard_EXPORT virtual Standard_Real UPeriod() const;
-
+
//! Checks if this surface is periodic in the v
//! parametric direction. Returns true if:
//! - this surface is closed in the v parametric direction, and
//! T)) is less than or equal to gp::Resolution().
//! Note: T is the parametric period in the v parametric direction.
Standard_EXPORT virtual Standard_Boolean IsVPeriodic() const = 0;
-
+
//! Returns the period of this surface in the v parametric direction.
//! raises if the surface is not vperiodic.
Standard_EXPORT virtual Standard_Real VPeriod() const;
-
+
//! Computes the U isoparametric curve.
Standard_EXPORT virtual Handle(Geom_Curve) UIso (const Standard_Real U) const = 0;
-
+
//! Computes the V isoparametric curve.
Standard_EXPORT virtual Handle(Geom_Curve) VIso (const Standard_Real V) const = 0;
-
//! Returns the Global Continuity of the surface in direction U and V :
//! C0 : only geometric continuity,
//! If the surface is C1 in the V parametric direction and C2
//! in the U parametric direction Shape = C1.
Standard_EXPORT virtual GeomAbs_Shape Continuity() const = 0;
-
+
//! Returns the order of continuity of the surface in the
//! U parametric direction.
//! Raised if N < 0.
Standard_EXPORT virtual Standard_Boolean IsCNu (const Standard_Integer N) const = 0;
-
+
//! Returns the order of continuity of the surface in the
//! V parametric direction.
//! Raised if N < 0.
Standard_EXPORT virtual Standard_Boolean IsCNv (const Standard_Integer N) const = 0;
-
+
//! Computes the point of parameter U,V on the surface.
//!
//! Raised only for an "OffsetSurface" if it is not possible to
//! compute the current point.
Standard_EXPORT virtual void D0 (const Standard_Real U, const Standard_Real V, gp_Pnt& P) const = 0;
-
+
//! Computes the point P and the first derivatives in the
//! directions U and V at this point.
//! Raised if the continuity of the surface is not C1.
Standard_EXPORT virtual void D1 (const Standard_Real U, const Standard_Real V, gp_Pnt& P, gp_Vec& D1U, gp_Vec& D1V) const = 0;
-
//! Computes the point P, the first and the second derivatives in
//! the directions U and V at this point.
//! Raised if the continuity of the surface is not C2.
Standard_EXPORT virtual void D2 (const Standard_Real U, const Standard_Real V, gp_Pnt& P, gp_Vec& D1U, gp_Vec& D1V, gp_Vec& D2U, gp_Vec& D2V, gp_Vec& D2UV) const = 0;
-
//! Computes the point P, the first,the second and the third
//! derivatives in the directions U and V at this point.
//! Raised if the continuity of the surface is not C2.
Standard_EXPORT virtual void D3 (const Standard_Real U, const Standard_Real V, gp_Pnt& P, gp_Vec& D1U, gp_Vec& D1V, gp_Vec& D2U, gp_Vec& D2V, gp_Vec& D2UV, gp_Vec& D3U, gp_Vec& D3V, gp_Vec& D3UUV, gp_Vec& D3UVV) const = 0;
-
+
//! ---Purpose ;
//! Computes the derivative of order Nu in the direction U and Nv
//! in the direction V at the point P(U, V).
//! direction or not CNv in the V direction.
//! Raised if Nu + Nv < 1 or Nu < 0 or Nv < 0.
Standard_EXPORT virtual gp_Vec DN (const Standard_Real U, const Standard_Real V, const Standard_Integer Nu, const Standard_Integer Nv) const = 0;
-
//! Computes the point of parameter U on the surface.
//!
//! Dumps the content of me into the stream
Standard_EXPORT virtual void DumpJson (Standard_OStream& theOStream, Standard_Integer theDepth = -1) const Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
-
-
DEFINE_STANDARD_RTTIEXT(Geom_Surface,Geom_Geometry)
-protected:
-
-
-
-
-private:
-
-
-
-
};
-
-
-
-
-
-
#endif // _Geom_Surface_HeaderFile
//! Computes the parameters on the transformed surface for
//! the transform of the point of parameters U,V on <me>.
- //!
- //! me->Transformed(T)->Value(U',V')
- //!
+ //! @code
+ //! me->Transformed(T)->Value(U',V')
+ //! @endcode
//! is the same point as
- //!
- //! me->Value(U,V).Transformed(T)
- //!
+ //! @code
+ //! me->Value(U,V).Transformed(T)
+ //! @endcode
//! Where U',V' are the new values of U,V after calling
- //!
- //! me->TranformParameters(U,V,T)
- //!
- //! This methods multiplies :
+ //! @code
+ //! me->TransformParameters(U,V,T)
+ //! @endcode
+ //! This method multiplies:
//! U by BasisCurve()->ParametricTransformation(T)
//! V by T.ScaleFactor()
Standard_EXPORT virtual void TransformParameters (Standard_Real& U, Standard_Real& V, const gp_Trsf& T) const Standard_OVERRIDE;
//! Returns a 2d transformation used to find the new
//! parameters of a point on the transformed surface.
- //!
- //! me->Transformed(T)->Value(U',V')
- //!
+ //! @code
+ //! me->Transformed(T)->Value(U',V')
+ //! @endcode
//! is the same point as
- //!
- //! me->Value(U,V).Transformed(T)
- //!
+ //! @code
+ //! me->Value(U,V).Transformed(T)
+ //! @endcode
//! Where U',V' are obtained by transforming U,V with
- //! th 2d transformation returned by
- //!
- //! me->ParametricTransformation(T)
- //!
- //! This methods returns a scale
+ //! the 2d transformation returned by
+ //! @code
+ //! me->ParametricTransformation(T)
+ //! @endcode
+ //! This method returns a scale
//! U by BasisCurve()->ParametricTransformation(T)
//! V by T.ScaleFactor()
Standard_EXPORT virtual gp_GTrsf2d ParametricTransformation (const gp_Trsf& T) const Standard_OVERRIDE;
//! Computes the parameters on the transformed surface for
//! the transform of the point of parameters U,V on <me>.
- //!
- //! me->Transformed(T)->Value(U',V')
- //!
+ //! @code
+ //! me->Transformed(T)->Value(U',V')
+ //! @endcode
//! is the same point as
- //!
- //! me->Value(U,V).Transformed(T)
- //!
+ //! @code
+ //! me->Value(U,V).Transformed(T)
+ //! @endcode
//! Where U',V' are the new values of U,V after calling
- //!
- //! me->TranformParameters(U,V,T)
- //!
- //! This methods multiplies V by
- //! BasisCurve()->ParametricTransformation(T)
+ //! @code
+ //! me->TransformParameters(U,V,T)
+ //! @endcode
+ //! This method multiplies V by BasisCurve()->ParametricTransformation(T)
Standard_EXPORT virtual void TransformParameters (Standard_Real& U, Standard_Real& V, const gp_Trsf& T) const Standard_OVERRIDE;
//! Returns a 2d transformation used to find the new
//! parameters of a point on the transformed surface.
- //!
- //! me->Transformed(T)->Value(U',V')
- //!
+ //! @code
+ //! me->Transformed(T)->Value(U',V')
+ //! @endcode
//! is the same point as
- //!
- //! me->Value(U,V).Transformed(T)
- //!
+ //! @code
+ //! me->Value(U,V).Transformed(T)
+ //! @endcode
//! Where U',V' are obtained by transforming U,V with
- //! th 2d transformation returned by
- //!
- //! me->ParametricTransformation(T)
- //!
- //! This methods returns a scale centered on the
+ //! the 2d transformation returned by
+ //! @code
+ //! me->ParametricTransformation(T)
+ //! @endcode
+ //! This method returns a scale centered on the
//! U axis with BasisCurve()->ParametricTransformation(T)
Standard_EXPORT virtual gp_GTrsf2d ParametricTransformation (const gp_Trsf& T) const Standard_OVERRIDE;
DEFINE_STANDARD_HANDLE(GeomFill_SweepFunction, Approx_SweepFunction)
//! Function to approximate by SweepApproximation from
-//! Approx. To bulid general sweep Surface.
+//! Approx. To build general sweep Surface.
class GeomFill_SweepFunction : public Approx_SweepFunction
{
public:
-
+
Standard_EXPORT GeomFill_SweepFunction(const Handle(GeomFill_SectionLaw)& Section, const Handle(GeomFill_LocationLaw)& Location, const Standard_Real FirstParameter, const Standard_Real FirstParameterOnS, const Standard_Real RatioParameterOnS);
//! compute the section for v = param
Standard_EXPORT virtual Standard_Boolean D0 (const Standard_Real Param, const Standard_Real First, const Standard_Real Last, TColgp_Array1OfPnt& Poles, TColgp_Array1OfPnt2d& Poles2d, TColStd_Array1OfReal& Weigths) Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
- //! compute the first derivative in v direction of the
- //! section for v = param
+
+ //! compute the first derivative in v direction of the
+ //! section for v = param
Standard_EXPORT virtual Standard_Boolean D1 (const Standard_Real Param, const Standard_Real First, const Standard_Real Last, TColgp_Array1OfPnt& Poles, TColgp_Array1OfVec& DPoles, TColgp_Array1OfPnt2d& Poles2d, TColgp_Array1OfVec2d& DPoles2d, TColStd_Array1OfReal& Weigths, TColStd_Array1OfReal& DWeigths) Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
+
//! compute the second derivative in v direction of the
- //! section for v = param
+ //! section for v = param
Standard_EXPORT virtual Standard_Boolean D2 (const Standard_Real Param, const Standard_Real First, const Standard_Real Last, TColgp_Array1OfPnt& Poles, TColgp_Array1OfVec& DPoles, TColgp_Array1OfVec& D2Poles, TColgp_Array1OfPnt2d& Poles2d, TColgp_Array1OfVec2d& DPoles2d, TColgp_Array1OfVec2d& D2Poles2d, TColStd_Array1OfReal& Weigths, TColStd_Array1OfReal& DWeigths, TColStd_Array1OfReal& D2Weigths) Standard_OVERRIDE;
- //! get the number of 2d curves to approximate.
+ //! get the number of 2d curves to approximate.
Standard_EXPORT virtual Standard_Integer Nb2dCurves() const Standard_OVERRIDE;
- //! get the format of an section
+ //! get the format of a section
Standard_EXPORT virtual void SectionShape (Standard_Integer& NbPoles, Standard_Integer& NbKnots, Standard_Integer& Degree) const Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
+
//! get the Knots of the section
Standard_EXPORT virtual void Knots (TColStd_Array1OfReal& TKnots) const Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
+
//! get the Multplicities of the section
Standard_EXPORT virtual void Mults (TColStd_Array1OfInteger& TMults) const Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
- //! Returns if the section is rationnal or not
+
+ //! Returns if the section is rational or not
Standard_EXPORT virtual Standard_Boolean IsRational() const Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
- //! Returns the number of intervals for continuity
+
+ //! Returns the number of intervals for continuity
//! <S>. May be one if Continuity(me) >= <S>
Standard_EXPORT virtual Standard_Integer NbIntervals (const GeomAbs_Shape S) const Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
- //! Stores in <T> the parameters bounding the intervals
+
+ //! Stores in <T> the parameters bounding the intervals
//! of continuity <S>.
//!
//! The array must provide enough room to accommodate
//! for the parameters. i.e. T.Length() > NbIntervals()
Standard_EXPORT virtual void Intervals (TColStd_Array1OfReal& T, const GeomAbs_Shape S) const Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
+
//! Sets the bounds of the parametric interval on
//! the function
//! This determines the derivatives in these values if the
//! function is not Cn.
Standard_EXPORT virtual void SetInterval (const Standard_Real First, const Standard_Real Last) Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
- //! Returns the resolutions in the sub-space 2d <Index>
+
+ //! Returns the resolutions in the sub-space 2d <Index>
//! This information is usfull to find an good tolerance in
//! 2d approximation.
//! Warning: Used only if Nb2dCurve > 0
Standard_EXPORT virtual void Resolution (const Standard_Integer Index, const Standard_Real Tol, Standard_Real& TolU, Standard_Real& TolV) const Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
+
//! Returns the tolerance to reach in approximation
//! to respecte
//! BoundTol error at the Boundary
//! AngleTol tangent error at the Boundary (in radian)
//! SurfTol error inside the surface.
Standard_EXPORT virtual void GetTolerance (const Standard_Real BoundTol, const Standard_Real SurfTol, const Standard_Real AngleTol, TColStd_Array1OfReal& Tol3d) const Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
+
//! Is usfull, if (me) have to be run numerical
//! algorithme to perform D0, D1 or D2
Standard_EXPORT virtual void SetTolerance (const Standard_Real Tol3d, const Standard_Real Tol2d) Standard_OVERRIDE;
//! to perform well conditioned rational approximation.
//! Warning: Used only if <me> IsRational
Standard_EXPORT virtual gp_Pnt BarycentreOfSurf() const Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
+
//! Returns the length of the maximum section. This
//! information is useful to perform well conditioned rational
//! approximation.
const Standard_Real theLast,
const Standard_Real theTolRange = Precision::PConfusion());
- //! Initializes all members by dafault values
+ //! Initializes all members by default values
Standard_EXPORT void Init();
//! Computes the max distance for the 3d curve <myCurve>
//! Return the parameter on the Ureversed surface for
//! the point of parameter U on <me>.
- //!
- //! me->UReversed()->Value(me->UReversedParameter(U),V)
- //!
+ //! @code
+ //! me->UReversed()->Value(me->UReversedParameter(U),V)
+ //! @endcode
//! is the same point as
- //!
- //! me->Value(U,V)
+ //! @code
+ //! me->Value(U,V)
+ //! @endcode
Standard_EXPORT Standard_Real UReversedParameter (const Standard_Real U) const Standard_OVERRIDE;
//! Return the parameter on the Vreversed surface for
//! the point of parameter V on <me>.
- //!
- //! me->VReversed()->Value(U,me->VReversedParameter(V))
- //!
+ //! @code
+ //! me->VReversed()->Value(U,me->VReversedParameter(V))
+ //! @endcode
//! is the same point as
- //!
- //! me->Value(U,V)
+ //! @code
+ //! me->Value(U,V)
+ //! @endcode
Standard_EXPORT Standard_Real VReversedParameter (const Standard_Real V) const Standard_OVERRIDE;
//! Computes the parameters on the transformed surface for
//! the transform of the point of parameters U,V on <me>.
- //!
- //! me->Transformed(T)->Value(U',V')
- //!
+ //! @code
+ //! me->Transformed(T)->Value(U',V')
+ //! @endcode
//! is the same point as
- //!
- //! me->Value(U,V).Transformed(T)
- //!
+ //! @code
+ //! me->Value(U,V).Transformed(T)
+ //! @endcode
//! Where U',V' are the new values of U,V after calling
- //!
- //! me->TranformParameters(U,V,T)
- //!
+ //! @code
+ //! me->TransformParameters(U,V,T)
+ //! @endcode
//! This methods does not change <U> and <V>
//!
//! It can be redefined. For example on the Plane,
//! Returns a 2d transformation used to find the new
//! parameters of a point on the transformed surface.
- //!
- //! me->Transformed(T)->Value(U',V')
- //!
+ //! @code
+ //! me->Transformed(T)->Value(U',V')
+ //! @endcode
//! is the same point as
- //!
- //! me->Value(U,V).Transformed(T)
- //!
+ //! @code
+ //! me->Value(U,V).Transformed(T)
+ //! @endcode
//! Where U',V' are obtained by transforming U,V with
- //! th 2d transformation returned by
- //!
- //! me->ParametricTransformation(T)
- //!
- //! This methods returns an identity transformation
+ //! the 2d transformation returned by
+ //! @code
+ //! me->ParametricTransformation(T)
+ //! @endcode
+ //! This method returns an identity transformation
//!
//! It can be redefined. For example on the Plane,
//! Cylinder, Cone, Revolved and Extruded surfaces.
Standard_EXPORT HLRBRep_ThePolygon2dOfTheIntPCurvePCurveOfCInter(const Standard_Address& Curve, const Standard_Integer NbPnt, const IntRes2d_Domain& Domain, const Standard_Real Tol);
//! The current polygon is modified if most
- //! of the points of the polygon are are
+ //! of the points of the polygon are
//! outside the box <OtherBox>. In this
//! situation, bounds are computed to build
//! a polygon inside or near the OtherBox.
//! Returns the current vertex
Standard_EXPORT const HLRAlgo_Intersection& Current() const;
- //! Returns True if the current vertex is is on the
- //! boundary of the edge.
+ //! Returns True if the current vertex is on the boundary of the edge.
Standard_EXPORT Standard_Boolean IsBoundary() const;
//! Returns True if the current vertex is an
//! Move assignment.
//! This array will borrow all the data from theOther.
- //! The moved object will be left unitialized and should not be used anymore.
+ //! The moved object will be left uninitialized and should not be used anymore.
NCollection_Array2& Move (NCollection_Array2& theOther)
{
if (&theOther == this)
* search for one bullet (more precisely, O(M) where M is number of cells covered
* by the bullet).
*
- * The idea behind the algorithm is to separate each co-ordinate of the space
+ * The idea behind the algorithm is to separate each coordinate of the space
* into equal-size cells. Note that this works well when cell size is
* approximately equal to the characteristic size of the involved objects
* (targets and bullets; including tolerance eventually used for coincidence
* The target objects to be searched are added to the tool by methods Add();
* each target is classified as belonging to some cell(s). The data on cells
* (list of targets found in each one) are stored in the hash map with key being
- * cumulative index of the cell by all co-ordinates.
+ * cumulative index of the cell by all coordinates.
* Thus the time needed to find targets in some cell is O(1) * O(number of
* targets in the cell).
*
//! Constructor; initialized by dimension count and cell size.
//!
//! Note: the cell size must be ensured to be greater than
- //! maximal co-ordinate of the involved points divided by INT_MAX,
+ //! maximal coordinate of the involved points divided by INT_MAX,
//! in order to avoid integer overflow of cell index.
//!
//! By default cell size is 0, which is invalid; thus if default
}
//! Adds a target object for further search in the range of cells
- //! defined by two points (the first point must have all co-ordinates equal or
- //! less than the same co-ordinate of the second point)
+ //! defined by two points (the first point must have all coordinates equal or
+ //! less than the same coordinate of the second point)
void Add (const Target& theTarget,
const Point &thePntMin, const Point &thePntMax)
{
- // get cells range by minimal and maximal co-ordinates
+ // get cells range by minimal and maximal coordinates
Cell aCellMin (thePntMin, myCellSize);
Cell aCellMax (thePntMax, myCellSize);
Cell aCell = aCellMin;
//! Find a target object in the range of cells defined by two points and
//! remove it from the structures
- //! (the first point must have all co-ordinates equal or
- //! less than the same co-ordinate of the second point).
+ //! (the first point must have all coordinates equal or
+ //! less than the same coordinate of the second point).
//! For usage of this method "operator ==" should be defined for Target.
void Remove (const Target& theTarget,
const Point &thePntMin, const Point &thePntMax)
{
- // get cells range by minimal and maximal co-ordinates
+ // get cells range by minimal and maximal coordinates
Cell aCellMin (thePntMin, myCellSize);
Cell aCellMax (thePntMax, myCellSize);
Cell aCell = aCellMin;
}
//! Inspect all targets in the cells range limited by two given points
- //! (the first point must have all co-ordinates equal or
- //! less than the same co-ordinate of the second point)
+ //! (the first point must have all coordinates equal or
+ //! less than the same coordinate of the second point)
void Inspect (const Point& thePntMin, const Point& thePntMax,
Inspector &theInspector)
{
- // get cells range by minimal and maximal co-ordinates
+ // get cells range by minimal and maximal coordinates
Cell aCellMin (thePntMin, myCellSize);
Cell aCellMax (thePntMax, myCellSize);
Cell aCell = aCellMin;
};
/**
- * Auxilary structure representing a cell in the space.
+ * Auxiliary structure representing a cell in the space.
* Cells are stored in the map, each cell contains list of objects
* that belong to that cell.
*/
//! Points type
typedef gp_XYZ Point;
- //! Access to co-ordinate
+ //! Access to coordinate
static Standard_Real Coord (int i, const Point &thePnt) { return thePnt.Coord(i+1); }
//! Auxiliary method to shift point by each coordinate on given value;
//! Points type
typedef gp_XY Point;
- //! Access to co-ordinate
+ //! Access to coordinate
static Standard_Real Coord (int i, const Point &thePnt) { return thePnt.Coord(i+1); }
//! Auxiliary method to shift point by each coordinate on given value;
// Array1OfItem tttab (ttab(10),10,20); // a slice of ttab
// If you want to reindex an array from 1 to Length do :
// Array1 tab1(tab(tab.Lower()),1,tab.Length());
-// Warning: Programs client of such a class must be independant
+// Warning: Programs client of such a class must be independent
// of the range of the first element. Then, a C++ for
// loop must be written like this
// for (i = A.Lower(); i <= A.Upper(); i++)
// Purpose: The class Array2 represents bi-dimensional arrays
// of fixed size known at run time.
// The ranges of indices are user defined.
-// Warning: Programs clients of such class must be independant
+// Warning: Programs clients of such class must be independent
// of the range of the first element. Then, a C++ for
// loop must be written like this
// for (i = A.LowerRow(); i <= A.UpperRow(); i++)
// ::HashCode must be defined in the global namespace
// To compare two keys the function ::IsEqual must be
// defined in the global namespace.
-// The performance of a Map is conditionned by its
+// The performance of a Map is conditioned by its
// number of buckets that should be kept greater to
// the number of keys. This map has an automatic
// management of the number of buckets. It is resized
const size_t newSize);
//! Re-initialize the allocator so that the next Allocate call should
- //! start allocating in the very begining as though the allocator is just
+ //! start allocating in the very beginning as though the allocator is just
//! constructed. Warning: make sure that all previously allocated data are
//! no more used in your code!
//! @param doReleaseMem
* To compare two keys the function ::IsEqual must be
* defined in the global namespace.
*
- * The performance of a Map is conditionned by its
+ * The performance of a Map is conditioned by its
* number of buckets that should be kept greater to
* the number of keys. This map has an automatic
* management of the number of buckets. It is resized
const TreeNode& Root () const { return *myRoot; }
/**
- * Desctructor.
+ * Destructor.
*/
virtual ~NCollection_UBTree () { Clear(); }
//! Buffer-fetching getter.
const Type* BufferNext() const { return myPosNext; }
- //! @return the index displacement from iterator intialization
+ //! @return the index displacement from iterator initialization
//! (first symbol has index 0)
Standard_Integer Index() const
{
const Type* myPosition; //!< buffer position of the first element in the current symbol
const Type* myPosNext; //!< buffer position of the first element in the next symbol
- Standard_Integer myCharIndex; //!< index displacement from iterator intialization
+ Standard_Integer myCharIndex; //!< index displacement from iterator initialization
Standard_Utf32Char myCharUtf32; //!< Unicode symbol stored at the current buffer position
};
const Standard_Integer theEnd) const;
//! Returns NULL-terminated Unicode string.
- //! Should not be modifed or deleted!
+ //! Should not be modified or deleted!
//! @return (const Type* ) pointer to string
const Type* ToCString() const
{
}
#if !defined(__ANDROID__)
-//! Auxiliary convertion tool.
+//! Auxiliary conversion tool.
class NCollection_UtfStringTool
{
public:
return x() * x() + y() * y();
}
- //! Constuct DX unit vector.
+ //! Construct DX unit vector.
static NCollection_Vec2 DX()
{
return NCollection_Vec2 (Element_t(1), Element_t(0));
}
- //! Constuct DY unit vector.
+ //! Construct DY unit vector.
static NCollection_Vec2 DY()
{
return NCollection_Vec2 (Element_t(0), Element_t(1));
return theFrom * (Element_t(1) - theT) + theTo * theT;
}
- //! Constuct DX unit vector.
+ //! Construct DX unit vector.
static NCollection_Vec3 DX()
{
return NCollection_Vec3 (Element_t(1), Element_t(0), Element_t(0));
}
- //! Constuct DY unit vector.
+ //! Construct DY unit vector.
static NCollection_Vec3 DY()
{
return NCollection_Vec3 (Element_t(0), Element_t(1), Element_t(0));
}
- //! Constuct DZ unit vector.
+ //! Construct DZ unit vector.
static NCollection_Vec3 DZ()
{
return NCollection_Vec3 (Element_t(0), Element_t(0), Element_t(1));
class PCDM_StorageDriver;
DEFINE_STANDARD_HANDLE(PCDM_StorageDriver, PCDM_Writer)
-//! persistent implemention of storage.
+//! persistent implementation of storage.
//!
//! The application must redefine one the two Make()
//! methods. The first one, if the application wants to
//
//
// initialise it at the stage 2 of the building algorithm
- // for devided differences
+ // for divided differences
//
inverse = FirstLast[1] - FirstLast[0] ;
inverse = 1.0e0 / inverse ;
//! Warning: <RationalDerivates> must be dimensionned properly.
Standard_EXPORT static void RationalDerivatives (const Standard_Integer DerivativesRequest, const Standard_Integer Dimension, Standard_Real& PolesDerivatives, Standard_Real& WeightsDerivatives, Standard_Real& RationalDerivates);
- //! Performs Horner method with synthethic division
- //! for derivatives
+ //! Performs Horner method with synthetic division for derivatives
//! parameter <U>, with <Degree> and <Dimension>.
//! PolynomialCoeff are stored in the following fashion
+ //! @code
//! c0(1) c0(2) .... c0(Dimension)
//! c1(1) c1(2) .... c1(Dimension)
//!
//! cDegree(1) cDegree(2) .... cDegree(Dimension)
+ //! @endcode
//! where the polynomial is defined as :
- //!
+ //! @code
//! 2 Degree
//! c0 + c1 X + c2 X + .... cDegree X
- //!
+ //! @endcode
//! Results stores the result in the following format
- //!
+ //! @code
//! f(1) f(2) .... f(Dimension)
//! (1) (1) (1)
//! f (1) f (2) .... f (Dimension)
//!
//! (DerivativeRequest) (DerivativeRequest)
//! f (1) f (Dimension)
- //!
+ //! @endcode
//! this just evaluates the point at parameter U
//!
//! Warning: <Results> and <PolynomialCoeff> must be dimensioned properly
//! at parameters U,V
//!
//! PolynomialCoeff are stored in the following fashion
+ //! @code
//! c00(1) .... c00(Dimension)
//! c10(1) .... c10(Dimension)
//! ....
//! c1n(1) .... c1n(Dimension)
//! ....
//! cmn(1) .... cmn(Dimension)
- //!
+ //! @endcode
//! where the polynomial is defined as :
+ //! @code
//! 2 m
//! c00 + c10 U + c20 U + .... + cm0 U
//! 2 m
//! + c01 V + c11 UV + c21 U V + .... + cm1 U V
//! n m n
//! + .... + c0n V + .... + cmn U V
- //!
+ //! @endcode
//! with m = UDegree and n = VDegree
//!
//! Results stores the result in the following format
- //!
+ //! @code
//! f(1) f(2) .... f(Dimension)
- //!
+ //! @endcode
//! Warning: <Results> and <PolynomialCoeff> must be dimensioned properly
Standard_EXPORT static void EvalPoly2Var (const Standard_Real U, const Standard_Real V, const Standard_Integer UDerivativeOrder, const Standard_Integer VDerivativeOrder, const Standard_Integer UDegree, const Standard_Integer VDegree, const Standard_Integer Dimension, Standard_Real& PolynomialCoeff, Standard_Real& Results);
//! with the requested derivative order
//! Results will store things in the following format
//! with d = DerivativeOrder
- //!
+ //! @code
//! [0], [Dimension-1] : value
//! [Dimension], [Dimension + Dimension-1] : first derivative
//!
//! [d *Dimension], [d*Dimension + Dimension-1]: dth derivative
+ //! @endcode
Standard_EXPORT static Standard_Integer EvalLagrange (const Standard_Real U, const Standard_Integer DerivativeOrder, const Standard_Integer Degree, const Standard_Integer Dimension, Standard_Real& ValueArray, Standard_Real& ParameterArray, Standard_Real& Results);
//! Performs the Cubic Hermite Interpolation of
//! with the requested derivative order.
//! ValueArray stores the value at the first and
//! last parameter. It has the following format :
+ //! @code
//! [0], [Dimension-1] : value at first param
//! [Dimension], [Dimension + Dimension-1] : value at last param
+ //! @endcode
//! Derivative array stores the value of the derivatives
//! at the first parameter and at the last parameter
//! in the following format
+ //! @code
//! [0], [Dimension-1] : derivative at
+ //! @endcode
//! first param
+ //! @code
//! [Dimension], [Dimension + Dimension-1] : derivative at
+ //! @endcode
//! last param
//!
//! ParameterArray stores the first and last parameter
//! in the following format :
+ //! @code
//! [0] : first parameter
//! [1] : last parameter
+ //! @endcode
//!
//! Results will store things in the following format
//! with d = DerivativeOrder
- //!
+ //! @code
//! [0], [Dimension-1] : value
//! [Dimension], [Dimension + Dimension-1] : first derivative
//!
//! [d *Dimension], [d*Dimension + Dimension-1]: dth derivative
+ //! @endcode
Standard_EXPORT static Standard_Integer EvalCubicHermite (const Standard_Real U, const Standard_Integer DerivativeOrder, const Standard_Integer Dimension, Standard_Real& ValueArray, Standard_Real& DerivativeArray, Standard_Real& ParameterArray, Standard_Real& Results);
//! This build the coefficient of Hermite's polynomes on
DEFINE_STANDARD_HANDLE(PLib_HermitJacobi, PLib_Base)
//! This class provides method to work with Jacobi Polynomials
-//! relativly to an order of constraint
+//! relatively to an order of constraint
//! q = myWorkDegree-2*(myNivConstr+1)
-//! Jk(t) for k=0,q compose the Jacobi Polynomial base relativly to the weigth W(t)
+//! Jk(t) for k=0,q compose the Jacobi Polynomial base relatively to the weigth W(t)
//! iorder is the integer value for the constraints:
//! iorder = 0 <=> ConstraintOrder = GeomAbs_C0
//! iorder = 1 <=> ConstraintOrder = GeomAbs_C1
//! iorder = 2 <=> ConstraintOrder = GeomAbs_C2
//! P(t) = H(t) + W(t) * Q(t) Where W(t) = (1-t**2)**(2*iordre+2)
//! the coefficients JacCoeff represents P(t) JacCoeff are stored as follow:
-//!
+//! @code
//! c0(1) c0(2) .... c0(Dimension)
//! c1(1) c1(2) .... c1(Dimension)
//!
//! cDegree(1) cDegree(2) .... cDegree(Dimension)
-//!
+//! @endcode
//! The coefficients
+//! @code
//! c0(1) c0(2) .... c0(Dimension)
//! c2*ordre+1(1) ... c2*ordre+1(dimension)
-//!
+//! @endcode
//! represents the part of the polynomial in the
//! Hermit's base: H(t)
+//! @code
//! H(t) = c0H00(t) + c1H01(t) + ...c(iordre)H(0 ;iorder)+ c(iordre+1)H10(t)+...
+//! @endcode
//! The following coefficients represents the part of the
//! polynomial in the Jacobi base ie Q(t)
+//! @code
//! Q(t) = c2*iordre+2 J0(t) + ...+ cDegree JDegree-2*iordre-2
+//! @endcode
class PLib_HermitJacobi : public PLib_Base
{
DEFINE_STANDARD_HANDLE(PLib_JacobiPolynomial, PLib_Base)
//! This class provides method to work with Jacobi Polynomials
-//! relativly to an order of constraint
+//! relatively to an order of constraint
//! q = myWorkDegree-2*(myNivConstr+1)
-//! Jk(t) for k=0,q compose the Jacobi Polynomial base relativly to the weigth W(t)
+//! Jk(t) for k=0,q compose the Jacobi Polynomial base relatively to the weigth W(t)
//! iorder is the integer value for the constraints:
//! iorder = 0 <=> ConstraintOrder = GeomAbs_C0
//! iorder = 1 <=> ConstraintOrder = GeomAbs_C1
//! returns the Jacobi Points for Gauss integration ie
//! the positive values of the Legendre roots by increasing values
- //! NbGaussPoints is the number of points choosen for the integral
+ //! NbGaussPoints is the number of points chosen for the integral
//! computation.
//! TabPoints (0,NbGaussPoints/2)
//! TabPoints (0) is loaded only for the odd values of NbGaussPoints
//! returns the Jacobi weigths for Gauss integration only for
//! the positive values of the Legendre roots in the order they
//! are given by the method Points
- //! NbGaussPoints is the number of points choosen for the integral
+ //! NbGaussPoints is the number of points chosen for the integral
//! computation.
//! TabWeights (0,NbGaussPoints/2,0,Degree)
//! TabWeights (0,.) are only loaded for the odd values of NbGaussPoints
{ return mypLink[iLink]; }
/**
- * Retuns the index of the connection with the given triangle, or -1 if not
- * found.
+ * Returns the index of the connection with the given triangle, or -1 if not found.
*/
Standard_EXPORT Standard_Integer
FindConnection (const Poly_CoherentTriangle&) const;
* degenerated and therefore removed by this method.
* @param pLstRemovedNode
* Optional parameter. If defined, then it will receive the list of arrays
- * where the first number is the index of removed node and the seond -
+ * where the first number is the index of removed node and the second -
* the index of remaining node to which the mesh was reconnected.
*/
Standard_EXPORT Standard_Boolean RemoveDegenerated
{
// check if the current link is hanging:
// if it is outcoming from aNode1 then count the number of
- // other incoming links and vise versa;
+ // other incoming links and vice-versa;
// if the number is zero than it is hanging
const ListOfLink& aLinks = myHelper->GetAdjacentLinks (aNode1);
Standard_Integer nEdges = 0;
//! Set a new value of orientation of a link already added earlier.
//! It can be used with LF_None to exclude the link from consideration.
- //! Returns the old value of orienation.
+ //! Returns the old value of orientation.
Standard_EXPORT LinkFlag SetLinkOrientation
(const Link& theLink,
const LinkFlag theOrient);
const TColStd_Array1OfReal& Parameters() const { return myParameters->Array1(); }
//! Returns the table of the parameters associated with each node in this polygon.
- //! ChangeParameters function returnes the array as shared. Therefore if the table is selected by
- //! reference you can, by simply modifying it, directly modify
- //! the data structure of this polygon.
+ //! ChangeParameters function returns the array as shared.
+ //! Therefore if the table is selected by reference you can, by simply modifying it,
+ //! directly modify the data structure of this polygon.
TColStd_Array1OfReal& ChangeParameters() const { return myParameters->ChangeArray1(); }
//! Dumps the content of me into the stream
UArr = NULL,
VArr = NULL;
- // proccessing projection bounds
+ // processing projection bounds
BArr = new TColStd_HArray1OfReal(1, 2*myNbCurves);
for(i = 1; i <= myNbCurves; i++)
{
Bounds(i, BArr->ChangeValue(2*i - 1), BArr->ChangeValue(2*i));
}
- // proccessing curve discontinuities
+ // processing curve discontinuities
if(NbIntCur > 1) {
CArr = new TColStd_HArray1OfReal(1, NbIntCur - 1);
for(i = 1; i <= CArr->Length(); i++)
}
}
- // proccessing U-surface discontinuities
+ // processing U-surface discontinuities
TColStd_SequenceOfReal TUdisc;
for(k = 2; k <= NbIntSurU; k++) {
UArr->ChangeValue(i) = TUdisc(i);
}
}
- // proccessing V-surface discontinuities
+ // processing V-surface discontinuities
TColStd_SequenceOfReal TVdisc;
for(k = 2; k <= NbIntSurV; k++)
//! Tolerance is maximal possible value of 3d deviation of 3d projection of projected curve from
//! "exact" 3d projection. Since algorithm searches 2d curve on surface, required 2d tolerance is computed
//! from 3d tolerance with help of U,V resolutions of surface.
-//! 3d and 2d tolerances have sence only for curves on surface, it defines precision of projecting and approximation
+//! 3d and 2d tolerances have sense only for curves on surface, it defines precision of projecting and approximation
//! and have nothing to do with distance between the projected curve and the surface.
class ProjLib_ComputeApprox
{
// if there is an initialization curve:
// - either this is a BSpline C0, with discontinuity at the same parameters of nodes
// and the sections C1 are taken
- // - or this is a curve C1 and the sections of intrest are taken otherwise the curve is created.
+ // - or this is a curve C1 and the sections of interest are taken otherwise the curve is created.
// initialization 2d
Standard_Integer nbInter2d;
//! Tolerance is maximal possible value of 3d deviation of 3d projection of projected curve from
//! "exact" 3d projection. Since algorithm searches 2d curve on surface, required 2d tolerance is computed
//! from 3d tolerance with help of U,V resolutions of surface.
-//! 3d and 2d tolerances have sence only for curves on surface, it defines precision of projecting and approximation
+//! 3d and 2d tolerances have sense only for curves on surface, it defines precision of projecting and approximation
//! and have nothing to do with distance between the projected curve and the surface.
class ProjLib_ComputeApproxOnPolarSurface
{
//! Set the parameter, which defines maximal possible distance between projected curve and surface.
//! It is used only for projecting on not analytical surfaces.
- //! If theMaxDist < 0, algoritm uses default value 100.*Tolerance.
+ //! If theMaxDist < 0, algorithm uses default value 100.*Tolerance.
//! If real distance between curve and surface more then theMaxDist, algorithm stops working.
Standard_EXPORT void SetMaxDist(const Standard_Real theMaxDist);
//! Parameter InitCurve2d is any rough estimation of 2d result curve.
Standard_EXPORT Handle(Geom2d_BSplineCurve) Perform (const Handle(Adaptor2d_Curve2d)& InitCurve2d, const Handle(Adaptor3d_Curve)& C, const Handle(Adaptor3d_Surface)& S);
- //! Builds initial 2d curve as BSpline with degree = 1 using Extrema algoritm.
+ //! Builds initial 2d curve as BSpline with degree = 1 using Extrema algorithm.
//! Method is used in method Perform(...).
Standard_EXPORT Handle(Adaptor2d_Curve2d) BuildInitialCurve2d (const Handle(Adaptor3d_Curve)& Curve, const Handle(Adaptor3d_Surface)& S);
Standard_EXPORT ProjLib_PrjResolve(const Adaptor3d_Curve& C, const Adaptor3d_Surface& S, const Standard_Integer Fix);
//! Calculates the ort from C(t) to S with a close point.
- //! The close point is defined by the parameter values
- //! U0 and V0.
- //! The function F(u,v)=distance(S(u,v),C(t)) has an
- //! extremum when gradient(F)=0. The algorithm searchs
- //! a zero near the close point.
+ //! The close point is defined by the parameter values U0 and V0.
+ //! The function F(u,v)=distance(S(u,v),C(t)) has an extremum when gradient(F)=0.
+ //! The algorithm searches a zero near the close point.
Standard_EXPORT void Perform (const Standard_Real t, const Standard_Real U, const Standard_Real V, const gp_Pnt2d& Tol, const gp_Pnt2d& Inf, const gp_Pnt2d& Sup, const Standard_Real FTol = -1, const Standard_Boolean StrictInside = Standard_False);
//! Returns True if the distance is found.
//! plane <Pl>.
Standard_EXPORT ProjLib_ProjectOnPlane(const gp_Ax3& Pl, const gp_Dir& D);
- //! Sets the Curve and perform the projection. if
- //! <KeepParametrization> is true, the parametrization
+ //! Sets the Curve and perform the projection.
+ //! if <KeepParametrization> is true, the parametrization
//! of the Projected Curve <PC> will be the same as
- //! the parametrization of the initial curve <C>. It
- //! meens: proj(C(u)) = PC(u) for each u. Otherwize,
- //! the parametrization may change.
+ //! the parametrization of the initial curve <C>.
+ //! It means: proj(C(u)) = PC(u) for each u.
+ //! Otherwise, the parametrization may change.
Standard_EXPORT void Load (const Handle(Adaptor3d_Curve)& C, const Standard_Real Tolerance, const Standard_Boolean KeepParametrization = Standard_True);
Standard_EXPORT const gp_Ax3& GetPlane() const;
//! intervals.
Standard_EXPORT Standard_Integer NbIntervals (const GeomAbs_Shape S) const Standard_OVERRIDE;
- //! Stores in <T> the parameters bounding the intervals
- //! of continuity <S>.
+ //! Stores in <T> the parameters bounding the intervals of continuity <S>.
//!
- //! The array must provide enough room to accomodate
+ //! The array must provide enough room to accommodate
//! for the parameters. i.e. T.Length() > NbIntervals()
Standard_EXPORT void Intervals (TColStd_Array1OfReal& T, const GeomAbs_Shape S) const Standard_OVERRIDE;
//! Create an empty projector.
Standard_EXPORT ProjLib_ProjectOnSurface();
- //! Create a projector normaly to the surface <S>.
+ //! Create a projector normally to the surface <S>.
Standard_EXPORT ProjLib_ProjectOnSurface(const Handle(Adaptor3d_Surface)& S);
Standard_EXPORT virtual ~ProjLib_ProjectOnSurface();
DEFINE_STANDARD_HANDLE(ProjLib_ProjectedCurve, Adaptor2d_Curve2d)
//! Compute the 2d-curve. Try to solve the particular
-//! case if possible. Otherwize, an approximation is
+//! case if possible. Otherwise, an approximation is
//! done. For approximation some parameters are used, including
//! required tolerance of approximation.
//! Tolerance is maximal possible value of 3d deviation of 3d projection of projected curve from
//! "exact" 3d projection. Since algorithm searches 2d curve on surface, required 2d tolerance is computed
//! from 3d tolerance with help of U,V resolutions of surface.
-//! 3d and 2d tolerances have sence only for curves on surface, it defines precision of projecting and approximation
+//! 3d and 2d tolerances have sense only for curves on surface, it defines precision of projecting and approximation
//! and have nothing to do with distance between the projected curve and the surface.
class ProjLib_ProjectedCurve : public Adaptor2d_Curve2d
{
//! Set the parameter, which degines maximal possible distance between projected curve and surface.
//! It uses only for projecting on not analytical surfaces.
- //! If theMaxDist < 0, algoritm uses default value 100.*Tolerance.
+ //! If theMaxDist < 0, algorithm uses default value 100.*Tolerance.
//! If real distance between curve and surface more then theMaxDist, algorithm stops working.
Standard_EXPORT void SetMaxDist(const Standard_Real theMaxDist);
//! Stores in <T> the parameters bounding the intervals
//! of continuity <S>.
//!
- //! The array must provide enough room to accomodate
+ //! The array must provide enough room to accommodate
//! for the parameters. i.e. T.Length() > NbIntervals()
Standard_EXPORT void Intervals (TColStd_Array1OfReal& T, const GeomAbs_Shape S) const Standard_OVERRIDE;
#include <TCollection_AsciiString.hxx>
//! This class provides units for two dimension groups:
-//! - lengthes (length, radius, diameter)
+//! - lengths (length, radius, diameter)
//! - angles
class Prs3d_DimensionUnits
{
myDeviationAngle = 20.0 * M_PI / 180.0;
}
- //! Returns true if the there is a local setting for deviation
+ //! Returns true if there is a local setting for deviation
//! angle in this framework for a specific interactive object.
Standard_Boolean HasOwnDeviationAngle() const { return myHasOwnDeviationAngle; }
//=======================================================================
//function : isArrowVisible
-//purpose : compares given and internal arrows types, returns true if the the type should be shown
+//purpose : compares given and internal arrows types, returns true if the type should be shown
//=======================================================================
Standard_Boolean PrsDim_AngleDimension::isArrowVisible(const PrsDim_TypeOfAngleArrowVisibility theArrowType) const
{
DEFINE_STANDARD_HANDLE(PrsDim_DiameterDimension, PrsDim_Dimension)
-//! Diameter dimension. Can be constructued:
+//! Diameter dimension. Can be constructed:
//! - On generic circle.
//! - On generic circle with user-defined anchor point on that circle
//! (dimension plane is oriented to follow the anchor point).
//! this 3d point to the set of parameters including adjusting of the dimension plane (this plane will be
//! automatic plane, NOT user-defined one).
//! If the fixed text position is set, the flag myIsFixedTextPosition is set to TRUE.
-//! ATTENSION! myIsFixedTextPosition fixes all parameters of the set from recomputing inside
+//! ATTENTION! myIsFixedTextPosition fixes all parameters of the set from recomputing inside
//! SetMeasureGeometry() methods. Parameters in dimension aspect (they are horizontal text position
//! and extension size) are adjusted on presentation computing step, user-defined values in
//! dimension aspect are not changed.
Standard_EXPORT void SetCustomValue (const Standard_Real theValue);
//! Sets user-defined dimension value.
- //! Unit conversion during the display is not applyed.
+ //! Unit conversion during the display is not applied.
//! @param theValue [in] the user-defined value to display.
Standard_EXPORT void SetCustomValue (const TCollection_ExtendedString& theValue);
//! @param theCircle [out] the circle geometry.
//! @param theMiddleArcPoint [out] the middle point of the arc.
//! @param theIsClosed [out] returns TRUE if the geometry is closed circle.
- //! @return TRUE if the the circle is successfully got from the input shape.
+ //! @return TRUE if the circle is successfully returned from the input shape.
Standard_EXPORT Standard_Boolean InitCircularDimension (const TopoDS_Shape& theShape,
gp_Circ& theCircle,
gp_Pnt& theMiddleArcPoint,
gp_Circ aCirc1 = aCir1->Circ();
gp_Circ aCirc2 = aCir2->Circ();
- //To avoid circles with different orientaion
+ //To avoid circles with different orientation
Standard_Real aTol = Precision::Confusion();
if(aCirc2.Axis().IsOpposite(aCirc1.Axis(), aTol) ||
aCirc2.XAxis().IsOpposite(aCirc1.XAxis(), aTol) ||
return;
aPrs->SetInfiniteState((isInfinite1 || isInfinite2) && myExtShape != 0);
- // Treatement of the case of lines
+ // Treatment of the case of lines
if ( curv1->IsInstance(STANDARD_TYPE(Geom_Line)) && curv2->IsInstance(STANDARD_TYPE(Geom_Line)) ) {
// we take the line curv1 like support
Handle(Geom_Line) thelin;
ComputeTwoLinesPresentation(aPrs, thelin, firstp1, lastp1, firstp2, lastp2, isInfinite1, isInfinite2);
}
- // Treatement of the case of circles
+ // Treatment of the case of circles
else if ( curv1->IsInstance(STANDARD_TYPE(Geom_Circle)) && curv2->IsInstance(STANDARD_TYPE(Geom_Circle)) ) {
//gp_Pnt curpos;
isCircle = Standard_True; // useful for ComputeSelection
}
// jfa 10/10/2000
- // Treatement of the case of ellipses
+ // Treatment of the case of ellipses
else if ( curv1->IsInstance(STANDARD_TYPE(Geom_Ellipse)) && curv2->IsInstance(STANDARD_TYPE(Geom_Ellipse)) )
{
Handle(Geom_Ellipse) theEll (Handle(Geom_Ellipse)::DownCast (curv1));
lastp2 = lastp1;
}
- Standard_Real tabRang1[4]; // array taht contains the parameters of the 4 points
+ Standard_Real tabRang1[4]; // array that contains the parameters of the 4 points
// ordered by increasing abscisses.
gp_Pnt tabRang2[4]; // array containing the points corresponding to the
DEFINE_STANDARD_HANDLE (PrsDim_LengthDimension, PrsDim_Dimension)
-//! Length dimension. Can be constructued:
+//! Length dimension. Can be constructed:
//! - Between two generic points.
//! - Between two vertices.
//! - Between two faces.
//! In case of two points (vertices) or one linear edge the user-defined plane
//! that includes this geometry is necessary to be set.
//!
-//! In case of face-edge, edge-vertex or face-face lengthes the automatic plane
+//! In case of face-edge, edge-vertex or face-face lengths the automatic plane
//! computing is allowed. For this plane the third point is found on the
//! edge or on the face.
//!
DEFINE_STANDARD_HANDLE(PrsDim_RadiusDimension, PrsDim_Dimension)
-//! Radius dimension. Can be constructued:
+//! Radius dimension. Can be constructed:
//! - On generic circle.
//! - On generic circle with user-defined anchor point on that circle.
//! - On generic shape containing geometry that can be measured
Standard_EXPORT PrsDim_Relation (const PrsMgr_TypeOfPresentation3d aTypeOfPresentation3d = PrsMgr_TOP_AllView);
- //! Calculates the presentation aPres of the the edge
+ //! Calculates the presentation aPres of the edge
//! anEdge and the curve it defines, ProjCurve. The later
//! is also specified by the first point FirstP and the last point LastP.
//! The presentation includes settings for color aColor,
//! type - aProjTOL and aCallTOL - and width of line, aWidth.
Standard_EXPORT void ComputeProjEdgePresentation (const Handle(Prs3d_Presentation)& aPres, const TopoDS_Edge& anEdge, const Handle(Geom_Curve)& ProjCurve, const gp_Pnt& FirstP, const gp_Pnt& LastP, const Quantity_NameOfColor aColor = Quantity_NOC_PURPLE, const Standard_Real aWidth = 2, const Aspect_TypeOfLine aProjTOL = Aspect_TOL_DASH, const Aspect_TypeOfLine aCallTOL = Aspect_TOL_DOT) const;
- //! Calculates the presentation aPres of the the vertex
+ //! Calculates the presentation aPres of the vertex
//! aVertex and the point it defines, ProjPoint.
//! The presentation includes settings for color aColor,
//! type - aProjTOM and aCallTOL - and width of line, aWidth.
anUnify.Build();
const TopoDS_Shape& aFuseUnif = anUnify.Shape();
- //Give the mass claculation of the shpae "aFuseUnif"
+ //Give the mass calculation of the shape "aFuseUnif"
GProp_GProps G;
BRepGProp::VolumeProperties(aFuseUnif, G);
di<<" \n";
di << "*************************************************************\n";
di << " CUT 1 and CUT 2 gives entirely different results during\n";
- di << " mass computation and face triangulation, eventhough the\n";
+ di << " mass computation and face triangulation, even though the\n";
di << " two spheres are located more or less at the same position.\n";
di << "*************************************************************\n";
// 4.1. Retrieve Shape
TopoDS_Shape anInitShape = DBRep::Get(argv[2]);
if(anInitShape.IsNull()) { di << "OCC22 FAULTY. Initial shape is not exist. Please verify input values \n"; return 0;}
- // 4.2 Rebuid retrieved shape
+ // 4.2 Rebuild retrieved shape
TopoDS_Shape aResultShape = aReshape->Apply(anInitShape);
// 4.3. Create result Draw shape
DBRep::Set(argv[1], aResultShape);
GCPnts_AbscissaPoint(check_curve, need_length, 0).Parameter();
gp_Pnt check_pnt;
check_curve.D0(check_par,check_pnt);
- // check that points are coinsiding
+ // check that points are coinciding
Standard_Real error_dist = pnt.Distance(check_pnt);
if (error_dist > Precision::Confusion()) {
//std::cout.precision(3);
Standard_CString CString1 = "BSplineCurve";
DrawTrSurf::Set(CString1,bspline1);
- // 4. Convers BSpline curve to Bezier segments
+ // 4. Converts BSpline curve to Bezier segments
Geom2dConvert_BSplineCurveToBezierCurve bc(bspline1);
// 5. Test the result of conversion
TCollection_AsciiString out;
aPath->SystemName(out);
if(in == out)
- di << "The convertion is right.\n";
+ di << "The conversion is right.\n";
else
- di << "Faulty : The convertion is incorrect : " << out.ToCString() << "\n";
+ di << "Faulty : The conversion is incorrect : " << out.ToCString() << "\n";
di << out.ToCString() << "\n";
// std::cout << aPath->Trek() << " !" << std::endl;
return 0;
return 1;
}
- // Create points with X co-ordinate from varying from 0. to 1000.
+ // Create points with X coordinate from varying from 0. to 1000.
// anc compute cumulative bounding box by adding boxes for all the
// points, enlarged on tolerance
{
// Iterate over rotations R(A)R(B)R(G) for each Euler angle Alpha, Beta, Gamma
// There are three ordered axes corresponding to three rotations.
- // Each rotation applyed with current angle around current axis.
+ // Each rotation applied with current angle around current axis.
for (int j=0; j < 3; j++)
{
// note that current axis index is obtained by parsing of enumeration name!
Standard_Real toler = BRep_Tool::Tolerance(aV);
double dist = pl.Distance(BRep_Tool::Pnt(aV));
if (dist > lmaxdist) lmaxdist = dist;
- // If section was built check distance beetwen vertexes and plane of the one
+ // If section was built check distance between vertexes and plane of the one
str[0] = 0;
if (dist > toler)
Sprintf(str, "Dist=%f, Toler=%f, Param=%f FAULTY\n", dist, toler, gzmax);
//Focal length
Standard_Real FocalLength;
- //Coordiantes of the vertex
+ //Coordinates of the vertex
Standard_Real VertX, VertY;
//Parameter
// after evaluation of points inside the spans before and after the knot,
// and ensure that result at the knot is exactly the same regardless
// of previous evaluation (i.e. the cache is updated as necessary).
- // Note: the points (D0) computed on different spans are slighly different
+ // Note: the points (D0) computed on different spans are slightly different
// due to rounding, which allows us to detect this situation without
// analysis of higher derivatives (which would show non-negligible difference).
Standard_Integer aNbErr = 0;
DBRep::Set("FP",FP);
-//step 2. offseting the surface.
+//step 2. offsetting the surface.
Handle(Geom_OffsetSurface) offsurf;
offsurf = new Geom_OffsetSurface(BZ1, -100);
BRepBuilderAPI_MakeFace bzf2( offsurf, Precision::Confusion() );
DBRep::Set("F2",F2);
//step 3. filleting the patch.
-//( I want to project wire of this patch on offseted surface above)
+//( I want to project wire of this patch on offsetted surface above)
BRepFilletAPI_MakeFillet2d fillet( FP );
TopExp_Explorer Ex;
Ex.Init(FP, TopAbs_VERTEX);
TopoDS_Shape S = DBRep::Get(a[2]);
if (S.IsNull()) {
- di <<"Noone shape selected\n";
+ di <<"No shape selected\n";
di << 0;
return 0;
}
//=======================================================================
//function : NamedShape
-//purpose : retrive label of Primitive or a Generated shape
+//purpose : retrieve label of Primitive or a Generated shape
//=======================================================================
static Standard_Integer NamedShape(Draw_Interpretor& di, Standard_Integer n, const char ** a)
if (!DDF::GetDF(a[1],ND)) return 1;
TopoDS_Shape SS = DBRep::Get(a[2]);
if (SS.IsNull()) {
- di <<"Noone shape selected\n";
+ di <<"No shape selected\n";
di << 0;
return 0;
}
//=======================================================================
//function : GetCreationEntry
-//purpose : retrive label of Primitive or a Generated shape
+//purpose : retrieve label of Primitive or a Generated shape
//=======================================================================
static Standard_Integer Getcreationentry (Draw_Interpretor& di, Standard_Integer n, const char ** a)
TopoDS_Shape SS = DBRep::Get(a[2]);
if (SS.IsNull()) {
- di <<"Noone shape selected\n";
+ di <<"No shape selected\n";
di << 0;
return 0;
}
Standard_EXPORT static Standard_Boolean IsValid (const Standard_Integer mm, const Standard_Integer dd, const Standard_Integer yy, const Standard_Integer hh, const Standard_Integer mn, const Standard_Integer ss, const Standard_Integer mis = 0, const Standard_Integer mics = 0);
//! Returns true if a year is a leap year.
- //! The leap years are divisable by 4 and not by 100 except
- //! the years divisable by 400.
+ //! The leap years are divisible by 4 and not by 100 except
+ //! the years divisible by 400.
static Standard_Boolean IsLeap (const Standard_Integer yy)
{
return ((yy % 4 == 0) && (yy % 100 != 0))
//data->NamedForComplex("AREA_UNIT",num0,num,ach);
if (!data->CheckNbParams(num,0,ach,"area_unit")) return;
- // --- Instance of plex componant ConversionBasedUnit ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component ConversionBasedUnit ---
num = data->NextForComplex(num);
if (!data->CheckNbParams(num,2,ach,"conversion_based_unit")) return;
Handle(TCollection_HAsciiString) aName;
Standard_Integer num = num0;
- // --- Instance of plex componant ConversionBasedUnit ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component ConversionBasedUnit ---
if (!data->CheckNbParams(num,2,ach,"conversion_based_unit")) return;
num = data->NextForComplex(num);
- // --- Instance of plex componant LengthUnit ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component LengthUnit ---
if (!data->CheckNbParams(num,0,ach,"length_unit")) return;
const Handle(StepBasic_ConversionBasedUnitAndLengthUnit)& ent) const
{
- // --- Instance of plex componant ConversionBasedUnit ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component ConversionBasedUnit ---
SW.StartEntity("CONVERSION_BASED_UNIT");
// --- field : name ---
SW.Send(ent->ConversionFactor());
- // --- Instance of plex componant LengthUnit ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component LengthUnit ---
SW.StartEntity("LENGTH_UNIT");
Standard_Integer num = num0;
- // --- Instance of plex componant ConversionBasedUnit ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component ConversionBasedUnit ---
if (!data->CheckNbParams(num,2,ach,"conversion_based_unit")) return;
// --- field : name ---
Handle(TCollection_HAsciiString) aName;
num = data->NextForComplex(num);
- // --- Instance of plex componant MassUnit ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component MassUnit ---
if (!data->CheckNbParams(num,0,ach,"Mass_unit")) return;
num = data->NextForComplex(num);
(StepData_StepWriter& SW,
const Handle(StepBasic_ConversionBasedUnitAndMassUnit)& ent) const
{
- // --- Instance of plex componant ConversionBasedUnit ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component ConversionBasedUnit ---
SW.StartEntity("CONVERSION_BASED_UNIT");
// --- field : name ---
SW.Send(ent->Name());
// --- field : conversionFactor ---
SW.Send(ent->ConversionFactor());
- // --- Instance of plex componant MassUnit ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component MassUnit ---
SW.StartEntity("Mass_UNIT");
// --- Instance of common supertype NamedUnit ---
SW.StartEntity("NAMED_UNIT");
const Handle(StepBasic_ConversionBasedUnitAndPlaneAngleUnit)& ent) const
{
- // --- Instance of plex componant ConversionBasedUnit ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component ConversionBasedUnit ---
SW.StartEntity("CONVERSION_BASED_UNIT");
// --- field : name ---
SW.Send(ent->Dimensions());
- // --- Instance of plex componant PlaneAngleUnit ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component PlaneAngleUnit ---
SW.StartEntity("PLANE_ANGLE_UNIT");
}
Standard_Integer num = num0;
- // --- Instance of plex componant ConversionBasedUnit ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component ConversionBasedUnit ---
if (!data->CheckNbParams(num,2,ach,"conversion_based_unit")) return;
num = data->NextForComplex(num);
- // --- Instance of plex componant RatioUnit ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component RatioUnit ---
if (!data->CheckNbParams(num,0,ach,"ratio_unit")) return;
const Handle(StepBasic_ConversionBasedUnitAndRatioUnit)& ent) const
{
- // --- Instance of plex componant ConversionBasedUnit ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component ConversionBasedUnit ---
SW.StartEntity("CONVERSION_BASED_UNIT");
// --- field : name ---
SW.Send(ent->ConversionFactor());
- // --- Instance of plex componant RatioUnit ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component RatioUnit ---
SW.StartEntity("RATIO_UNIT");
Standard_Integer num = num0;
- // --- Instance of plex componant ConversionBasedUnit ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component ConversionBasedUnit ---
if (!data->CheckNbParams(num,2,ach,"conversion_based_unit")) return;
num = data->NextForComplex(num);
- // --- Instance of plex componant SolidAngleUnit ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component SolidAngleUnit ---
if (!data->CheckNbParams(num,0,ach,"solid_angle_unit")) return;
const Handle(StepBasic_ConversionBasedUnitAndSolidAngleUnit)& ent) const
{
- // --- Instance of plex componant ConversionBasedUnit ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component ConversionBasedUnit ---
SW.StartEntity("CONVERSION_BASED_UNIT");
// --- field : name ---
SW.Send(ent->Dimensions());
- // --- Instance of plex componant SolidAngleUnit ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component SolidAngleUnit ---
SW.StartEntity("SOLID_ANGLE_UNIT");
}
Standard_Integer num = num0;
- // --- Instance of plex componant ConversionBasedUnit ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component ConversionBasedUnit ---
if (!data->CheckNbParams(num,2,ach,"conversion_based_unit")) return;
num = data->NextForComplex(num);
- // --- Instance of plex componant TimeUnit ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component TimeUnit ---
if (!data->CheckNbParams(num,0,ach,"time_unit")) return;
const Handle(StepBasic_ConversionBasedUnitAndTimeUnit)& ent) const
{
- // --- Instance of plex componant ConversionBasedUnit ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component ConversionBasedUnit ---
SW.StartEntity("CONVERSION_BASED_UNIT");
// --- field : name ---
SW.Send(ent->ConversionFactor());
- // --- Instance of plex componant TimeUnit ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component TimeUnit ---
SW.StartEntity("TIME_UNIT");
const Handle(StepBasic_ConversionBasedUnitAndVolumeUnit)& ent) const
{
Standard_Integer num = num0;
- // --- Instance of plex componant ConversionBasedUnit ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component ConversionBasedUnit ---
if (!data->CheckNbParams(num,2,ach,"conversion_based_unit")) return;
Handle(TCollection_HAsciiString) aName;
data->ReadString (num,1,"name",ach,aName);
Standard_Integer num = 0; // num0;
Standard_Boolean sorted = data->NamedForComplex("LENGTH_UNIT", "LNGUNT",num0,num,ach);
- // --- Instance of plex componant LengthUnit ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component LengthUnit ---
if (!data->CheckNbParams(num,0,ach,"length_unit")) return;
if (!sorted) num = 0; //pdn unsorted case
if (!sorted) num = 0; //pdn unsorted case
data->NamedForComplex("SI_UNIT", "SUNT",num0,num,ach);
- // --- Instance of plex componant SiUnit ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component SiUnit ---
if (!data->CheckNbParams(num,2,ach,"si_unit")) return;
// --- field : prefix ---
const Handle(StepBasic_SiUnitAndLengthUnit)& ent) const
{
- // --- Instance of plex componant LengthUnit ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component LengthUnit ---
SW.StartEntity("LENGTH_UNIT");
// --- Instance of common supertype NamedUnit ---
// --- redefined field ---
SW.SendDerived();
- // --- Instance of plex componant SiUnit ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component SiUnit ---
SW.StartEntity("SI_UNIT");
// --- field : prefix ---
Standard_Integer num = 0; // num0;
Standard_Boolean sorted = data->NamedForComplex("MASS_UNIT","MSSUNT",num0,num,ach);
- // --- Instance of plex componant LengthUnit ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component LengthUnit ---
if (!data->CheckNbParams(num,0,ach,"mass_unit")) return;
if (!sorted) num = 0; //pdn unsorted case
if (!sorted) num = 0; //pdn unsorted case
data->NamedForComplex("SI_UNIT", "SUNT",num0,num,ach);
- // --- Instance of plex componant SiUnit ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component SiUnit ---
if (!data->CheckNbParams(num,2,ach,"si_unit")) return;
// --- field : prefix ---
const Handle(StepBasic_SiUnitAndMassUnit)& ent) const
{
- // --- Instance of plex componant LengthUnit ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component LengthUnit ---
SW.StartEntity("MASS_UNIT");
// --- Instance of common supertype NamedUnit ---
// --- redefined field ---
SW.SendDerived();
- // --- Instance of plex componant SiUnit ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component SiUnit ---
SW.StartEntity("SI_UNIT");
// --- field : prefix ---
data->CheckDerived(num,1,"dimensions",ach,Standard_False);
num = data->NextForComplex(num);
- // --- Instance of plex componant PlaneAngleUnit ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component PlaneAngleUnit ---
if (!data->CheckNbParams(num,0,ach,"plane_angle_unit")) return;
num = data->NextForComplex(num);
- // --- Instance of plex componant SiUnit ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component SiUnit ---
if (!data->CheckNbParams(num,2,ach,"si_unit")) return;
// --- field : prefix ---
// --- redefined field ---
SW.SendDerived();
- // --- Instance of plex componant PlaneAngleUnit ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component PlaneAngleUnit ---
SW.StartEntity("PLANE_ANGLE_UNIT");
- // --- Instance of plex componant SiUnit ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component SiUnit ---
SW.StartEntity("SI_UNIT");
// --- field : prefix ---
//szv#4:S4163:12Mar99 `Standard_Boolean stat1 =` not needed
data->CheckDerived(num,1,"dimensions",ach,Standard_False);
- // --- Instance of plex componant RatioUnit ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component RatioUnit ---
num = data->NextForComplex(num);
if (!data->CheckNbParams(num,0,ach,"ratio_unit")) return;
- // --- Instance of plex componant SiUnit ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component SiUnit ---
num = data->NextForComplex(num);
if (!data->CheckNbParams(num,2,ach,"si_unit")) return;
const Handle(StepBasic_SiUnitAndRatioUnit)& ent) const
{
- // --- Instance of plex componant RatioUnit ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component RatioUnit ---
SW.StartEntity("RATIO_UNIT");
// --- Instance of common supertype NamedUnit ---
// --- redefined field ---
SW.SendDerived();
- // --- Instance of plex componant SiUnit ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component SiUnit ---
SW.StartEntity("SI_UNIT");
// --- field : prefix ---
//szv#4:S4163:12Mar99 `Standard_Boolean stat1 =` not needed
data->CheckDerived(num,1,"dimensions",ach,Standard_False);
- // --- Instance of plex componant SiUnit ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component SiUnit ---
num = data->NextForComplex(num);
if (!data->CheckNbParams(num,2,ach,"si_unit")) return;
return;
}
- // --- Instance of plex componant SolidAngleUnit ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component SolidAngleUnit ---
num = data->NextForComplex(num);
if (!data->CheckNbParams(num,0,ach,"solid_angle_unit")) return;
// --- redefined field ---
SW.SendDerived();
- // --- Instance of plex componant SiUnit ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component SiUnit ---
SW.StartEntity("SI_UNIT");
// --- field : prefix ---
// --- field : name ---
SW.SendEnum(writer.EncodeName(ent->Name()));
- // --- Instance of plex componant SolidAngleUnit ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component SolidAngleUnit ---
SW.StartEntity("SOLID_ANGLE_UNIT");
}
//szv#4:S4163:12Mar99 `Standard_Boolean stat1 =` not needed
data->CheckDerived(num,1,"dimensions",ach,Standard_False);
- // --- Instance of plex componant SiUnit ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component SiUnit ---
num = data->NextForComplex(num);
if (!data->CheckNbParams(num,2,ach,"si_unit")) return;
return;
}
- // --- Instance of plex componant SolidAngleUnit ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component SolidAngleUnit ---
num = data->NextForComplex(num);
if (!data->CheckNbParams(num,0,ach,"thermodynamic_temperature_unit")) return;
// --- redefined field ---
SW.SendDerived();
- // --- Instance of plex componant SiUnit ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component SiUnit ---
SW.StartEntity("SI_UNIT");
// --- field : prefix ---
// --- field : name ---
SW.SendEnum(writer.EncodeName(ent->Name()));
- // --- Instance of plex componant SolidAngleUnit ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component SolidAngleUnit ---
SW.StartEntity("THERMODYNAMIC_TEMPERATURE_UNIT");
}
//szv#4:S4163:12Mar99 `Standard_Boolean stat1 =`
data->CheckDerived(num,1,"dimensions",ach,Standard_False);
- // --- Instance of plex componant SiUnit ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component SiUnit ---
num = data->NextForComplex(num);
if (!data->CheckNbParams(num,2,ach,"si_unit")) return;
return;
}
- // --- Instance of plex componant TimeUnit ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component TimeUnit ---
num = data->NextForComplex(num);
if (!data->CheckNbParams(num,0,ach,"time_unit")) return;
const Handle(StepBasic_SiUnitAndTimeUnit)& ent) const
{
- // --- Instance of plex componant TimeUnit ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component TimeUnit ---
//SW.StartEntity("TIME_UNIT");
// --- Instance of common supertype NamedUnit ---
// --- redefined field ---
SW.SendDerived();
- // --- Instance of plex componant SiUnit ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component SiUnit ---
SW.StartEntity("SI_UNIT");
// --- field : prefix ---
// --- field : name ---
SW.SendEnum(writer.EncodeName(ent->Name()));
- // --- Instance of plex componant TimeUnit ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component TimeUnit ---
SW.StartEntity("TIME_UNIT");
}
// num = 0; //gka TRJ9
data->NamedForComplex("B_SPLINE_CURVE_WITH_KNOTS", "BSCWK",num0,num,ach);
- // --- Instance of plex componant BSplineCurveWithKnots ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component BSplineCurveWithKnots ---
if (!data->CheckNbParams(num,3,ach,"b_spline_curve_with_knots")) return;
//num = 0;
data->NamedForComplex("RATIONAL_B_SPLINE_CURVE", "RBSC",num0,num,ach);
- // --- Instance of plex componant RationalBSplineCurve ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component RationalBSplineCurve ---
if (!data->CheckNbParams(num,1,ach,"rational_b_spline_curve")) return;
//num = 0;
data->NamedForComplex("REPRESENTATION_ITEM", "RPRITM",num0,num,ach);
- // --- Instance of plex componant RepresentationItem ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component RepresentationItem ---
if (!data->CheckNbParams(num,1,ach,"representation_item")) return;
const Handle(StepGeom_BSplineCurveWithKnotsAndRationalBSplineCurve)& ent) const
{
- // --- Instance of plex componant BoundedCurve ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component BoundedCurve ---
SW.StartEntity("BOUNDED_CURVE");
SW.SendLogical(ent->SelfIntersect());
- // --- Instance of plex componant BSplineCurveWithKnots ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component BSplineCurveWithKnots ---
SW.StartEntity("B_SPLINE_CURVE_WITH_KNOTS");
// --- field : knotMultiplicities ---
case StepGeom_ktUnspecified : SW.SendEnum (ktUnspecified); break;
}
- // --- Instance of plex componant Curve ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component Curve ---
SW.StartEntity("CURVE");
- // --- Instance of plex componant GeometricRepresentationItem ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component GeometricRepresentationItem ---
SW.StartEntity("GEOMETRIC_REPRESENTATION_ITEM");
- // --- Instance of plex componant RationalBSplineCurve ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component RationalBSplineCurve ---
SW.StartEntity("RATIONAL_B_SPLINE_CURVE");
// --- field : weightsData ---
}
SW.CloseSub();
- // --- Instance of plex componant RepresentationItem ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component RepresentationItem ---
SW.StartEntity("REPRESENTATION_ITEM");
// --- field : name ---
// num = data->NextForComplex(num);
data->NamedForComplex("B_SPLINE_SURFACE_WITH_KNOTS", "BSSWK",num0,num,ach);
- // --- Instance of plex componant BSplineSurfaceWithKnots ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component BSplineSurfaceWithKnots ---
if (!data->CheckNbParams(num,5,ach,"b_spline_surface_with_knots")) return;
// num = data->NextForComplex(num);
data->NamedForComplex("RATIONAL_B_SPLINE_SURFACE", "RBSS",num0,num,ach);
- // --- Instance of plex componant RationalBSplineSurface ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component RationalBSplineSurface ---
if (!data->CheckNbParams(num,1,ach,"rational_b_spline_surface")) return;
// num = data->NextForComplex(num);
data->NamedForComplex("REPRESENTATION_ITEM", "RPRITM",num0,num,ach);
- // --- Instance of plex componant RepresentationItem ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component RepresentationItem ---
if (!data->CheckNbParams(num,1,ach,"representation_item")) return;
const Handle(StepGeom_BSplineSurfaceWithKnotsAndRationalBSplineSurface)& ent) const
{
- // --- Instance of plex componant BoundedSurface ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component BoundedSurface ---
SW.StartEntity("BOUNDED_SURFACE");
SW.SendLogical(ent->SelfIntersect());
- // --- Instance of plex componant BSplineSurfaceWithKnots ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component BSplineSurfaceWithKnots ---
SW.StartEntity("B_SPLINE_SURFACE_WITH_KNOTS");
// --- field : uMultiplicities ---
case StepGeom_ktUnspecified : SW.SendEnum (ktUnspecified); break;
}
- // --- Instance of plex componant GeometricRepresentationItem ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component GeometricRepresentationItem ---
SW.StartEntity("GEOMETRIC_REPRESENTATION_ITEM");
- // --- Instance of plex componant RationalBSplineSurface ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component RationalBSplineSurface ---
SW.StartEntity("RATIONAL_B_SPLINE_SURFACE");
// --- field : weightsData ---
}
SW.CloseSub();
- // --- Instance of plex componant RepresentationItem ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component RepresentationItem ---
SW.StartEntity("REPRESENTATION_ITEM");
// --- field : name ---
SW.Send(ent->Name());
- // --- Instance of plex componant Surface ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component Surface ---
SW.StartEntity("SURFACE");
}
Standard_Integer num = num0;
- // --- Instance of plex componant BezierCurve ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component BezierCurve ---
if (!data->CheckNbParams(num,0,ach,"bezier_curve")) return;
num = data->NextForComplex(num);
- // --- Instance of plex componant BoundedCurve ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component BoundedCurve ---
if (!data->CheckNbParams(num,0,ach,"bounded_curve")) return;
num = data->NextForComplex(num);
- // --- Instance of plex componant Curve ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component Curve ---
if (!data->CheckNbParams(num,0,ach,"curve")) return;
num = data->NextForComplex(num);
- // --- Instance of plex componant GeometricRepresentationItem ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component GeometricRepresentationItem ---
if (!data->CheckNbParams(num,0,ach,"geometric_representation_item")) return;
num = data->NextForComplex(num);
- // --- Instance of plex componant RationalBSplineCurve ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component RationalBSplineCurve ---
if (!data->CheckNbParams(num,1,ach,"rational_b_spline_curve")) return;
num = data->NextForComplex(num);
- // --- Instance of plex componant RepresentationItem ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component RepresentationItem ---
if (!data->CheckNbParams(num,1,ach,"representation_item")) return;
const Handle(StepGeom_BezierCurveAndRationalBSplineCurve)& ent) const
{
- // --- Instance of plex componant BezierCurve ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component BezierCurve ---
SW.StartEntity("BEZIER_CURVE");
- // --- Instance of plex componant BoundedCurve ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component BoundedCurve ---
SW.StartEntity("BOUNDED_CURVE");
SW.SendLogical(ent->SelfIntersect());
- // --- Instance of plex componant Curve ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component Curve ---
SW.StartEntity("CURVE");
- // --- Instance of plex componant GeometricRepresentationItem ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component GeometricRepresentationItem ---
SW.StartEntity("GEOMETRIC_REPRESENTATION_ITEM");
- // --- Instance of plex componant RationalBSplineCurve ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component RationalBSplineCurve ---
SW.StartEntity("RATIONAL_B_SPLINE_CURVE");
// --- field : weightsData ---
}
SW.CloseSub();
- // --- Instance of plex componant RepresentationItem ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component RepresentationItem ---
SW.StartEntity("REPRESENTATION_ITEM");
// --- field : name ---
Standard_Integer num = num0;
- // --- Instance of plex componant BezierSurface ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component BezierSurface ---
if (!data->CheckNbParams(num,0,ach,"bezier_surface")) return;
num = data->NextForComplex(num);
- // --- Instance of plex componant BoundedSurface ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component BoundedSurface ---
if (!data->CheckNbParams(num,0,ach,"bounded_surface")) return;
num = data->NextForComplex(num);
- // --- Instance of plex componant GeometricRepresentationItem ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component GeometricRepresentationItem ---
if (!data->CheckNbParams(num,0,ach,"geometric_representation_item")) return;
num = data->NextForComplex(num);
- // --- Instance of plex componant RationalBSplineSurface ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component RationalBSplineSurface ---
if (!data->CheckNbParams(num,1,ach,"rational_b_spline_surface")) return;
num = data->NextForComplex(num);
- // --- Instance of plex componant RepresentationItem ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component RepresentationItem ---
if (!data->CheckNbParams(num,1,ach,"representation_item")) return;
num = data->NextForComplex(num);
- // --- Instance of plex componant Surface ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component Surface ---
if (!data->CheckNbParams(num,0,ach,"surface")) return;
const Handle(StepGeom_BezierSurfaceAndRationalBSplineSurface)& ent) const
{
- // --- Instance of plex componant BezierSurface ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component BezierSurface ---
SW.StartEntity("BEZIER_SURFACE");
- // --- Instance of plex componant BoundedSurface ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component BoundedSurface ---
SW.StartEntity("BOUNDED_SURFACE");
SW.SendLogical(ent->SelfIntersect());
- // --- Instance of plex componant GeometricRepresentationItem ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component GeometricRepresentationItem ---
SW.StartEntity("GEOMETRIC_REPRESENTATION_ITEM");
- // --- Instance of plex componant RationalBSplineSurface ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component RationalBSplineSurface ---
SW.StartEntity("RATIONAL_B_SPLINE_SURFACE");
// --- field : weightsData ---
}
SW.CloseSub();
- // --- Instance of plex componant RepresentationItem ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component RepresentationItem ---
SW.StartEntity("REPRESENTATION_ITEM");
// --- field : name ---
SW.Send(ent->Name());
- // --- Instance of plex componant Surface ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component Surface ---
SW.StartEntity("SURFACE");
}
Standard_Integer num = num0;
// -----------------------------------------------------------------
- // --- Instance of plex componant GeometricRepresentationContext ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component GeometricRepresentationContext ---
// -----------------------------------------------------------------
if (!data->CheckNbParams(num,1,ach,"geometric_representation_context")) return;
num = data->NextForComplex(num);
// -------------------------------------------------------------------
- // --- Instance of plex componant GlobalUncertaintyAssignedContext ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component GlobalUncertaintyAssignedContext ---
// -------------------------------------------------------------------
if (!data->CheckNbParams(num,1,ach,"global_uncertainty_assigned_context")) return;
num = data->NextForComplex(num);
// ------------------------------------------------------------
- // --- Instance of plex componant GlobalUnitAssignedContext ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component GlobalUnitAssignedContext ---
// ------------------------------------------------------------
if (!data->CheckNbParams(num,1,ach,"global_unit_assigned_context")) return;
{
// -----------------------------------------------------------------
- // --- Instance of plex componant GeometricRepresentationContext ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component GeometricRepresentationContext ---
// -----------------------------------------------------------------
SW.StartEntity("GEOMETRIC_REPRESENTATION_CONTEXT");
SW.Send(ent->CoordinateSpaceDimension());
// -------------------------------------------------------------------
- // --- Instance of plex componant GlobalUncertaintyAssignedContext ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component GlobalUncertaintyAssignedContext ---
// -------------------------------------------------------------------
SW.StartEntity("GLOBAL_UNCERTAINTY_ASSIGNED_CONTEXT");
SW.CloseSub();
// ------------------------------------------------------------
- // --- Instance of plex componant GlobalUnitAssignedContext ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component GlobalUnitAssignedContext ---
// ------------------------------------------------------------
SW.StartEntity("GLOBAL_UNIT_ASSIGNED_CONTEXT");
Standard_Integer num = num0;
- // --- Instance of plex componant GeometricRepresentationContext ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component GeometricRepresentationContext ---
if (!data->CheckNbParams(num,1,ach,"geometric_representation_context")) return;
num = data->NextForComplex(num);
- // --- Instance of plex componant GlobalUnitAssignedContext ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component GlobalUnitAssignedContext ---
if (!data->CheckNbParams(num,1,ach,"global_unit_assigned_context")) return;
const Handle(StepGeom_GeometricRepresentationContextAndGlobalUnitAssignedContext)& ent) const
{
- // --- Instance of plex componant GeometricRepresentationContext ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component GeometricRepresentationContext ---
SW.StartEntity("GEOMETRIC_REPRESENTATION_CONTEXT");
// --- field : coordinateSpaceDimension ---
SW.Send(ent->CoordinateSpaceDimension());
- // --- Instance of plex componant GlobalUnitAssignedContext ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component GlobalUnitAssignedContext ---
SW.StartEntity("GLOBAL_UNIT_ASSIGNED_CONTEXT");
// --- field : units ---
Standard_Integer num = num0;
- // --- Instance of plex componant GeometricRepresentationContext ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component GeometricRepresentationContext ---
if (!data->CheckNbParams(num,1,ach,"geometric_representation_context")) return;
num = data->NextForComplex(num);
- // --- Instance of plex componant ParametricRepresentationContext ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component ParametricRepresentationContext ---
if (!data->CheckNbParams(num,0,ach,"parametric_representation_context")) return;
const Handle(StepGeom_GeometricRepresentationContextAndParametricRepresentationContext)& ent) const
{
- // --- Instance of plex componant GeometricRepresentationContext ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component GeometricRepresentationContext ---
SW.StartEntity("GEOMETRIC_REPRESENTATION_CONTEXT");
// --- field : coordinateSpaceDimension ---
SW.Send(ent->CoordinateSpaceDimension());
- // --- Instance of plex componant ParametricRepresentationContext ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component ParametricRepresentationContext ---
SW.StartEntity("PARAMETRIC_REPRESENTATION_CONTEXT");
Standard_Integer num = num0;
- // --- Instance of plex componant BoundedCurve ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component BoundedCurve ---
if (!data->CheckNbParams(num,0,ach,"bounded_curve")) return;
num = data->NextForComplex(num);
- // --- Instance of plex componant Curve ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component Curve ---
if (!data->CheckNbParams(num,0,ach,"curve")) return;
num = data->NextForComplex(num);
- // --- Instance of plex componant GeometricRepresentationItem ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component GeometricRepresentationItem ---
if (!data->CheckNbParams(num,0,ach,"geometric_representation_item")) return;
num = data->NextForComplex(num);
- // --- Instance of plex componant QuasiUniformCurve ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component QuasiUniformCurve ---
if (!data->CheckNbParams(num,0,ach,"quasi_uniform_curve")) return;
num = data->NextForComplex(num);
- // --- Instance of plex componant RationalBSplineCurve ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component RationalBSplineCurve ---
if (!data->CheckNbParams(num,1,ach,"rational_b_spline_curve")) return;
num = data->NextForComplex(num);
- // --- Instance of plex componant RepresentationItem ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component RepresentationItem ---
if (!data->CheckNbParams(num,1,ach,"representation_item")) return;
const Handle(StepGeom_QuasiUniformCurveAndRationalBSplineCurve)& ent) const
{
- // --- Instance of plex componant BoundedCurve ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component BoundedCurve ---
SW.StartEntity("BOUNDED_CURVE");
SW.SendLogical(ent->SelfIntersect());
- // --- Instance of plex componant Curve ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component Curve ---
SW.StartEntity("CURVE");
- // --- Instance of plex componant GeometricRepresentationItem ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component GeometricRepresentationItem ---
SW.StartEntity("GEOMETRIC_REPRESENTATION_ITEM");
- // --- Instance of plex componant QuasiUniformCurve ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component QuasiUniformCurve ---
SW.StartEntity("QUASI_UNIFORM_CURVE");
- // --- Instance of plex componant RationalBSplineCurve ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component RationalBSplineCurve ---
SW.StartEntity("RATIONAL_B_SPLINE_CURVE");
// --- field : weightsData ---
}
SW.CloseSub();
- // --- Instance of plex componant RepresentationItem ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component RepresentationItem ---
SW.StartEntity("REPRESENTATION_ITEM");
// --- field : name ---
Standard_Integer num = num0;
- // --- Instance of plex componant BoundedSurface ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component BoundedSurface ---
if (!data->CheckNbParams(num,0,ach,"bounded_surface")) return;
num = data->NextForComplex(num);
- // --- Instance of plex componant GeometricRepresentationItem ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component GeometricRepresentationItem ---
if (!data->CheckNbParams(num,0,ach,"geometric_representation_item")) return;
num = data->NextForComplex(num);
- // --- Instance of plex componant QuasiUniformSurface ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component QuasiUniformSurface ---
if (!data->CheckNbParams(num,0,ach,"quasi_uniform_surface")) return;
num = data->NextForComplex(num);
- // --- Instance of plex componant RationalBSplineSurface ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component RationalBSplineSurface ---
if (!data->CheckNbParams(num,1,ach,"rational_b_spline_surface")) return;
num = data->NextForComplex(num);
- // --- Instance of plex componant RepresentationItem ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component RepresentationItem ---
if (!data->CheckNbParams(num,1,ach,"representation_item")) return;
num = data->NextForComplex(num);
- // --- Instance of plex componant Surface ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component Surface ---
if (!data->CheckNbParams(num,0,ach,"surface")) return;
const Handle(StepGeom_QuasiUniformSurfaceAndRationalBSplineSurface)& ent) const
{
- // --- Instance of plex componant BoundedSurface ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component BoundedSurface ---
SW.StartEntity("BOUNDED_SURFACE");
SW.SendLogical(ent->SelfIntersect());
- // --- Instance of plex componant GeometricRepresentationItem ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component GeometricRepresentationItem ---
SW.StartEntity("GEOMETRIC_REPRESENTATION_ITEM");
- // --- Instance of plex componant QuasiUniformSurface ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component QuasiUniformSurface ---
SW.StartEntity("QUASI_UNIFORM_SURFACE");
- // --- Instance of plex componant RationalBSplineSurface ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component RationalBSplineSurface ---
SW.StartEntity("RATIONAL_B_SPLINE_SURFACE");
// --- field : weightsData ---
}
SW.CloseSub();
- // --- Instance of plex componant RepresentationItem ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component RepresentationItem ---
SW.StartEntity("REPRESENTATION_ITEM");
// --- field : name ---
SW.Send(ent->Name());
- // --- Instance of plex componant Surface ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component Surface ---
SW.StartEntity("SURFACE");
}
SW.StartEntity("REPRESENTATION_ITEM");
SW.Send(ent->Name());
- // --- Instance of plex componant BoundedCurve ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component BoundedCurve ---
SW.StartEntity("SURFACE_CURVE");
// --- own field : curve3d ---
Standard_Integer num = num0;
- // --- Instance of plex componant BoundedCurve ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component BoundedCurve ---
if (!data->CheckNbParams(num,0,ach,"bounded_curve")) return;
num = data->NextForComplex(num);
- // --- Instance of plex componant Curve ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component Curve ---
if (!data->CheckNbParams(num,0,ach,"curve")) return;
num = data->NextForComplex(num);
- // --- Instance of plex componant GeometricRepresentationItem ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component GeometricRepresentationItem ---
if (!data->CheckNbParams(num,0,ach,"geometric_representation_item")) return;
num = data->NextForComplex(num);
- // --- Instance of plex componant RationalBSplineCurve ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component RationalBSplineCurve ---
if (!data->CheckNbParams(num,1,ach,"rational_b_spline_curve")) return;
num = data->NextForComplex(num);
- // --- Instance of plex componant RepresentationItem ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component RepresentationItem ---
if (!data->CheckNbParams(num,1,ach,"representation_item")) return;
num = data->NextForComplex(num);
- // --- Instance of plex componant UniformCurve ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component UniformCurve ---
if (!data->CheckNbParams(num,0,ach,"uniform_curve")) return;
const Handle(StepGeom_UniformCurveAndRationalBSplineCurve)& ent) const
{
- // --- Instance of plex componant BoundedCurve ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component BoundedCurve ---
SW.StartEntity("BOUNDED_CURVE");
SW.SendLogical(ent->SelfIntersect());
- // --- Instance of plex componant Curve ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component Curve ---
SW.StartEntity("CURVE");
- // --- Instance of plex componant GeometricRepresentationItem ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component GeometricRepresentationItem ---
SW.StartEntity("GEOMETRIC_REPRESENTATION_ITEM");
- // --- Instance of plex componant RationalBSplineCurve ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component RationalBSplineCurve ---
SW.StartEntity("RATIONAL_B_SPLINE_CURVE");
// --- field : weightsData ---
}
SW.CloseSub();
- // --- Instance of plex componant RepresentationItem ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component RepresentationItem ---
SW.StartEntity("REPRESENTATION_ITEM");
// --- field : name ---
SW.Send(ent->Name());
- // --- Instance of plex componant UniformCurve ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component UniformCurve ---
SW.StartEntity("UNIFORM_CURVE");
}
Standard_Integer num = num0;
- // --- Instance of plex componant BoundedSurface ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component BoundedSurface ---
if (!data->CheckNbParams(num,0,ach,"bounded_surface")) return;
num = data->NextForComplex(num);
- // --- Instance of plex componant GeometricRepresentationItem ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component GeometricRepresentationItem ---
if (!data->CheckNbParams(num,0,ach,"geometric_representation_item")) return;
num = data->NextForComplex(num);
- // --- Instance of plex componant RationalBSplineSurface ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component RationalBSplineSurface ---
if (!data->CheckNbParams(num,1,ach,"rational_b_spline_surface")) return;
num = data->NextForComplex(num);
- // --- Instance of plex componant RepresentationItem ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component RepresentationItem ---
if (!data->CheckNbParams(num,1,ach,"representation_item")) return;
num = data->NextForComplex(num);
- // --- Instance of plex componant Surface ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component Surface ---
if (!data->CheckNbParams(num,0,ach,"surface")) return;
num = data->NextForComplex(num);
- // --- Instance of plex componant UniformSurface ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component UniformSurface ---
if (!data->CheckNbParams(num,0,ach,"uniform_surface")) return;
const Handle(StepGeom_UniformSurfaceAndRationalBSplineSurface)& ent) const
{
- // --- Instance of plex componant BoundedSurface ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component BoundedSurface ---
SW.StartEntity("BOUNDED_SURFACE");
SW.SendLogical(ent->SelfIntersect());
- // --- Instance of plex componant GeometricRepresentationItem ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component GeometricRepresentationItem ---
SW.StartEntity("GEOMETRIC_REPRESENTATION_ITEM");
- // --- Instance of plex componant RationalBSplineSurface ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component RationalBSplineSurface ---
SW.StartEntity("RATIONAL_B_SPLINE_SURFACE");
// --- field : weightsData ---
}
SW.CloseSub();
- // --- Instance of plex componant RepresentationItem ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component RepresentationItem ---
SW.StartEntity("REPRESENTATION_ITEM");
// --- field : name ---
SW.Send(ent->Name());
- // --- Instance of plex componant Surface ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component Surface ---
SW.StartEntity("SURFACE");
- // --- Instance of plex componant UniformSurface ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component UniformSurface ---
SW.StartEntity("UNIFORM_SURFACE");
}
// REPR_RLTS,REPR_RLTS_WITH_TR,SHAPE_REPR_RLTS
// But same fields as RepresentationRelationshipWithTransformation
- // --- Instance of plex componant RepresentationRelationship ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component RepresentationRelationship ---
Standard_Integer num = 0; // num0;
data->NamedForComplex("REPRESENTATION_RELATIONSHIP", "RPRRLT",num0,num,ach);
//szv#4:S4163:12Mar99 `Standard_Boolean stat4 =` not needed
data->ReadEntity(num, 4,"rep_2", ach, STANDARD_TYPE(StepRepr_Representation), aRep2);
- // --- Instance of plex componant RepresentationRelationshipWithTransformation ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component RepresentationRelationshipWithTransformation ---
data->NamedForComplex("REPRESENTATION_RELATIONSHIP_WITH_TRANSFORMATION", "RRWT",num0,num,ach);
if (!data->CheckNbParams(num,1,ach,"representation_relationship_with_transformation")) return;
//szv#4:S4163:12Mar99 `Standard_Boolean stat5 =` not needed
data->ReadEntity(num,1,"transformation_operator",ach,aTrans);
- // --- Instance of plex componant ShapeRepresentationRelationship ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component ShapeRepresentationRelationship ---
data->NamedForComplex("SHAPE_REPRESENTATION_RELATIONSHIP", "SHRPRL",num0,num,ach);
if (!data->CheckNbParams(num,0,ach,"shape_representation_relationship")) return;
(StepData_StepWriter& SW,
const Handle(StepRepr_ShapeRepresentationRelationshipWithTransformation)& ent) const
{
- // --- Instance of plex componant RepresentationRelationship ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component RepresentationRelationship ---
SW.StartEntity ("REPRESENTATION_RELATIONSHIP");
SW.Send(ent->Rep2());
- // --- Instance of plex componant RepresentationRelationshipWithTransformation ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component RepresentationRelationshipWithTransformation ---
SW.StartEntity ("REPRESENTATION_RELATIONSHIP_WITH_TRANSFORMATION");
SW.Send(ent->TransformationOperator().Value());
- // --- Instance of plex componant ShapeRepresentationRelationship ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component ShapeRepresentationRelationship ---
SW.StartEntity ("SHAPE_REPRESENTATION_RELATIONSHIP");
}
// Own fields of AngularLocation
// PTV 16.09.2000
-// defaul value set as StepShape_Small, cause there wasn`t default value, but may be situation when
-// value will not be initialized and returnd in ent->Init.
+// default value set as StepShape_Small, cause there wasn`t default value, but may be situation when
+// value will not be initialized and returned in ent->Init.
StepShape_AngleRelator aAngleSelection = StepShape_Small;
if (data->ParamType (num, 5) == Interface_ParamEnum) {
Standard_CString text = data->ParamCValue(num, 5);
// Own fields of AngularSize
// PTV 16.09.2000
-// defaul value set as StepShape_Small, cause there wasn`t default value, but may be situation when
-// value will not be initialized and returnd in ent->Init.
+// default value set as StepShape_Small, cause there wasn`t default value, but may be situation when
+// value will not be initialized and returned in ent->Init.
StepShape_AngleRelator aAngleSelection = StepShape_Small;
if (data->ParamType (num, 3) == Interface_ParamEnum) {
num = data->NextForComplex(num);
- // --- Instance of plex componant definitional_representation ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component definitional_representation ---
if (!data->CheckNbParams(num,3,ach,"representation")) return;
const Handle(StepShape_DefinitionalRepresentationAndShapeRepresentation)& ent) const
{
- // --- Instance of plex componant ConversionBasedUnit ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component ConversionBasedUnit ---
SW.StartEntity("DEFINITIONAL_REPRESENTATION");
SW.Send(ent->ContextOfItems());
- // --- Instance of plex componant LengthUnit ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component LengthUnit ---
SW.StartEntity("SHAPE_REPRESENTATION");
Standard_Boolean Cumulated1, Cumulated2;
// 1- First Vertex != LastVertex but First VertexPoint == Last VertexPoint
- // Remark : time comsuming process but useful !
+ // Remark : time consuming process but useful !
// If this append, we can drop one of the two vertices and replace it
// everywhere it is referenced. Side effect : tolerance problem !!!
Standard_Integer num = num0;
- // --- Instance of plex componant BrepWithVoids ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component BrepWithVoids ---
if (!data->CheckNbParams(num,1,ach,"brep_with_voids")) return;
num = data->NextForComplex(num);
- // --- Instance of plex componant FacetedBrep ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component FacetedBrep ---
if (!data->CheckNbParams(num,0,ach,"faceted_brep")) return;
num = data->NextForComplex(num);
- // --- Instance of plex componant GeometricRepresentationItem ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component GeometricRepresentationItem ---
if (!data->CheckNbParams(num,0,ach,"geometric_representation_item")) return;
num = data->NextForComplex(num);
- // --- Instance of plex componant RepresentationItem ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component RepresentationItem ---
if (!data->CheckNbParams(num,1,ach,"representation_item")) return;
num = data->NextForComplex(num);
- // --- Instance of plex componant SolidModel ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component SolidModel ---
if (!data->CheckNbParams(num,0,ach,"solid_model")) return;
const Handle(StepShape_FacetedBrepAndBrepWithVoids)& ent) const
{
- // --- Instance of plex componant BrepWithVoids ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component BrepWithVoids ---
SW.StartEntity("BREP_WITH_VOIDS");
// --- field : voids ---
}
SW.CloseSub();
- // --- Instance of plex componant FacetedBrep ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component FacetedBrep ---
SW.StartEntity("FACETED_BREP");
- // --- Instance of plex componant GeometricRepresentationItem ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component GeometricRepresentationItem ---
SW.StartEntity("GEOMETRIC_REPRESENTATION_ITEM");
SW.Send(ent->Outer());
- // --- Instance of plex componant RepresentationItem ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component RepresentationItem ---
SW.StartEntity("REPRESENTATION_ITEM");
// --- field : name ---
SW.Send(ent->Name());
- // --- Instance of plex componant SolidModel ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component SolidModel ---
SW.StartEntity("SOLID_MODEL");
}
Standard_Integer num = num0;
- // --- Instance of plex componant Loop ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component Loop ---
if (!data->CheckNbParams(num,0,ach,"loop")) return;
num = data->NextForComplex(num);
- // --- Instance of plex componant Path ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component Path ---
if (!data->CheckNbParams(num,1,ach,"path")) return;
num = data->NextForComplex(num);
- // --- Instance of plex componant RepresentationItem ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component RepresentationItem ---
if (!data->CheckNbParams(num,1,ach,"representation_item")) return;
const Handle(StepShape_LoopAndPath)& ent) const
{
- // --- Instance of plex componant Loop ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component Loop ---
SW.StartEntity("LOOP");
- // --- Instance of plex componant Path ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component Path ---
SW.StartEntity("PATH");
// --- field : edgeList ---
}
SW.CloseSub();
- // --- Instance of plex componant RepresentationItem ---
+ // --- Instance of plex component RepresentationItem ---
SW.StartEntity("REPRESENTATION_ITEM");
// --- field : name ---
// Complex Entity : MeasureReprItem + QualifiedreprItem : so, add ReprItem
- // --- Instance of plex componant : MeasureReprItem
+ // --- Instance of plex component : MeasureReprItem
Standard_Integer num = 0;
data->NamedForComplex("MEASURE_REPRESENTATION_ITEM","MSRPIT",num0,num,ach);
data->ReadEntity (num, 2, "unit_component", ach, aUnitComponent);
- // --- Instance of plex componant : QualifiedReprItem
+ // --- Instance of plex component : QualifiedReprItem
data->NamedForComplex("QUALIFIED_REPRESENTATION_ITEM","QLRPIT",num0,num,ach);
}
- // --- Instance of plex componant : RepresentationItem
+ // --- Instance of plex component : RepresentationItem
data->NamedForComplex("REPRESENTATION_ITEM","RPRITM",num0,num,ach);
{
// Complex Entity : MeasureReprItem + QualifiedreprItem : so, add ReprItem
- // --- Instance of plex componant : MeasureReprItem
+ // --- Instance of plex component : MeasureReprItem
SW.StartEntity ("MEASURE_REPRESENTATION_ITEM");
// --- inherited from measure_with_unit : unit_component ---
SW.Send(ent->Measure()->UnitComponent().Value());
- // --- Instance of plex componant : QualifiedReprItem
+ // --- Instance of plex component : QualifiedReprItem
SW.StartEntity ("QUALIFIED_REPRESENTATION_ITEM");
for (i = 1; i <= nbq; i ++) SW.Send (ent->QualifiersValue(i).Value());
SW.CloseSub();
- // --- Instance of plex componant : ReprsentationItem
+ // --- Instance of plex component : RepresentationItem
SW.StartEntity ("REPRESENTATION_ITEM");
// adapted from Standard_CString.cxx
#ifdef __APPLE__
- // There are a lot of *_l functions availalbe on Mac OS X - we use them
+ // There are a lot of *_l functions available on Mac OS X - we use them
#define SAVE_TL()
#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
// MSVCRT has equivalents with slightly different syntax
gp_XYZ aReadVertex;
if (!ReadVertex (aLine, aReadVertex.ChangeCoord (1), aReadVertex.ChangeCoord (2), aReadVertex.ChangeCoord (3)))
{
- Message::SendFail (TCollection_AsciiString ("Error: cannot read vertex co-ordinates at line ") + aNbLine);
+ Message::SendFail (TCollection_AsciiString ("Error: cannot read vertex coordinates at line ") + aNbLine);
return false;
}
aVertex[i] = aReadVertex;
if (issjis1(*currentstr)) {
ph = ((unsigned int) *currentstr);
- // Be Carefull with first and second !!
+ // Be Careful with first and second !!
currentstr++;
if (iseuc(*currentstr)) {
ph = ((unsigned int) *currentstr);
- // Be Carefull with first and second !!
+ // Be Careful with first and second !!
currentstr++;
if (isshift(*currentstr)) {
ph = ((unsigned int) *currentstr);
- // Be Carefull with first and second !!
+ // Be Careful with first and second !!
currentstr++;
Solide avec connexions incorrectes, divise en plusieurs parties
!
.FixAdvFace.FixLoopWire.MSG0
-Wire was splitted on several wires
+Wire was split on several wires
!
.FixAdvFace..MSG5
!
Improperly connected solid split into several parts
!
.FixAdvFace.FixLoopWire.MSG0
-Wire was splitted on several wires
+Wire was split on several wires
!
.FixAdvFace..MSG5
!
"Improperly connected solid split into several parts\n"
"!\n"
".FixAdvFace.FixLoopWire.MSG0\n"
- "Wire was splitted on several wires\n"
+ "Wire was split on several wires\n"
"!\n"
".FixAdvFace..MSG5\n"
"!\n"
//=======================================================================
//function : findStyledSR
-//purpose : auxilary
+//purpose : auxiliary
//=======================================================================
static void findStyledSR(const Handle(StepVisual_StyledItem) &style,
Handle(StepShape_ShapeRepresentation)& aSR)
{
- // search Shape Represenatation for component styled item
+ // search Shape Representation for component styled item
for (Standard_Integer j = 1; j <= style->NbStyles(); j++) {
Handle(StepVisual_PresentationStyleByContext) PSA =
Handle(StepVisual_PresentationStyleByContext)::DownCast(style->StylesValue(j));
//=======================================================================
//function : propagateColorToParts
-//purpose : auxilary, propagate color styles from assemblies to parts
+//purpose : auxiliary, propagate color styles from assemblies to parts
//=======================================================================
static void propagateColorToParts(const Handle(XCAFDoc_ShapeTool)& theSTool,
//=======================================================================
//function : setSHUOintoDoc
-//purpose : auxilary
+//purpose : auxiliary
//=======================================================================
static TDF_Label setSHUOintoDoc(const Handle(XSControl_WorkSession) &WS,
const Handle(StepRepr_SpecifiedHigherUsageOccurrence)& SHUO,
//=======================================================================
//function : ReadDatums
-//purpose : auxilary
+//purpose : auxiliary
//=======================================================================
static Standard_Boolean ReadDatums(const Handle(XCAFDoc_ShapeTool) &STool,
const Handle(XCAFDoc_DimTolTool) &DGTTool,
//=======================================================================
//function : ReadDatums
-//purpose : auxilary
+//purpose : auxiliary
//=======================================================================
Standard_Boolean STEPCAFControl_Reader::readDatumsAP242(const Handle(Standard_Transient)& theEnt,
const TDF_Label theGDTL,
{
if (anAtr->IsKind(STANDARD_TYPE(StepRepr_AllAroundShapeAspect)))
{
- // if applyed AllAround Modifier
+ // if applied AllAround Modifier
isAllAround = Standard_True;
}
// dimensions and default tolerances
//=======================================================================
//function : convertAngleValue
-//purpose : auxilary
+//purpose : auxiliary
//=======================================================================
void convertAngleValue(
const STEPConstruct_UnitContext& anUnitCtx,
// convert radian to deg
Standard_Real aFact = anUnitCtx.PlaneAngleFactor() * 180 / M_PI;
// in order to avoid inaccuracy of calculation perform conversion
- // only if aFact not eqaul 1 with some precision
+ // only if aFact not equal 1 with some precision
if (fabs(1. - aFact) > Precision::Confusion())
{
aVal = aVal * aFact;
//=======================================================================
//function : FindSolidForPDS
-//purpose : auxilary
+//purpose : auxiliary
//=======================================================================
static Handle(StepShape_SolidModel) FindSolidForPDS(const Handle(StepRepr_ProductDefinitionShape) &PDS,
// added by skl 12.02.2004 for writing materials
//=======================================================================
//function : GetLabelName
-//purpose : auxilary function: take name of label and append it to str
+//purpose : auxiliary function: take name of label and append it to str
//=======================================================================
static Standard_Boolean GetLabelName (const TDF_Label &L, Handle(TCollection_HAsciiString) &str)
{
TDF_LabelSequence comp;
- //For case when only part of assemby structure should be written in the document
+ //For case when only part of assembly structure should be written in the document
//if specified label is component of the assembly then
//in order to save location of this component in the high-level assembly
- //and save name of high-level assembly it is necessary to represent structure of high-level assembly
- //as assembly with one component specified by current label.
+ //and save name of high-level assembly it is necessary to represent structure of high-level assembly
+ //as assembly with one component specified by current label.
//For that compound containing only specified component is binded to the label of the high-level assembly.
- //The such way full structure of high-level assembly was replaced on the assembly contaning one component.
+ //The such way full structure of high-level assembly was replaced on the assembly containing one component.
//For case when free shape reference is (located root) also create an auxiliary assembly.
if ( XCAFDoc_ShapeTool::IsReference ( L ) )
{
return Standard_False;
writer.WS()->ComputeGraph(Standard_True );// added by skl 03.11.2003 since we use
- // writer.Transfer() wihtout compute graph
+ // writer.Transfer() without compute graph
// write names
if ( GetNameMode() )
//=======================================================================
//function : FindEntities
-//purpose : auxilary
+//purpose : auxiliary
//=======================================================================
static Standard_Integer FindEntities (const Handle(Transfer_FinderProcess) &FP,
const TopoDS_Shape &S,
//=======================================================================
//function : getStyledItem
-//purpose : auxilary
+//purpose : auxiliary
//=======================================================================
static Standard_Boolean getStyledItem(const TopoDS_Shape& S,
const Handle(XCAFDoc_ShapeTool)& STool,
for (Standard_Integer jsi = 1; jsi <= aSelItm->NbStyles() && !found; jsi++) {
const Handle(StepVisual_PresentationStyleAssignment)& aFatherPSA = aSelItm->StylesValue(jsi);
- // check for PSA for top-level (not Presentation style by contex for NAUO)
+ // check for PSA for top-level (not Presentation style by context for NAUO)
if (aFatherPSA.IsNull() || aFatherPSA->IsKind(STANDARD_TYPE(StepVisual_PresentationStyleByContext)))
continue;
resSelItem = aSelItm;
//=======================================================================
//function : setDefaultInstanceColor
-//purpose : auxilary
+//purpose : auxiliary
//=======================================================================
static Standard_Boolean setDefaultInstanceColor (const Handle(StepVisual_StyledItem) &aSelItm,
Handle(StepVisual_PresentationStyleAssignment)& PSA)
Standard_Boolean found = Standard_False;
for (Standard_Integer jsi = 1; jsi <= aSelItm->NbStyles() && !found; jsi++) {
Handle(StepVisual_PresentationStyleAssignment) aFatherPSA = aSelItm->StylesValue(jsi);
- // check for PSA for top-level (not Presentation style by contex for NAUO)
+ // check for PSA for top-level (not Presentation style by context for NAUO)
if (aFatherPSA.IsNull() || aFatherPSA->IsKind(STANDARD_TYPE(StepVisual_PresentationStyleByContext)))
return Standard_False;
//=======================================================================
//function : MakeSTEPStyles
-//purpose : auxilary
+//purpose : auxiliary
//=======================================================================
static void MakeSTEPStyles (STEPConstruct_Styles &Styles,
const TopoDS_Shape &S,
} //end of work with CDSR
}
if ( !isVisible ) {
- // create invisibility item and refer for stiledItem
+ // create invisibility item and refer for styledItem
Handle(StepVisual_Invisibility) Invsblt = new StepVisual_Invisibility();
Handle(StepVisual_HArray1OfInvisibleItem) HInvsblItm =
new StepVisual_HArray1OfInvisibleItem (1,Styles.NbStyles());
// PTV 23.01.2003 add the invisibility AFTER adding layer into the model.
// add the invisibility for the layer
if (isLinv) {
- // Invisibility Item for containig invisible layers.
+ // Invisibility Item for containing invisible layers.
Handle(StepVisual_HArray1OfInvisibleItem) HInvsblItm = new StepVisual_HArray1OfInvisibleItem (1,1);
StepVisual_InvisibleItem InvIt;
InvIt.SetValue( StepLayerAs );
//=======================================================================
//function : getSHUOstyle
-//purpose : auxilary
+//purpose : auxiliary
//=======================================================================
static Standard_Boolean getSHUOstyle(const TDF_Label& aSHUOlab,
const Handle(XCAFDoc_ColorTool)& CTool,
//=======================================================================
//function : getProDefinitionOfNAUO
-//purpose : auxilary
+//purpose : auxiliary
//=======================================================================
static Standard_Boolean getProDefinitionOfNAUO(const Handle(XSControl_WorkSession)& WS,
const TopoDS_Shape& theShape,
//=======================================================================
//function : writeSHUO
-//purpose : auxilary
+//purpose : auxiliary
//=======================================================================
static Standard_Boolean writeSHUO (const Handle(XCAFDoc_GraphNode)& theSHUO,
const Handle(XCAFDoc_ShapeTool)& theSTool,
//=======================================================================
//function : createSHUOStyledItem
-//purpose : auxilary
+//purpose : auxiliary
//=======================================================================
static Standard_Boolean createSHUOStyledItem (const XCAFPrs_Style& style,
const Handle(StepRepr_ProductDefinitionShape)& PDS,
else {
WS->Model()->AddWithRefs ( STEPstyle ); // add as root to the model, but it is not good
#ifdef OCCT_DEBUG
- std::cout << "Warning: " << __FILE__ << ": adds styled item of SHUO as root, casue cannot find MDGPR" << std::endl;
+ std::cout << "Warning: " << __FILE__ << ": adds styled item of SHUO as root, cause cannot find MDGPR" << std::endl;
#endif
}
// create invisibility item for the styled item
setDefaultInstanceColor(override, PSA);
}
- // create invisibility item and refer for stiledItem
+ // create invisibility item and refer for styledItem
Handle(StepVisual_Invisibility) Invsblt = new StepVisual_Invisibility();
Handle(StepVisual_HArray1OfInvisibleItem) HInvsblItm =
new StepVisual_HArray1OfInvisibleItem (1,1);
Handle(XCAFDoc_VisMaterialTool) aMatTool = XCAFDoc_DocumentTool::VisMaterialTool( labels(1) );
if (CTool.IsNull() )
return Standard_False;
- // map of transfered SHUO
+ // map of transferred SHUO
TColStd_MapOfTransient aMapOfMainSHUO;
// Iterate on requested shapes
for ( Standard_Integer i=1; i <= labels.Length(); i++ ) {
//=======================================================================
//function : FindPDSforDGT
-//purpose : auxilary: find PDS for AdvancedFace or EdgeCurve for creation
+//purpose : auxiliary: find PDS for AdvancedFace or EdgeCurve for creation
// needed ShapeAspect in D> structure
//=======================================================================
static Standard_Boolean FindPDSforDGT(const Interface_Graph &aGraph,
//=======================================================================
//function : FindPDS
-//purpose : auxilary: find Product_definition_shape entity for given entity
+//purpose : auxiliary: find Product_definition_shape entity for given entity
//=======================================================================
static Handle(StepRepr_ProductDefinitionShape) FindPDS(const Interface_Graph &theGraph,
const Handle(Standard_Transient) &theEnt,
//=======================================================================
//function : FindPDSforRI
-//purpose : auxilary:
+//purpose : auxiliary:
//=======================================================================
static Standard_Boolean FindPDSforRI(const Interface_Graph &aGraph,
const Handle(Standard_Transient) &ent,
//! basic data : a ShapeRepresentation, a Location ...
//!
//! Three ways of coding such item from a ShapeRepresentation :
-//! - do nothing : i.e. informations for assembly are ignored
+//! - do nothing : i.e. information for assembly are ignored
//! - create a MappedItem
//! - create a RepresentationRelationship (WithTransformation)
class STEPConstruct_Assembly
for (Standard_Integer adri = 1; adri <= aSeqOfADR.Length(); adri++) {
Handle(StepAP214_AppliedDocumentReference) ADR =
Handle(StepAP214_AppliedDocumentReference)::DownCast(aSeqOfADR.Value(adri));
- // looking for Product Definition Formation and exlude excess PDWAD from aSeqOfPDWAD
+ // looking for Product Definition Formation and exclude excess PDWAD from aSeqOfPDWAD
Handle(StepBasic_ProductDefinitionWithAssociatedDocuments) aPDWAD;
findPDWADandExcludeExcess( ADR, aSeqOfPDWAD, Graph(), aPDWAD );
}
// search for Document file
Handle(StepBasic_DocumentFile) DocFile;
- if ( aPDWAD.IsNull() ) { // shoudnot be begin from TRJ11
+ if ( aPDWAD.IsNull() ) { // shouldn't begin from TRJ11
// lookinf from ADR
subs4 = Graph().Shareds(ADR);
} else
Handle(StepAP214_AppliedDocumentReference)::DownCast ( myAEIAs(num) );
// PTV 28.01.2003 CAX-IF TRJ11, file ext_ref_master.stp
- // serach document file name by long chain ADR->D<-DPE->PDF<-PDWAD->DF
+ // search document file name by long chain ADR->D<-DPE->PDF<-PDWAD->DF
Handle(StepBasic_ProductDefinitionWithAssociatedDocuments) aPDWAD;
// create an empty aSeqOfPDWAD
TColStd_SequenceOfTransient aSeqOfPDWAD;
// search for Document file
Interface_EntityIterator subs4;
- if ( aPDWAD.IsNull() ) { // shoudnot be begin from TRJ11
+ if ( aPDWAD.IsNull() ) { // shouldn't begin from TRJ11
// lookinf from ADR
subs4 = Graph().Shareds(ADR);
} else
// create new product definition formation
Handle(StepBasic_ProductDefinitionFormation) PDF = new StepBasic_ProductDefinitionFormation;
- // name id taked from exapmle Standard_ExtString_ref_master.stp
+ // name id taked from example Standard_ExtString_ref_master.stp
Handle(TCollection_HAsciiString) PDF_ID = new TCollection_HAsciiString("1");
PDF->Init( PDF_ID, EmptyString, Product );
//! Provides tools for creating STEP structures associated
-//! with part (SDR), such as PRODUCT, PDF etc., as requied
-//! by current schema
+//! with part (SDR), such as PRODUCT, PDF etc., as
+//! required by current schema
//! Also allows to investigate and modify this data
class STEPConstruct_Part
{
Handle(Interface_InterfaceModel) model = Model();
Standard_Integer nb = model->NbEntities();
Handle(Standard_Type) tInvisibility = STANDARD_TYPE(StepVisual_Invisibility);
- // serach for invisibility
+ // search for invisibility
for (Standard_Integer i = 1; i <= nb; i ++) {
Handle(Standard_Transient) enti = model->Value(i);
if ( enti->DynamicType() != tInvisibility )
//! (which bring styles) and fills sequence of styles
Standard_EXPORT Standard_Boolean LoadStyles();
- //! Searches the STEP model for the INISIBILITY enteties
+ //! Searches the STEP model for the INISIBILITY entities
//! (which bring styles) and fills out sequence of styles
Standard_EXPORT Standard_Boolean LoadInvisStyles (Handle(TColStd_HSequenceOfTransient)& InvSyles) const;
{
lengthDone = planeAngleDone = solidAngleDone = hasUncertainty =
areaDone = volumeDone = Standard_False;
- //pdn file r_47-sd.stp initalize field.
+ //pdn file r_47-sd.stp initialize field.
theUncertainty = RealLast();
}
Handle(TCollection_HAsciiString) contextType =
new TCollection_HAsciiString("3D Context with UNIT and UNCERTAINTY");
- // Units : LengthUnit and PlaneAngleUnit (no SolidAngleUnit appliable)
+ // Units : LengthUnit and PlaneAngleUnit (no SolidAngleUnit applicable)
Handle(StepBasic_NamedUnit) lengthUnit;
Standard_CString uName = 0;
//! This message can then be added as warning for transfer
Standard_EXPORT Standard_CString StatusMessage (const Standard_Integer status) const;
- //! Convert SI prefix defined by enumertaion to corresponding
+ //! Convert SI prefix defined by enumeration to corresponding
//! real factor (e.g. 1e6 for mega)
Standard_EXPORT static Standard_Real ConvertSiPrefix (const StepBasic_SiPrefix aPrefix);
// ============================================================================
// Method : STEPControl_ActorRead::Transfer
-// Purpose : recursive method that acces to the root entities and start the
+// Purpose : recursive method that accesses the root entities and starts the
// mapping
// ============================================================================
sout<<" -- Actor : case ShapeRepr. NbItems="<<nb<<std::endl;
#endif
- // Compute unit convertion factors and geometric Accuracy
+ // Compute unit conversion factors and geometric Accuracy
Handle(StepRepr_Representation) oldSRContext = mySRContext; //:S4136
PrepareUnits(sr,TP);
}
}
catch(Standard_Failure const&) {
- TP->AddFail(start,"Exeption is raised. Entity was not translated.");
+ TP->AddFail(start,"Exception is raised. Entity was not translated.");
TP->Bind(start, shbinder);
return shbinder;
}
}
catch(Standard_Failure const&)
{
- TP->AddFail(fs,"Exeption is raised. Entity was not translated.");
+ TP->AddFail(fs,"Exception is raised. Entity was not translated.");
sb.Nullify();
TP->Bind(fs, sb);
return sb;
public:
-
+
Standard_EXPORT STEPControl_ActorRead();
-
+
Standard_EXPORT virtual Standard_Boolean Recognize (const Handle(Standard_Transient)& start) Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
+
Standard_EXPORT virtual Handle(Transfer_Binder) Transfer
(const Handle(Standard_Transient)& start,
const Handle(Transfer_TransientProcess)& TP,
const Message_ProgressRange& theProgress = Message_ProgressRange()) Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
+
//! theUseTrsf - special flag for using Axis2Placement from ShapeRepresentation for transform root shape
Standard_EXPORT Handle(Transfer_Binder) TransferShape (
const Handle(Standard_Transient)& start,
const Standard_Boolean isManifold = Standard_True,
const Standard_Boolean theUseTrsf = Standard_False,
const Message_ProgressRange& theProgress = Message_ProgressRange());
-
+
//! set units and tolerances context by given ShapeRepresentation
Standard_EXPORT void PrepareUnits (const Handle(StepRepr_Representation)& rep, const Handle(Transfer_TransientProcess)& TP);
-
+
//! reset units and tolerances context to default
//! (mm, radians, read.precision.val, etc.)
Standard_EXPORT void ResetUnits();
-
+
//! Computes transformation defined by two axis placements (in MAPPED_ITEM
//! or ITEM_DEFINED_TRANSFORMATION) taking into account their
//! representation contexts (i.e. units, which may be different)
//! Returns True if transformation is computed and is not an identity.
Standard_EXPORT Standard_Boolean ComputeTransformation (const Handle(StepGeom_Axis2Placement3d)& Origin, const Handle(StepGeom_Axis2Placement3d)& Target, const Handle(StepRepr_Representation)& OrigContext, const Handle(StepRepr_Representation)& TargContext, const Handle(Transfer_TransientProcess)& TP, gp_Trsf& Trsf);
-
+
//! Computes transformation defined by given
//! REPRESENTATION_RELATIONSHIP_WITH_TRANSFORMATION
Standard_EXPORT Standard_Boolean ComputeSRRWT (const Handle(StepRepr_RepresentationRelationship)& SRR, const Handle(Transfer_TransientProcess)& TP, gp_Trsf& Trsf);
protected:
-
+
//! Transfers product definition entity
//! theUseTrsf - special flag for using Axis2Placement from ShapeRepresentation for transform root shape
Standard_EXPORT Handle(TransferBRep_ShapeBinder) TransferEntity (
const Handle(Transfer_TransientProcess)& TP,
const Standard_Boolean theUseTrsf = Standard_False,
const Message_ProgressRange& theProgress = Message_ProgressRange());
-
- //! Transfers next assembly usage occurence entity
+
+ //! Transfers next assembly usage occurrence entity
Standard_EXPORT Handle(TransferBRep_ShapeBinder) TransferEntity
(const Handle(StepRepr_NextAssemblyUsageOccurrence)& NAUO,
const Handle(Transfer_TransientProcess)& TP,
const Message_ProgressRange& theProgress = Message_ProgressRange());
-
+
//! Transfers shape representation entity
//! theUseTrsf - special flag for using Axis2Placement from ShapeRepresentation for transform root shape
Standard_EXPORT Handle(TransferBRep_ShapeBinder) TransferEntity (
Standard_Boolean& isBound,
const Standard_Boolean theUseTrsf = Standard_False,
const Message_ProgressRange& theProgress = Message_ProgressRange());
-
+
//! Transfers context dependent shape representation entity
Standard_EXPORT Handle(TransferBRep_ShapeBinder) TransferEntity
(const Handle(StepShape_ContextDependentShapeRepresentation)& CDSR,
const Handle(Transfer_TransientProcess)& TP,
const Message_ProgressRange& theProgress = Message_ProgressRange());
-
+
//! Transfers shape representation relationship entity
//! theUseTrsf - special flag for using Axis2Placement from ShapeRepresentation for transform root shape
Standard_EXPORT Handle(TransferBRep_ShapeBinder) TransferEntity (
const Standard_Integer nbrep = 0,
const Standard_Boolean theUseTrsf = Standard_False,
const Message_ProgressRange& theProgress = Message_ProgressRange());
-
+
//! Transfers geometric representation item entity such as ManifoldSolidBRep ,...etc
Standard_EXPORT Handle(TransferBRep_ShapeBinder) TransferEntity
(const Handle(StepGeom_GeometricRepresentationItem)& git,
const Handle(Transfer_TransientProcess)& TP,
const Standard_Boolean isManifold,
const Message_ProgressRange& theProgress);
-
+
//! Transfers mapped item
Standard_EXPORT Handle(TransferBRep_ShapeBinder) TransferEntity
(const Handle(StepRepr_MappedItem)& mapit,
const Handle(Transfer_TransientProcess)& TP,
const Message_ProgressRange& theProgress);
-
+
//! Transfers FaceSurface entity
Standard_EXPORT Handle(TransferBRep_ShapeBinder) TransferEntity
(const Handle(StepShape_FaceSurface)& fs,
Handle(TransferBRep_ShapeBinder) TransferEntity( const Handle(StepRepr_ConstructiveGeometryRepresentationRelationship)& theCGRR,
const Handle(Transfer_TransientProcess)& theTP);
-
- //! Tranlates file by old way when CDSR are roots . Acts only if "read.step.product_mode" is equal Off.
+
+ //! Translates file by old way when CDSR are roots . Acts only if "read.step.product_mode" is equal Off.
Standard_EXPORT Handle(TransferBRep_ShapeBinder) OldWay
(const Handle(Standard_Transient)& start,
const Handle(Transfer_TransientProcess)& TP,
private:
-
+
Standard_EXPORT TopoDS_Shell closeIDEASShell (const TopoDS_Shell& shell, const TopTools_ListOfShape& closingShells);
-
+
Standard_EXPORT void computeIDEASClosings (const TopoDS_Compound& comp, TopTools_IndexedDataMapOfShapeListOfShape& shellClosingMap);
StepToTopoDS_NMTool myNMTool;
}
*/
-// PTV 16.09.2002 added for transfering vertices.
+// PTV 16.09.2002 added for transferring vertices.
static Standard_Boolean transferVertex (const Handle(Transfer_FinderProcess)& FP,
Handle(StepShape_HArray1OfGeometricSetSelect)& aGSS,
const TopoDS_Shape& aShVrtx,
Handle(TransferBRep_ShapeMapper) mapper = Handle(TransferBRep_ShapeMapper)::DownCast(start);
Handle(Transfer_Binder) binder;
- // Indicates whether to use an exising NMSSR to write items to (ss; 13.11.2010)
+ // Indicates whether to use an existing NMSSR to write items to (ss; 13.11.2010)
Standard_Boolean useExistingNMSSR = Standard_False;
if (mapper.IsNull()) return binder;
// modified by PTV 16.09.2002 OCC725
else if (aShape.ShapeType() == TopAbs_COMPOUND ||
aShape.ShapeType() == TopAbs_VERTEX) {
- // it is compund with solo vertices.
+ // it is compound with solo vertices.
Standard_Integer aNbVrtx = 0;
Standard_Integer curNb = 0;
TopExp_Explorer anExp (aShape, TopAbs_VERTEX);
Handle(StepShape_GeometricCurveSet) aGCSet =
new StepShape_GeometricCurveSet;
aGCSet->SetName(empty);
- // iterates on compound with vertices and trances each vertex
+ // iterates on compound with vertices and traces each vertex
for ( anExp.ReInit() ; anExp.More(); anExp.Next() ) {
TopoDS_Shape aVertex = anExp.Current();
if ( aVertex.ShapeType() != TopAbs_VERTEX )
Interface_Static::Init ("XSTEP","write.step.sequence",'t',"ToSTEP");
Interface_Static::Init ("XSTEP","read.step.sequence",'t',"FromSTEP");
- // ika 28.07.16: Paremeter to read all top level solids and shells,
+ // ika 28.07.16: Parameter to read all top level solids and shells,
// should be used only in case of invalid shape_representation without links to shapes.
Interface_Static::Init("step", "read.step.all.shapes", 'e', "");
Interface_Static::Init("step", "read.step.all.shapes", '&', "enum 0");
return 0;
}
else {
- // not a face: we can use the empty consturctor.
+ // not a face: we can use the empty constructor.
ShapeUpgrade_ShapeDivideContinuity theTool;
Standard_Real Tol=Draw::Atof(a[n-1]);
theTool.SetTolerance(Tol);
{
// Check if number of points is invalid.
// In this case myPolyg raises Standard_ConstructionError
- // exception (look constructor bellow).
+ // exception (see constructor below).
if (theNbPnts <= 0)
return 0;
//=======================================================================
//function : ReverceSeq
-//purpose : auxilary
+//purpose : auxiliary
//=======================================================================
template<class HSequence>
static inline void ReverseSeq (HSequence& Seq)
//! to allow recovering connectivities after fixing or removing
//! the small faces or parts of faces
//! Enchains various checks on a face
- //! inshell : to compute more informations, relevant to topology
+ //! inshell : to compute more information, relevant to topology
Standard_EXPORT ShapeAnalysis_CheckSmallFace();
//! Checks if a Face is as a Spot
//! tolerance, given or some of those of E1 and E2
Standard_EXPORT Standard_Boolean CheckStripEdges (const TopoDS_Edge& E1, const TopoDS_Edge& E2, const Standard_Real tol, Standard_Real& dmax) const;
- //! Searchs for two and only two edges up tolerance
+ //! Searches for two and only two edges up tolerance
//! Returns True if OK, false if not 2 edges
//! If True, returns the two edges and their maximum distance
Standard_EXPORT Standard_Boolean FindStripEdges (const TopoDS_Face& F, TopoDS_Edge& E1, TopoDS_Edge& E2, const Standard_Real tol, Standard_Real& dmax);
//! Checks the first edge is overlapped with second edge.
//! If distance between two edges is less then theTolOverlap
- //! edges is overlapped.
- //! theDomainDis - length of part of edges on wich edges is overlapped.
+ //! edges are overlapped.
+ //! theDomainDis - length of part of edges on which edges are overlapped.
Standard_EXPORT Standard_Boolean CheckOverlapping (const TopoDS_Edge& theEdge1, const TopoDS_Edge& theEdge2, Standard_Real& theTolOverlap, const Standard_Real theDomainDist = 0.0);
//! plane and given points
Standard_EXPORT static Standard_Boolean NearestPlane (const TColgp_Array1OfPnt& Pnts, gp_Pln& aPln, Standard_Real& Dmax);
- //! Builds transfromation object out of matrix.
+ //! Builds transformation object out of matrix.
//! Matrix must be 3 x 4.
//! Unit is used as multiplier.
Standard_EXPORT static Standard_Boolean PositionTrsf (const Handle(TColStd_HArray2OfReal)& coefs, gp_Trsf& trsf, const Standard_Real unit, const Standard_Real prec);
//! Initialize fields and call ClearFlags()
Standard_EXPORT ShapeAnalysis_ShapeContents();
- //! Clears all accumulated statictics
+ //! Clears all accumulated statistics
Standard_EXPORT void Clear();
//! Clears all flags
//std::cout<<"Adaptor3d()->Surface().GetType() = "<<Adaptor3d()->Surface().GetType()<<std::endl;
- //modified by rln on 04/12/97 in order to use theese variables later
+ //modified by rln on 04/12/97 in order to use these variables later
Standard_Boolean UV = Standard_True;
Standard_Real par = 0., other = 0., dist = 0.;
Handle(Geom_Curve) iso;
//! Returns the characteristics of the singularity specified by
//! its rank number <num>.
- //! That means, that it is not neccessary for <num> to be in the
+ //! That means, that it is not necessary for <num> to be in the
//! range [1, NbSingularities] but must be not greater than
//! possible (see ComputeSingularities).
//! The returned characteristics are:
//! computed.
//! The pcurve (p2d1, p2d2) is considered as degenerate if:
//! - max distance in 3d is less than <tol>
- //! - max distance in 2d is at least <ratio> times greather than
+ //! - max distance in 2d is at least <ratio> times greater than
//! the Resolution computed from max distance in 3d
//! (max3d < tol && max2d > ratio * Resolution(max3d))
//! NOTE: <ratio> should be >1 (e.g. 10)
//! If <maxpreci> >0. and distance between solution and
//! P3D is greater than <maxpreci>, that solution is considered
//! as bad, and ValueOfUV() is used.
- //! If not succeded, calls ValueOfUV()
+ //! If not succeeded, calls ValueOfUV()
Standard_EXPORT gp_Pnt2d NextValueOfUV (const gp_Pnt2d& p2dPrev,
const gp_Pnt& P3D,
const Standard_Real preci,
//=======================================================================
//function : CorrectParameter
-//purpose : auxilary
+//purpose : auxiliary
//=======================================================================
static Standard_Real CorrectParameter(const Handle(Geom2d_Curve) crv,
const Standard_Real param)
public:
- //! Creats empty constructor.
+ //! Creates empty constructor.
Standard_EXPORT ShapeAnalysis_TransferParametersProj();
Standard_EXPORT ShapeAnalysis_TransferParametersProj(const TopoDS_Edge& E, const TopoDS_Face& F);
//pdn allows to insert two sequences of degenerated edges (on separate bounds of surfaces)
if ( n1 != n2 && BRep_Tool::Degenerated ( E1 ) &&
! sae.HasPCurve ( E1, Face() ) ) {
- //:abv 13.05.02: OCC320 - fail (to remove edge) if two consequtive degenerated edges w/o pcurves
+ //:abv 13.05.02: OCC320 - fail (to remove edge) if two consecutive degenerated edges w/o pcurves
if ( BRep_Tool::Degenerated ( E2 ) )
myStatus |= ShapeExtend::EncodeStatus (ShapeExtend_FAIL2);
return Standard_False;
//#84 rln 18.03.99 if pcurve is not degenerate anymore, the fix is postponned
//to ShapeFix_Wire::FixLacking
if ( ! mySurf->IsDegenerated ( p2d1, p2d2, precVtx, 10. ) ) { //:s1 abv 22 Apr 99: PRO7226 #489490 //smh#9
- //:abv 24.05.02: OCC320 - fail (to remove edge) if two consequtive degenerated edges w/o pcurves
+ //:abv 24.05.02: OCC320 - fail (to remove edge) if two consecutive degenerated edges w/o pcurves
if ( BRep_Tool::Degenerated ( E2 ) )
myStatus |= ShapeExtend::EncodeStatus (ShapeExtend_FAIL2);
return Standard_False;
//:64 abv 25 Dec 97: Attention!
// Since Intersection algorithm is not symmetrical, for consistency with BRepCheck
- // edge with lower order number shoud be intersecting with edge with higher one
+ // edge with lower order number should be intersecting with edge with higher one
// i.e., for intersection of last and first edges, they should go in reversed order
// Example: entity #38285 from bug CSR #CTS17806
// NOTE: Tr1 and Tr2 are not reordered because they are used in the same manner
//!
//! The methods of the given class match to ones of the class
//! ShapeFix_Wire, e.g., CheckSmall and FixSmall.
-//! This class also includes some auxilary methods
+//! This class also includes some auxiliary methods
//! (e.g., CheckOuterBound, etc.),
//! which have no pair in ShapeFix_Wire.
//!
//! corresponding Status... method.
//! The 'advanced' functions share the single status field which
//! contains the result of the last performed 'advanced' method.
-//! It is quried by the method LastCheckStatus().
+//! It is queried by the method LastCheckStatus().
//!
//! In order to prepare an analyzer, it is necessary to load a wire,
//! set face and precision.
const Handle(ShapeAnalysis_Surface)& Surface() const;
//! Performs all the checks in the following order :
- //! CheckOrder, CheckSmall, CheckConected, CheckEdgeCurves,
+ //! CheckOrder, CheckSmall, CheckConnected, CheckEdgeCurves,
//! CheckDegenerated, CheckSelfIntersection, CheckLacking,
//! CheckClosed
//! Returns: True if at least one method returned True;
//! Returns: True if at least one small edge was detected
Standard_EXPORT Standard_Boolean CheckSmall (const Standard_Real precsmall = 0.0);
- //! Checks edges geometry (consitency of 2d and 3d senses, adjasment
+ //! Checks edges geometry (consistency of 2d and 3d senses, adjasment
//! of curves to the vertices, etc.).
//! The order of the checks :
//! Call ShapeAnalysis_Wire to check:
//! FAIL : algorithm failed (could not detect order)
Standard_EXPORT Standard_Boolean CheckOrder (ShapeAnalysis_WireOrder& sawo, const Standard_Boolean isClosed = Standard_True, const Standard_Boolean mode3d = Standard_True);
- //! Checks connected edges (num-th and preceeding).
+ //! Checks connected edges (num-th and preceding).
//! Tests with starting preci from <SBWD> or with <prec> if
//! it is greater.
//! Considers Vertices.
Standard_EXPORT Standard_Boolean CheckSeam (const Standard_Integer num);
//! Checks for degenerated edge between two adjacent ones.
- //! Fills parameters dgnr1 and dgnr2 with points in paramterical
+ //! Fills parameters dgnr1 and dgnr2 with points in parametric
//! space that correspond to the singularity (either gap that
//! needs to be filled by degenerated edge or that already filled)
//! Returns: False if no singularity or edge is already degenerated,
//! Checks gap between edges in 3D (3d curves).
//! Checks the distance between ends of 3d curves of the num-th
- //! and preceeding edge.
+ //! and preceding edge.
//! The distance can be queried by MinDistance3d.
//!
//! Returns: True if status is DONE
//! Checks gap between edges in 2D (pcurves).
//! Checks the distance between ends of pcurves of the num-th
- //! and preceeding edge.
+ //! and preceding edge.
//! The distance can be queried by MinDistance2d.
//!
//! Returns: True if status is DONE
//! Status:
//! DONE1 : If <shape> follows <SBWD>, direct sense (normal)
//! DONE2 : If <shape> follows <SBWD>, but if reversed
- //! DONE3 : If <shape> preceeds <SBWD>, direct sense
- //! DONE4 : If <shape> preceeds <SBWD>, but if reversed
+ //! DONE3 : If <shape> precedes <SBWD>, direct sense
+ //! DONE4 : If <shape> precedes <SBWD>, but if reversed
//! FAIL1 : If <shape> is neither an edge nor a wire
//! FAIL2 : If <shape> cannot be connected to <SBWD>
//!
//! Remark: First method CheckShapeConnect calls this one
Standard_EXPORT Standard_Boolean CheckShapeConnect (Standard_Real& tailhead, Standard_Real& tailtail, Standard_Real& headtail, Standard_Real& headhead, const TopoDS_Shape& shape, const Standard_Real prec = 0.0);
- //! Checks existance of loop on wire and return vertices wich are loop vertices
+ //! Checks existence of loop on wire and return vertices which are loop vertices
//! (vertices belonging to a few pairs of edges)
Standard_EXPORT Standard_Boolean CheckLoop (TopTools_IndexedMapOfShape& aMapLoopVertices, TopTools_DataMapOfShapeListOfShape& aMapVertexEdges, TopTools_MapOfShape& aMapSmallEdges, TopTools_MapOfShape& aMapSeemEdges);
Standard_Boolean StatusLoop (const ShapeExtend_Status Status) const;
- //! Querying the status of the LAST perfomed 'Advanced' checking procedure
+ //! Querying the status of the LAST performed 'Advanced' checking procedure
Standard_Boolean LastCheckStatus (const ShapeExtend_Status Status) const;
//! Returns the last lowest distance in 3D computed by
Standard_EXPORT ShapeAnalysis_WireOrder(const Standard_Boolean mode3d, const Standard_Real tol);
//! Sets new values. Clears the connexion list
- //! If <mode3d> changes, also clears the edge list (else, doesnt)
+ //! If <mode3d> changes, also clears the edge list (else, doesn't)
Standard_EXPORT void SetMode (const Standard_Boolean mode3d, const Standard_Real tol);
//! Returns the working tolerance
//! Returns the values of the couple <num>, as 2D values
Standard_EXPORT void XY (const Standard_Integer num, gp_XY& start2d, gp_XY& end2d) const;
- //! Returns the gap between a couple and its preceeding
+ //! Returns the gap between a couple and its preceding
//! <num> is considered ordered
//! If <num> = 0 (D), returns the greatest gap found
Standard_EXPORT Standard_Real Gap (const Standard_Integer num = 0) const;
//! The Wire has formerly been loaded in a ShapeExtend_WireData
//! For each Vertex, a status and some data can be attached
//! (case found, position and parameters)
-//! Then, these informations can be used to fix problems
+//! Then, these information can be used to fix problems
class ShapeAnalysis_WireVertex
{
public:
//! Sets the precision for work
//! Analysing: for each Vertex, comparison between the end of the
- //! preceeding edge and the start of the following edge
+ //! preceding edge and the start of the following edge
//! Each Vertex rank corresponds to the End Vertex of the Edge of
//! same rank, in the ShapeExtend_WireData. I.E. for Vertex <num>,
- //! Edge <num> is the preceeding one, <num+1> is the following one
+ //! Edge <num> is the preceding one, <num+1> is the following one
Standard_EXPORT void SetPrecision (const Standard_Real preci);
Standard_EXPORT void Analyze();
//! Records status "Close Coords" (at the Precision of <me>)
Standard_EXPORT void SetClose (const Standard_Integer num);
- //! <num> is the End of preceeding Edge, and its projection on the
+ //! <num> is the End of preceding Edge, and its projection on the
//! following one lies on it at the Precision of <me>
//! <ufol> gives the parameter on the following edge
Standard_EXPORT void SetEnd (const Standard_Integer num, const gp_XYZ& pos, const Standard_Real ufol);
//! <num> is the Start of following Edge, its projection on the
- //! preceeding one lies on it at the Precision of <me>
- //! <upre> gives the parameter on the preceeding edge
+ //! preceding one lies on it at the Precision of <me>
+ //! <upre> gives the parameter on the preceding edge
Standard_EXPORT void SetStart (const Standard_Integer num, const gp_XYZ& pos, const Standard_Real upre);
//! <num> is the Intersection of both Edges
- //! <upre> is the parameter on preceeding edge, <ufol> on
+ //! <upre> is the parameter on preceding edge, <ufol> on
//! following edge
Standard_EXPORT void SetInters (const Standard_Integer num, const gp_XYZ& pos, const Standard_Real upre, const Standard_Real ufol);
//! Returns the recorded status for a vertex
//! With its recorded position and parameters on both edges
//! These values are relevant regarding the status:
- //! Status Meaning Position Preceeding Following
+ //! Status Meaning Position Preceding Following
//! 0 Same no no no
//! 1 SameCoord no no no
//! 2 Close no no no
//! 3 End yes no yes
//! 4 Start yes yes no
//! 5 Inters yes yes yes
- //! -1 Disjoined no no no
+ //! -1 Disjoined no no no
Standard_EXPORT Standard_Integer Data (const Standard_Integer num, gp_XYZ& pos, Standard_Real& upre, Standard_Real& ufol) const;
//! For a given status, returns the rank of the vertex which
if(result->IsKind(STANDARD_TYPE(Geom2d_Conic))) {
//gp_Pln pln(gp_Pnt(0,0,0),gp_Dir(0,0,1));
//Handle(Geom_Curve) curve = GeomAPI::To3d(result,pln);
- Handle(Geom2d_Curve) tcurve = new Geom2d_TrimmedCurve(result,aFirst,aLast); //protection agains parabols ets
+ Handle(Geom2d_Curve) tcurve = new Geom2d_TrimmedCurve(result,aFirst,aLast); //protection against parabols ets
Geom2dConvert_ApproxCurve approx (tcurve, Precision::Approximation(),
GeomAbs_C1, 100, 6 );
if ( approx.HasResult() )
//!
//! <until> gives the level of type until which requests are taken
//! into account. For subshapes of the type <until> no rebuild
- //! and futher exploring are done.
+ //! and further exploring are done.
//! ACTUALLY, NOT IMPLEMENTED BELOW TopAbs_FACE
//!
//! <buildmode> says how to do on a SOLID,SHELL ... if one of its
//!
//! <until> gives the level of type until which requests are taken
//! into account. For subshapes of the type <until> no rebuild
- //! and futher exploring are done.
+ //! and further exploring are done.
//!
//! NOTE: each subshape can be replaced by shape of the same type
//! or by shape containing only shapes of that type (for
if(C3D->IsKind(STANDARD_TYPE(Geom_Conic)))
MaxDeg = Min(MaxDeg,6);
- Handle(Geom_Curve) tcurve = new Geom_TrimmedCurve(C3D,First,Last); //protection agains parabols ets
+ Handle(Geom_Curve) tcurve = new Geom_TrimmedCurve(C3D,First,Last); //protection against parabols ets
try {
OCC_CATCH_SIGNALS
GeomConvert_ApproxCurve approx (tcurve, Tol3d, Continuity, MaxSegments, MaxDeg);
{
Handle(Geom2d_BSplineCurve) aBSpline2d;
if(C2D->IsKind(STANDARD_TYPE(Geom2d_Conic))) {
- Handle(Geom2d_Curve) tcurve = new Geom2d_TrimmedCurve(C2D,First,Last); //protection agains parabols ets
+ Handle(Geom2d_Curve) tcurve = new Geom2d_TrimmedCurve(C2D,First,Last); //protection against parabols ets
Geom2dConvert_ApproxCurve approx (tcurve, Tol2d, Continuity, MaxSegments, MaxDegree);
if ( approx.HasResult() )
aBSpline2d = approx.Curve();
#ifdef OCCT_DEBUG
Standard_Integer nbOfSpan = (anApprox.Surface()->NbUKnots()-1)*(anApprox.Surface()->NbVKnots()-1);
std::cout << "\terror = " << anApprox.MaxError() << "\tspans = " << nbOfSpan << std::endl;
- std::cout << " Surface is aproximated with continuity " << (GeomAbs_Shape)cnt <<std::endl;
+ std::cout << " Surface is approximated with continuity " << (GeomAbs_Shape)cnt <<std::endl;
#endif
S = anApprox.Surface();
Handle(Geom_BSplineSurface) Bsc = Handle(Geom_BSplineSurface)::DownCast(S);
//:p9 abv 11.03.99 PRO7226 #489490: make IsAnIsoparametric to find nearest case
//:q1 abv 15.03.99 (pdn) PRO7226 #525030: limit NextValueOfUV() by tolerance
//:q5 abv 19.03.99 code improvement
-//:q9 abv 23.03.99 PRO7226.stp #489490: cashe for projecting end points
+//:q9 abv 23.03.99 PRO7226.stp #489490: cache for projecting end points
//#78 rln 12.03.99 S4135: checking spatial closure with myPreci
// pdn 12.03.99 S4135: creating pcurve with minimal length in the case of densed points
// abv 29.03.99 IsAnIsoparametric with Precision::Confusion
Standard_Integer theIdx, // Index of objective coord: 1 ~ X, 2 ~ Y
Standard_Real thePeriod, // Period on objective coord
Standard_Integer theSavedPoint, // Point number to choose period
- Standard_Real theSavedParam) // Param from cashe to choose period
+ Standard_Real theSavedParam) // Param from cache to choose period
{
Standard_Real aSavedParam;
Standard_Integer aSavedPoint;
c2d = getLine(points, params, pnt2d, myPreci, isRecompute, isFromCasheLine);
if(!c2d.IsNull())
{
- // fill cashe
+ // fill cache
Standard_Boolean ChangeCycle = Standard_False;
if(myNbCashe>0 && myCashe3d[0].Distance(points(1)) > myCashe3d[0].Distance(points(nbrPnt)) &&
myCashe3d[0].Distance(points(nbrPnt))<Precision::Confusion())
}
else
{
- //:q9 abv 23 Mar 99: use cashe as 1st approach
+ //:q9 abv 23 Mar 99: use cache as 1st approach
Standard_Integer j; // svv #1
for (j = 0; j < myNbCashe; ++j)
{
while (firstX < uf) { firstX += Up; pnt2d (1).SetX(firstX); }
while (firstX > ul) { firstX -= Up; pnt2d (1).SetX(firstX); }
}
- // shift first point, according to cashe
+ // shift first point, according to cache
if (mySurf->Surface()->IsUPeriodic() && isFromCashe) {
Standard_Real aMinParam = uf, aMaxParam = ul;
while (aMinParam > aSavedPoint.X()) {
while (firstY < vf) { firstY += Vp; pnt2d (1).SetY(firstY); }
while (firstY > vl) { firstY -= Vp; pnt2d (1).SetY(firstY); }
}
- // shift first point, according to cashe
+ // shift first point, according to cache
if (mySurf->Surface()->IsVPeriodic() && isFromCashe) {
Standard_Real aMinParam = vf, aMaxParam = vl;
while (aMinParam > aSavedPoint.Y()) {
}
}
- //:q9: fill cashe
+ //:q9: fill cache
myNbCashe = 2;
if(ChangeCycle) { // msv 10.08.04: avoid using of uninitialised field
//if(myCashe3d[0].Distance(points(1))>Precision::Confusion() &&
//! Default value is True
Standard_EXPORT Standard_Integer& AdjustOverDegenMode();
- //! Returns the status of last Peform
+ //! Returns the status of last Perform
Standard_EXPORT Standard_Boolean Status (const ShapeExtend_Status theStatus) const;
//! Computes the projection of 3d curve onto a surface using the
std::cout << " iteration = " << i
<< "\terror = " << anApprox.MaxError()
<< "\tspans = " << nbOfSpan << std::endl;
- std::cout<< " Surface is aproximated with continuity " << IntegerToGeomAbsShape(Min(aCU,aCV)) <<std::endl;
+ std::cout<< " Surface is approximated with continuity " << IntegerToGeomAbsShape(Min(aCU,aCV)) <<std::endl;
}
#endif
S = anApprox.Surface();
}
else {
#ifdef OCCT_DEBUG
- std::cout<<" Approximation iteration out. Surface is not aproximated." << std::endl;
+ std::cout<<" Approximation iteration out. Surface is not approximated." << std::endl;
#endif
return Standard_False;
}
{ MaxDeg = myParameters->GMaxDegree(); continue;}
else {
#ifdef OCCT_DEBUG
- std::cout<<" Approximation iteration out. Surface is not aproximated." << std::endl;
+ std::cout<<" Approximation iteration out. Surface is not approximated." << std::endl;
#endif
return Standard_False;
}
if (aCurve->IsKind(STANDARD_TYPE(Geom_Conic)) && myParameters->ConvertCurve3d()) {
Handle(Geom_BSplineCurve) aBSpline;
- Handle(Geom_Curve) tcurve = new Geom_TrimmedCurve(aCurve,First,Last); //protection agains parabols ets
+ Handle(Geom_Curve) tcurve = new Geom_TrimmedCurve(aCurve,First,Last); //protection against parabols ets
GeomConvert_ApproxCurve approx (tcurve, myTol3d/*Precision::Approximation()*/, myContinuity2d, myNbMaxSeg, 6 );
if ( approx.HasResult() )
aBSpline = approx.Curve();
if (aCurve->IsKind(STANDARD_TYPE(Geom2d_Conic)) && myParameters->ConvertCurve2d()) {
Handle(Geom2d_BSplineCurve) aBSpline2d;
- Handle(Geom2d_Curve) tcurve = new Geom2d_TrimmedCurve(aCurve,First,Last); //protection agains parabols ets
+ Handle(Geom2d_Curve) tcurve = new Geom2d_TrimmedCurve(aCurve,First,Last); //protection against parabols ets
Geom2dConvert_ApproxCurve approx (tcurve, myTol2d,myContinuity2d,myNbMaxSeg , 6 );
if ( approx.HasResult() )
aBSpline2d = approx.Curve();
class ShapeCustom_BSplineRestriction;
DEFINE_STANDARD_HANDLE(ShapeCustom_BSplineRestriction, ShapeCustom_Modification)
-//! this tool intended for aproximation surfaces, curves and pcurves with
+//! this tool intended for approximation surfaces, curves and pcurves with
//! specified degree , max number of segments, tolerance 2d, tolerance 3d. Specified
//! continuity can be reduced if approximation with specified continuity was not done.
class ShapeCustom_BSplineRestriction : public ShapeCustom_Modification
//! Empty constructor.
Standard_EXPORT ShapeCustom_BSplineRestriction();
- //! Initializes with specified parameters of aproximation.
+ //! Initializes with specified parameters of approximation.
Standard_EXPORT ShapeCustom_BSplineRestriction(const Standard_Boolean anApproxSurfaceFlag, const Standard_Boolean anApproxCurve3dFlag, const Standard_Boolean anApproxCurve2dFlag, const Standard_Real aTol3d, const Standard_Real aTol2d, const GeomAbs_Shape aContinuity3d, const GeomAbs_Shape aContinuity2d, const Standard_Integer aMaxDegree, const Standard_Integer aNbMaxSeg, const Standard_Boolean Degree, const Standard_Boolean Rational);
- //! Initializes with specified parameters of aproximation.
+ //! Initializes with specified parameters of approximation.
Standard_EXPORT ShapeCustom_BSplineRestriction(const Standard_Boolean anApproxSurfaceFlag, const Standard_Boolean anApproxCurve3dFlag, const Standard_Boolean anApproxCurve2dFlag, const Standard_Real aTol3d, const Standard_Real aTol2d, const GeomAbs_Shape aContinuity3d, const GeomAbs_Shape aContinuity2d, const Standard_Integer aMaxDegree, const Standard_Integer aNbMaxSeg, const Standard_Boolean Degree, const Standard_Boolean Rational, const Handle(ShapeCustom_RestrictionParameters)& aModes);
//! Returns Standard_True if the face <F> has been
//! <Tol> are not significant.
//!
//! <NewE> is the new edge created from <E>. <NewF>
- //! is the new face created from <F>. They may be usefull.
+ //! is the new face created from <F>. They may be useful.
Standard_EXPORT Standard_Boolean NewCurve2d (const TopoDS_Edge& E, const TopoDS_Face& F, const TopoDS_Edge& NewE, const TopoDS_Face& NewF, Handle(Geom2d_Curve)& C, Standard_Real& Tol) Standard_OVERRIDE;
//! Returns Standard_True if the surface has been modified.
- //! if flag IsOf equals Standard_True Offset surfaces are aproximated to Offset
+ //! if flag IsOf equals Standard_True Offset surfaces are approximated to Offset
//! if Standard_False to BSpline
Standard_EXPORT Standard_Boolean ConvertSurface (const Handle(Geom_Surface)& aSurface, Handle(Geom_Surface)& S, const Standard_Real UF, const Standard_Real UL, const Standard_Real VF, const Standard_Real VL, const Standard_Boolean IsOf = Standard_True);
//! Returns Standard_True if the curve has been modified.
- //! if flag IsOf equals Standard_True Offset curves are aproximated to Offset
+ //! if flag IsOf equals Standard_True Offset curves are approximated to Offset
//! if Standard_False to BSpline
Standard_EXPORT Standard_Boolean ConvertCurve (const Handle(Geom_Curve)& aCurve, Handle(Geom_Curve)& C, const Standard_Boolean IsConvert, const Standard_Real First, const Standard_Real Last, Standard_Real& TolCur, const Standard_Boolean IsOf = Standard_True);
//! Returns Standard_True if the pcurve has been modified.
- //! if flag IsOf equals Standard_True Offset pcurves are aproximated to Offset
+ //! if flag IsOf equals Standard_True Offset pcurves are approximated to Offset
//! if Standard_False to BSpline
Standard_EXPORT Standard_Boolean ConvertCurve2d (const Handle(Geom2d_Curve)& aCurve, Handle(Geom2d_Curve)& C, const Standard_Boolean IsConvert, const Standard_Real First, const Standard_Real Last, Standard_Real& TolCur, const Standard_Boolean IsOf = Standard_True);
- //! Sets tolerance of aproximation for curve3d and surface
+ //! Sets tolerance of approximation for curve3d and surface
void SetTol3d (const Standard_Real Tol3d);
- //! Sets tolerance of aproximation for curve2d
+ //! Sets tolerance of approximation for curve2d
void SetTol2d (const Standard_Real Tol2d);
//! Returns (modifiable) the flag which defines whether the
- //! surface is aproximated.
+ //! surface is approximated.
Standard_Boolean& ModifyApproxSurfaceFlag();
//! Returns (modifiable) the flag which defines whether the
- //! curve3d is aproximated.
+ //! curve3d is approximated.
Standard_Boolean& ModifyApproxCurve3dFlag();
- //! Returns (modifiable) the flag which defines whether the curve2d is aproximated.
+ //! Returns (modifiable) the flag which defines whether the curve2d is approximated.
Standard_Boolean& ModifyApproxCurve2dFlag();
- //! Sets continuity3d for aproximation curve3d and surface.
+ //! Sets continuity3d for approximation curve3d and surface.
void SetContinuity3d (const GeomAbs_Shape Continuity3d);
- //! Sets continuity3d for aproximation curve2d.
+ //! Sets continuity3d for approximation curve2d.
void SetContinuity2d (const GeomAbs_Shape Continuity2d);
- //! Sets max degree for aproximation.
+ //! Sets max degree for approximation.
void SetMaxDegree (const Standard_Integer MaxDegree);
- //! Sets max number of segments for aproximation.
+ //! Sets max number of segments for approximation.
void SetMaxNbSegments (const Standard_Integer MaxNbSegments);
- //! Sets priority for aproximation curves and surface.
+ //! Sets priority for approximation curves and surface.
//! If Degree is True approximation is made with degree less
//! then specified MaxDegree at the expense of number of spanes.
//! If Degree is False approximation is made with number of
//! what geometry should be converted to BSplines.
void SetRestrictionParameters (const Handle(ShapeCustom_RestrictionParameters)& aModes);
- //! Returns error for aproximation curve3d.
+ //! Returns error for approximation curve3d.
Standard_Real Curve3dError() const;
- //! Returns error for aproximation curve2d.
+ //! Returns error for approximation curve2d.
Standard_Real Curve2dError() const;
- //! Returns error for aproximation surface.
+ //! Returns error for approximation surface.
Standard_Real SurfaceError() const;
Standard_EXPORT Standard_Boolean NewPoint (const TopoDS_Vertex& V, gp_Pnt& P, Standard_Real& Tol) Standard_OVERRIDE;
Standard_EXPORT GeomAbs_Shape Continuity (const TopoDS_Edge& E, const TopoDS_Face& F1, const TopoDS_Face& F2, const TopoDS_Edge& NewE, const TopoDS_Face& NewF1, const TopoDS_Face& NewF2) Standard_OVERRIDE;
- //! Returns error for aproximation surface, curve3d and curve2d.
+ //! Returns error for approximation surface, curve3d and curve2d.
Standard_EXPORT Standard_Real MaxErrors (Standard_Real& aCurve3dErr, Standard_Real& aCurve2dErr) const;
- //! Returns number for aproximation surface, curve3d and curve2d.
+ //! Returns number for approximation surface, curve3d and curve2d.
Standard_EXPORT Standard_Integer NbOfSpan() const;
DEFINE_STANDARD_HANDLE(ShapeCustom_ConvertToBSpline, ShapeCustom_Modification)
//! implement a modification for BRepTools
-//! Modifier algortihm. Converts Surface of
+//! Modifier algorithm. Converts Surface of
//! Linear Exctrusion, Revolution and Offset
//! surfaces into BSpline Surface according to
//! flags.
Standard_EXPORT ShapeCustom_ConvertToBSpline();
- //! Sets mode for convertion of Surfaces of Linear
+ //! Sets mode for conversion of Surfaces of Linear
//! extrusion.
Standard_EXPORT void SetExtrusionMode (const Standard_Boolean extrMode);
- //! Sets mode for convertion of Surfaces of Revolution.
+ //! Sets mode for conversion of Surfaces of Revolution.
Standard_EXPORT void SetRevolutionMode (const Standard_Boolean revolMode);
- //! Sets mode for convertion of Offset surfaces.
+ //! Sets mode for conversion of Offset surfaces.
Standard_EXPORT void SetOffsetMode (const Standard_Boolean offsetMode);
- //! Sets mode for convertion of Plane surfaces.
+ //! Sets mode for conversion of Plane surfaces.
Standard_EXPORT void SetPlaneMode (const Standard_Boolean planeMode);
//! Returns Standard_True if the face <F> has been
//! <Tol> are not significant.
//!
//! <NewE> is the new edge created from <E>. <NewF>
- //! is the new face created from <F>. They may be usefull.
+ //! is the new face created from <F>. They may be useful.
Standard_EXPORT Standard_Boolean NewCurve2d (const TopoDS_Edge& E, const TopoDS_Face& F, const TopoDS_Edge& NewE, const TopoDS_Face& NewF, Handle(Geom2d_Curve)& C, Standard_Real& Tol) Standard_OVERRIDE;
//! Returns Standard_True if the Vertex <V> has a new
DEFINE_STANDARD_HANDLE(ShapeCustom_ConvertToRevolution, ShapeCustom_Modification)
//! implements a modification for the BRepTools
-//! Modifier algortihm. Converts all elementary
+//! Modifier algorithm. Converts all elementary
//! surfaces into surfaces of revolution.
class ShapeCustom_ConvertToRevolution : public ShapeCustom_Modification
{
//! <Tol> are not significant.
//!
//! <NewE> is the new edge created from <E>. <NewF>
- //! is the new face created from <F>. They may be usefull.
+ //! is the new face created from <F>. They may be useful.
Standard_EXPORT Standard_Boolean NewCurve2d (const TopoDS_Edge& E, const TopoDS_Face& F, const TopoDS_Edge& NewE, const TopoDS_Face& NewF, Handle(Geom2d_Curve)& C, Standard_Real& Tol) Standard_OVERRIDE;
//! Returns Standard_True if the Vertex <V> has a new
DEFINE_STANDARD_HANDLE(ShapeCustom_DirectModification, ShapeCustom_Modification)
//! implements a modification for the BRepTools
-//! Modifier algortihm. Will redress indirect
+//! Modifier algorithm. Will redress indirect
//! surfaces.
class ShapeCustom_DirectModification : public ShapeCustom_Modification
{
//! <Tol> are not significant.
//!
//! <NewE> is the new edge created from <E>. <NewF>
- //! is the new face created from <F>. They may be usefull.
+ //! is the new face created from <F>. They may be useful.
Standard_EXPORT Standard_Boolean NewCurve2d (const TopoDS_Edge& E, const TopoDS_Face& F, const TopoDS_Edge& NewE, const TopoDS_Face& NewF, Handle(Geom2d_Curve)& C, Standard_Real& Tol) Standard_OVERRIDE;
//! Returns Standard_True if the Vertex <V> has a new
class Geom_Surface;
-//! Converts a surface to the analitical form with given
+//! Converts a surface to the analytical form with given
//! precision. Conversion is done only the surface is bspline
-//! of bezier and this can be approximed by some analytical
+//! of bezier and this can be approximated by some analytical
//! surface with that precision.
class ShapeCustom_Surface
{
//=======================================================================
//function : IsToConvert
-//purpose : auxilary (Analyze surface: is it to be converted?)
+//purpose : auxiliary (Analyze surface: is it to be converted?)
//=======================================================================
static Standard_Boolean IsToConvert (const Handle(Geom_Surface) &S,
Handle(Geom_SweptSurface) &SS)
DEFINE_STANDARD_HANDLE(ShapeCustom_SweptToElementary, ShapeCustom_Modification)
//! implements a modification for the BRepTools
-//! Modifier algortihm. Converts all elementary
+//! Modifier algorithm. Converts all elementary
//! surfaces into surfaces of revolution.
class ShapeCustom_SweptToElementary : public ShapeCustom_Modification
{
//! <Tol> are not significant.
//!
//! <NewE> is the new edge created from <E>. <NewF>
- //! is the new face created from <F>. They may be usefull.
+ //! is the new face created from <F>. They may be useful.
Standard_EXPORT Standard_Boolean NewCurve2d (const TopoDS_Edge& E, const TopoDS_Face& F, const TopoDS_Edge& NewE, const TopoDS_Face& NewF, Handle(Geom2d_Curve)& C, Standard_Real& Tol) Standard_OVERRIDE;
//! Returns Standard_True if the Vertex <V> has a new
//! The method failed, case 6
//! The method failed, case 7
//! The method failed, case 8
-//! The mathod failed (any of FAIL# occured)
+//! The method failed (any of FAIL# occurred)
enum ShapeExtend_Status
{
ShapeExtend_OK,
}
}
- //non-manifold edges for non-manifold wire shoud be added at end
+ //non-manifold edges for non-manifold wire should be added at end
for (i=1; i <=aNMEdges.Length(); i++)
myEdges->Append(aNMEdges.Value(i));
public:
-
+
//! Empty constructor, creates empty wire with no edges
Standard_EXPORT ShapeExtend_WireData();
-
+
//! Constructor initializing the data from TopoDS_Wire. Calls Init(wire,chained).
Standard_EXPORT ShapeExtend_WireData(const TopoDS_Wire& wire, const Standard_Boolean chained = Standard_True, const Standard_Boolean theManifoldMode = Standard_True);
-
+
//! Copies data from another WireData
Standard_EXPORT void Init (const Handle(ShapeExtend_WireData)& other);
-
+
//! Loads an already existing wire
//! If <chained> is True (default), edges are added in the
//! sequence as they are explored by TopoDS_Iterator
//! Else, if <chained> is False, wire is explored by
//! BRepTools_WireExplorer and it is guaranteed that edges will
- //! be sequencially connected.
+ //! be sequentially connected.
//! Remark : In the latter case it can happen that not all edges
//! will be found (because of limitations of
//! BRepTools_WireExplorer for disconnected wires and wires
//! with seam edges).
Standard_EXPORT Standard_Boolean Init (const TopoDS_Wire& wire, const Standard_Boolean chained = Standard_True, const Standard_Boolean theManifoldMode = Standard_True);
-
+
//! Clears data about Wire.
Standard_EXPORT void Clear();
-
+
//! Computes the list of seam edges
//! By default (direct call), computing is enforced
//! For indirect call (from IsSeam) it is redone only if not yet
//! Each sense has its own PCurve, the one for FORWARD
//! must be set in first
Standard_EXPORT void ComputeSeams (const Standard_Boolean enforce = Standard_True);
-
+
//! Does a circular permutation in order to set <num>th edge last
Standard_EXPORT void SetLast (const Standard_Integer num);
-
+
//! When the wire contains at least one degenerated edge, sets it
//! as last one
//! Note : It is useful to process pcurves, for instance, while the pcurve
//! it is computed after the other edges have been computed and
//! chained.
Standard_EXPORT void SetDegeneratedLast();
-
+
//! Adds an edge to a wire, being defined (not yet ended)
//! This is the plain, basic, function to add an edge
//! <num> = 0 (D): Appends at end
//! else, Insert before <num>
//! Remark : Null Edge is simply ignored
Standard_EXPORT void Add (const TopoDS_Edge& edge, const Standard_Integer atnum = 0);
-
+
//! Adds an entire wire, considered as a list of edges
//! Remark : The wire is assumed to be ordered (TopoDS_Iterator
//! is used)
Standard_EXPORT void Add (const TopoDS_Wire& wire, const Standard_Integer atnum = 0);
-
+
//! Adds a wire in the form of WireData
Standard_EXPORT void Add (const Handle(ShapeExtend_WireData)& wire, const Standard_Integer atnum = 0);
-
+
//! Adds an edge or a wire invoking corresponding method Add
Standard_EXPORT void Add (const TopoDS_Shape& shape, const Standard_Integer atnum = 0);
-
+
//! Adds an edge to start or end of <me>, according to <mode>
//! 0: at end, as direct
//! 1: at end, as reversed
//! 3: at start, as reversed
//! < 0: no adding
Standard_EXPORT void AddOriented (const TopoDS_Edge& edge, const Standard_Integer mode);
-
+
//! Adds a wire to start or end of <me>, according to <mode>
//! 0: at end, as direct
//! 1: at end, as reversed
//! 3: at start, as reversed
//! < 0: no adding
Standard_EXPORT void AddOriented (const TopoDS_Wire& wire, const Standard_Integer mode);
-
+
//! Adds an edge or a wire invoking corresponding method
//! AddOriented
Standard_EXPORT void AddOriented (const TopoDS_Shape& shape, const Standard_Integer mode);
-
+
//! Removes an Edge, given its rank. By default removes the last edge.
Standard_EXPORT void Remove (const Standard_Integer num = 0);
-
+
//! Replaces an edge at the given
//! rank number <num> with new one. Default is last edge (<num> = 0).
Standard_EXPORT void Set (const TopoDS_Edge& edge, const Standard_Integer num = 0);
-
+
//! Reverses the sense of the list and the orientation of each Edge
//! This method should be called when either wire has no seam edges
//! or face is not available
Standard_EXPORT void Reverse();
-
+
//! Reverses the sense of the list and the orientation of each Edge
//! The face is necessary for swapping pcurves for seam edges
//! (first pcurve corresponds to orientation FORWARD, and second to
//! REVERSED; when edge is reversed, pcurves must be swapped)
//! If face is NULL, no swapping is performed
Standard_EXPORT void Reverse (const TopoDS_Face& face);
-
+
//! Returns the count of currently recorded edges
Standard_EXPORT Standard_Integer NbEdges() const;
-
+
//! Returns the count of currently recorded non-manifold edges
Standard_EXPORT Standard_Integer NbNonManifoldEdges() const;
-
+
//! Returns <num>th nonmanifold Edge
Standard_EXPORT TopoDS_Edge NonmanifoldEdge (const Standard_Integer num) const;
-
+
//! Returns sequence of non-manifold edges
//! This sequence can be not empty if wire data set in manifold mode but
//! initial wire has INTERNAL orientation or contains INTERNAL edges
Standard_EXPORT Handle(TopTools_HSequenceOfShape) NonmanifoldEdges() const;
-
+
//! Returns mode defining manifold wire data or not.
//! If manifold that nonmanifold edges will not be not
//! consider during operations(previous behaviour)
//! and they will be added only in result wire
//! else non-manifold edges will consider during operations
Standard_EXPORT Standard_Boolean& ManifoldMode();
-
+
//! Returns <num>th Edge
Standard_EXPORT TopoDS_Edge Edge (const Standard_Integer num) const;
-
+
//! Returns the index of the edge
//! If the edge is a seam the orientation is also checked
//! Returns 0 if the edge is not found in the list
Standard_EXPORT Standard_Integer Index (const TopoDS_Edge& edge);
-
+
//! Tells if an Edge is seam (see ComputeSeams)
//! An edge is considered as seam if it presents twice in
//! the edge list, once as FORWARD and once as REVERSED.
Standard_EXPORT Standard_Boolean IsSeam (const Standard_Integer num);
-
+
//! Makes TopoDS_Wire using
//! BRep_Builder (just creates the TopoDS_Wire object and adds
//! all edges into it). This method should be called when
//! vertices. In case if adjacent edges do not share the same
//! vertices the resulting TopoDS_Wire will be invalid.
Standard_EXPORT TopoDS_Wire Wire() const;
-
+
//! Makes TopoDS_Wire using
//! BRepAPI_MakeWire. Class BRepAPI_MakeWire merges
//! geometrically coincided vertices and can disturb
//=======================================================================
//function : ReplaceVertex
-//purpose : auxilary for FixVertexPosition
+//purpose : auxiliary for FixVertexPosition
//=======================================================================
static TopoDS_Edge ReplaceVertex(const TopoDS_Edge& theEdge,
const gp_Pnt theP,
//=======================================================================
//function : getNearPoint
-//purpose : auxilary for FixVertexPosition
+//purpose : auxiliary for FixVertexPosition
//=======================================================================
static Standard_Real getNearPoint(const TColgp_SequenceOfPnt& aSeq1,
const TColgp_SequenceOfPnt& aSeq2,
//=======================================================================
//function : getNearestEdges
-//purpose : auxilary for FixVertexPosition
+//purpose : auxiliary for FixVertexPosition
//=======================================================================
static Standard_Boolean getNearestEdges(TopTools_ListOfShape& theLEdges,
const TopoDS_Vertex theVert,
//=======================================================================
//function : PointLineDeviation
-//purpose : auxilary
+//purpose : auxiliary
//=======================================================================
// Return (signed) deviation of point from line
static Standard_Real PointLineDeviation (const gp_Pnt2d &p, const gp_Lin2d &line)
//=======================================================================
//function : PointLinePosition
-//purpose : auxilary
+//purpose : auxiliary
//=======================================================================
// Define position of point relative to line
static Standard_Integer PointLinePosition (const gp_Pnt2d &p, const gp_Lin2d &line,
//=======================================================================
//function : PointLinePosition
-//purpose : auxilary
+//purpose : auxiliary
//=======================================================================
// Define position of point relative to line
static Standard_Integer PointLinePosition (const gp_Pnt2d &p, const gp_Lin2d &line)
//=======================================================================
//function : ParamPointsOnLine
-//purpose : auxilary
+//purpose : auxiliary
//=======================================================================
// Compute parameter of point on line
static inline Standard_Real ParamPointOnLine (const gp_Pnt2d &p, const gp_Lin2d &line)
//=======================================================================
//function : ParamPointsOnLine
-//purpose : auxilary
+//purpose : auxiliary
//=======================================================================
// Compute parameter of two points on line (as intersection of segment)
static Standard_Real ParamPointsOnLine (const gp_Pnt2d &p1, const gp_Pnt2d &p2,
//=======================================================================
//function : ProjectPointOnLine
-//purpose : auxilary
+//purpose : auxiliary
//=======================================================================
// Compute projection of point on line
static inline gp_Pnt2d ProjectPointOnLine (const gp_Pnt2d &p, const gp_Lin2d &line)
//=======================================================================
//function : ApplyContext
-//purpose : auxilary
+//purpose : auxiliary
//=======================================================================
// Apply context to one edge in the wire and put result into this wire
static Standard_Integer ApplyContext (ShapeFix_WireSegment &wire,
//=======================================================================
//function : IsCoincided
-//purpose : auxilary
+//purpose : auxiliary
//=======================================================================
// check points coincidence
static inline Standard_Boolean IsCoincided (const gp_Pnt2d &p1, const gp_Pnt2d &p2,
//=======================================================================
//function : GetPatchIndex
-//purpose : auxilary
+//purpose : auxiliary
//=======================================================================
// computes index for the patch by given parameter Param
if(isNonManifold)
{
Handle(ShapeExtend_WireData) sbwd = new ShapeExtend_WireData ( wire ,Standard_True,Standard_False);
- //pdn protection againts of wires w/o edges
+ //pdn protection against wires w/o edges
Standard_Integer nbEdges = sbwd->NbEdges();
if(nbEdges)
{
else
{
//splitting wires containing manifold and non-manifold parts on a separate
- //wire segment
+ //wire segment
Handle(ShapeExtend_WireData) sbwdM = new ShapeExtend_WireData();
Handle(ShapeExtend_WireData) sbwdNM = new ShapeExtend_WireData();
sbwdNM->ManifoldMode() = Standard_False;
//=======================================================================
//function : DistributeSplitPoints
-//purpose : auxilary
+//purpose : auxiliary
//=======================================================================
// After applying context to (seam) edge, distribute its indices on new edges,
// according to their parameters on that edge
//=======================================================================
//function : CheckByCurve3d
-//purpose : auxilary
+//purpose : auxiliary
//=======================================================================
static Standard_Integer CheckByCurve3d (const gp_Pnt &pos,
const Handle(Geom_Curve) &c3d,
//=======================================================================
//function : DefinePatch
-//purpose : auxilary
+//purpose : auxiliary
//=======================================================================
static void DefinePatch (ShapeFix_WireSegment &wire, const Standard_Integer code,
const Standard_Boolean isCutByU, const Standard_Integer cutIndex,
//=======================================================================
//function : GetGridResolution
-//purpose : auxilary
+//purpose : auxiliary
//=======================================================================
static Standard_Real GetGridResolution(const Handle(TColStd_HArray1OfReal) SplitValues,
const Standard_Integer cutIndex)
// Processing edge by edge (assuming that split points are sorted along the wire)
for ( Standard_Integer i = 1; i <= wire.NbEdges(); i++ ) {
- // for already splitted seam edge, redistribute its splitting points
+ // for already split seam edge, redistribute its splitting points
Standard_Integer nsplit = ApplyContext ( wire, i, Context() );
if ( nsplit !=1 ) {
DistributeSplitPoints ( wire.WireData(), myFace, i, nsplit, indexes, values );
}
else vertices.Append ( V );
- // When edge is about to be splitted, copy end vertices to protect
+ // When edge is about to be split, copy end vertices to protect
// original shape from increasing tolerance after fixing SameParameter
if ( ! splitted ) {
//smh#8
Standard_Real Umin,Umax,Vmin,Vmax;
myGrid->Bounds(Umin,Umax,Vmin,Vmax);
- //value of precision to define number of patch should be the same as used in the definitin position of point realtively to seam edge (TOLINT)
+ //value of precision to define number of patch should be the same as used in the definitin position of point relatively to seam edge (TOLINT)
Standard_Real pprec = TOLINT;//::Precision::PConfusion();
Standard_Integer i = 1;
if(myClosedMode)
{
- //for closed mode when only one patch exist and location of the splitting line is coinsident with first joint value
+ //for closed mode when only one patch exist and location of the splitting line is coincident with first joint value
//Therefore in this case it is necessary to move all wire segments in the range of the patch between first and last joint
//values. Then all wire segments are lie between -period and period in order to have valid split ranges after splitting.
//Because for closed mode cut index always equal to 1 and parts of segments after splitting always should have index either (0,1) or (1,2).
//=======================================================================
//function : IsShortSegment
-//purpose : auxilary
+//purpose : auxiliary
//=======================================================================
// BUC60035 2053: check if wire segment is very short (in order not to skip it)
// 0 - long
//=======================================================================
//function : IsSamePatch
-//purpose : auxilary
+//purpose : auxiliary
//=======================================================================
static Standard_Boolean IsSamePatch (const ShapeFix_WireSegment wire,
const Standard_Integer NU,
// Check if some wires are short in 3d (lie entirely inside one vertex),
// and if yes try to merge them with others
- //pdn The short seqments are stil plased in "in" sequence.
+ //pdn The short seqments are still placed in "in" sequence.
for ( i=1; i <= seqw.Length(); i++ ) {
if ( shorts(i) != 1 ||
//! lines in the periodic direction, as necessary to split all
//! the wires (whole parametrical range of a face)
//! In this mode, some regularization procedures are performed
-//! (indexation of splitted segments by patch numbers), and it is
+//! (indexation of split segments by patch numbers), and it is
//! expected to be more reliable and robust in case of bad shapes
//!
//! - if ClosedMode is True, when everything on a periodic surfaces
//! resulting shape; the only result is filled context
//! where splittings are recorded.
//!
- //! NOTE: If edge is splitted, it is replaced by wire, and
+ //! NOTE: If edge is split, it is replaced by wire, and
//! order of edges in the wire corresponds to FORWARD orientation
//! of the edge.
Standard_EXPORT void SplitEdges();
//! Splits edges in the wire by given indices of edges and
//! parameters on them. Returns resulting wire and vertices
- //! corresponding to splitting parameters. If two consequtive
+ //! corresponding to splitting parameters. If two consecutive
//! splitting points are too near one to another (with tolerance
//! of edge), edge is divided in single point. In the same way,
//! splitting which is too near to end of edge, is not applied
//! (end vertex is returned instead).
//!
- //! NOTE: If edge is splitted, it is replaced by wire, and
+ //! NOTE: If edge is split, it is replaced by wire, and
//! order of edges in the wire corresponds to FORWARD orientation
//! of the edge.
Standard_EXPORT ShapeFix_WireSegment SplitWire (ShapeFix_WireSegment& wire, TColStd_SequenceOfInteger& indexes, const TColStd_SequenceOfReal& values, TopTools_SequenceOfShape& vertices, const TColStd_SequenceOfInteger& segcodes, const Standard_Boolean cutbyu, const Standard_Integer cutindex);
//! After that, each wire segment lies on its own patch of grid.
Standard_EXPORT void BreakWires (ShapeFix_SequenceOfWireSegment& seqw);
- //! Collect set of wire segments (already splitted) into closed
+ //! Collect set of wire segments (already split) into closed
//! wires. This is done by traversing all the segments in allowed
//! directions, starting only from the REVERSED and FORWARD and
//! taking EXTERNAL as necessary in fork points. Forks are detected
//#12 rln 17/03/98 making this method to be more general : if a curve is
//parallel to one iso let us translate it parallely in the direction to another
//iso (which is located farther from aC2d). Thus, the requirement for closeness
-//to the surface bounds may be avoid.
+//to the surface bounds may be avoided.
//For example, instead of Abs(theLoc.X()-uf) <= Tol) ... elseif (...-ul..)...
//the comparison if (Abs(theLoc.X()-uf) <= Abs(theLoc.X()-ul)) .... can be used.
-//The reason of this fix #12 is that seam is not sure to lie on the bound :
+//The reason for fix #12 is that seam is not certain to lie on the bound :
//if a surface is periodic the whole contour may be shifted (e.g. ProSTEP,
//file ug_exhaust-A.stp entity #284920)
return theNewL2d;
}
*/
- // Other case not yet implemented
+ // TODO Other case not yet implemented
#ifdef OCCT_DEBUG
std::cout << "TranslatePCurve not performed" << std::endl;
#endif
oldFirst += shift;
oldLast += shift;
}
- //pdn 30.06.2000 work arounf on beziers
+ //pdn 30.06.2000 work around on beziers
Standard_Real oldFirstCurve1 = oldFirst, oldLastCurve1 = oldLast;
if(Curve2dPtr->IsKind(STANDARD_TYPE(Geom2d_BezierCurve))) {
cf = theCurve2d->FirstParameter();
cl = theCurve2d->LastParameter();
- //pdn cutting pcurve by suface bounds
+ //pdn cutting pcurve by surface bounds
if (Precision::IsInfinite(cf)||Precision::IsInfinite(cl)) {
if(theCurve2d->IsKind(STANDARD_TYPE(Geom2d_Line))) {
Standard_Real uf,ul,vf,vl;
else {
cf=-10000;
cl= 10000;
- //pdn not cutted by bounds
+ //pdn not cut by bounds
#ifdef OCCT_DEBUG
std::cout<<"Infinite Surface"<<std::endl;
#endif
//=======================================================================
//function : SplitWire
-//purpose : auxilary - try to split wire (it is needed if some segments
-// were removed in ShapeFix_Wire::FixSelfIntersection()
+//purpose : auxiliary - try to split wire (it is needed if some segments
+// were removed in ShapeFix_Wire::FixSelfIntersection() )
//=======================================================================
static Standard_Boolean SplitWire(const TopoDS_Face &face, const TopoDS_Wire& wire,
TopTools_SequenceOfShape& aResWires)
if(aResWires.Length()>1) {
#ifdef OCCT_DEBUG
- std::cout<<"Wire was split
ted on "<<aResWires.Length()<<" wires"<< std::endl;
+ std::cout<<"Wire was split on "<<aResWires.Length()<<" wires"<< std::endl;
#endif
}
TopTools_SequenceOfShape aLoopWires;
if(NeedFix ( myFixLoopWiresMode) && FixLoopWire(aLoopWires)) {
if (aLoopWires.Length() > 1)
- SendWarning ( wire, Message_Msg ( "FixAdvFace.FixLoopWire.MSG0" ) );// Wire was splitted on several wires
+ SendWarning ( wire, Message_Msg ( "FixAdvFace.FixLoopWire.MSG0" ) );// Wire was split on several wires
myStatus |= ShapeExtend::EncodeStatus ( ShapeExtend_DONE7 );
fixed = Standard_True;
Standard_Integer k=1;
//=======================================================================
//function : FixAddNaturalBound
-//purpose :
+//purpose :
//=======================================================================
-// Detect missing natural bounary on spherical surfaces and add it if
+// Detect missing natural boundary on spherical surfaces and add it if
// necessary
//pdn 981202: add natural bounds if missing (on sphere only)
//:abv 28.08.01: rewritten and extended for toruses
if ( !IsSurfaceUVPeriodic (mySurf->Adaptor3d()) || ShapeAnalysis::IsOuterBound (myFace) )
return Standard_False;
- // Collect informations on free intervals in U and V
+ // Collect information on free intervals in U and V
TColgp_SequenceOfPnt2d intU, intV, centers;
Standard_Real SUF, SUL, SVF, SVL;
mySurf->Bounds(SUF, SUL, SVF, SVL);
//=======================================================================
//function : CheckWire
-//purpose : auxilary for FixMissingSeam
+//purpose : auxiliary for FixMissingSeam
//=======================================================================
//:i7 abv 18 Sep 98: ProSTEP TR9 r0501-ug.stp: algorithm of fixing missing seam changed
// test whether the wire is opened on period of periodical surface
B.Add ( S, w2 );
ShapeAnalysis::GetFaceUVBounds (TopoDS::Face(S), m2[0][0], m2[0][1], m2[1][0], m2[1][1]);
- // For the case when surface is closed only in one direction it is necesary to check
+ // For the case when surface is closed only in one direction it is necessary to check
// validity of orientation of the open wires in parametric space.
// In case of U closed surface wire with minimal V coordinate should be directed in positive direction by U
// In case of V closed surface wire with minimal U coordinate should be directed in negative direction by V
if(isDone && aResWires.Length() >1)
{
#ifdef OCCT_DEBUG
- std::cout<<"Wire was split
ted on "<<aResWires.Length()<<" wires"<< std::endl;
+ std::cout<<"Wire was split on "<<aResWires.Length()<<" wires"<< std::endl;
#endif
}
//! same support
TopoDS_Face Face() const;
- //! Returns resulting shape (Face or Shell if splitted)
+ //! Returns resulting shape (Face or Shell if split)
//! To be used instead of Face() if FixMissingSeam involved
TopoDS_Shape Result() const;
Standard_EXPORT Standard_Boolean FixSmallAreaWire (const Standard_Boolean theIsRemoveSmallFace);
//! Detects if wire has a loop and fixes this situation by splitting on the few parts.
- //! if wire has a loops and it was splitted Status was set to value ShapeExtend_DONE6.
+ //! if wire has a loops and it was split Status was set to value ShapeExtend_DONE6.
Standard_EXPORT Standard_Boolean FixLoopWire (TopTools_SequenceOfShape& aResWires);
//! Detects and fixes the special case when face has more than one wire
}
theMaxDev *= 1.00001;
- //Cretate new vertex with mean point
+ //Create new vertex with mean point
TopoDS_Vertex theSharedVertex;
theBuilder.MakeVertex(theSharedVertex);
theBuilder.UpdateVertex( theSharedVertex, gp_Pnt(thePosition), theMaxDev+theMaxTol/2 );
}
}
myShape = Context()->Apply(myShape);
- //Fixing of missing pcurves on new edges, if thay were inserted
+ //Fixing of missing pcurves on new edges, if they were inserted
if (done)
{
if (myShape.IsNull()) return myShape;
}
}
if (theFirstVer.IsNull() || theSecondVer.IsNull()) return theNewEdge;
- //Cretate new edge
+ //Create new edge
theBuilder.MakeEdge(theNewEdge);
Standard_Real f, l, fp1, lp1/*, fp2, lp2*/;
TopLoc_Location loc;
Handle(Geom_Curve) the3dcurve;
the3dcurve = BRep_Tool::Curve(E1, f, l);
Handle(Geom2d_Curve) the2dcurve1, the2dcurve2, thenew1, thenew2;
- if (!F1.IsNull())
+ if (!F1.IsNull())
{
the2dcurve1 = BRep_Tool::CurveOnSurface(E1, F1, fp1, lp1);
- if(!the2dcurve1.IsNull() && fp1!=f && lp1!=l) GeomLib::SameRange(Precision::Confusion(), the2dcurve1, fp1, lp1, f, l, thenew1);
+ if(!the2dcurve1.IsNull() && fp1!=f && lp1!=l) GeomLib::SameRange(Precision::Confusion(), the2dcurve1, fp1, lp1, f, l, thenew1);
}
-
- /* if (!F2.IsNull())
+
+ /* if (!F2.IsNull())
{
the2dcurve2 = BRep_Tool::CurveOnSurface(E2, F2, fp2, lp2);
- if(!the2dcurve2.IsNull()) GeomLib::SameRange(Precision::Confusion(), the2dcurve2, fp2, lp2, f, l, thenew2);
+ if(!the2dcurve2.IsNull()) GeomLib::SameRange(Precision::Confusion(), the2dcurve2, fp2, lp2, f, l, thenew2);
}*/
-
+
Standard_Real maxdev;
if ((BRep_Tool::Tolerance(theFirstVer))<=(BRep_Tool::Tolerance(theSecondVer)))
maxdev = (BRep_Tool::Tolerance(theSecondVer));
if(tc->BasisCurve()->IsKind(STANDARD_TYPE(Geom2d_Line))) {
BRep_Builder B;
B.Range(edge,Min(pend,cut),Max(pend,cut));
- if( Abs(pend-lp)<Precision::PConfusion() ) { // cut from the begining
+ if( Abs(pend-lp)<Precision::PConfusion() ) { // cut from the beginning
Standard_Real cut3d = (cut-fp)*(b-a)/(lp-fp);
B.Range(edge, a+cut3d, b, Standard_True);
iscutline = Standard_True;
//=======================================================================
//function : SplitEdge2
-//purpose : auxilary: split edge[a,b] om two part e1[a,param1]
+//purpose : auxiliary: split edge[a,b] om two part e1[a,param1]
// and e2[param2,b] using vertex vert
// (remove segment (param1,param2) from edge)
//=======================================================================
//=======================================================================
//function : CreateBoxes2d
-//purpose : auxilary
+//purpose : auxiliary
//=======================================================================
static Bnd_Box2d CreateBoxes2d(const Handle(ShapeExtend_WireData)& sewd,
const TopoDS_Face& face,
//=======================================================================
//function : SelectIntPnt
-//purpose : auxilary
+//purpose : auxiliary
//=======================================================================
static void SelectIntPnt(const Geom2dInt_GInter& Inter,
IntRes2d_IntersectionPoint& IP,
//=======================================================================
//function : FindVertAndSplitEdge
-//purpose : auxilary
+//purpose : auxiliary
//=======================================================================
Standard_Boolean ShapeFix_IntersectionTool::FindVertAndSplitEdge
(const Standard_Real param1,
public:
-
+
//! Empty Constructor
Standard_EXPORT ShapeFix_Shape();
-
+
//! Initislises by shape.
Standard_EXPORT ShapeFix_Shape(const TopoDS_Shape& shape);
-
+
//! Initislises by shape.
Standard_EXPORT void Init (const TopoDS_Shape& shape);
-
+
//! Iterates on sub- shape and performs fixes
Standard_EXPORT Standard_Boolean Perform (const Message_ProgressRange& theProgress = Message_ProgressRange());
-
+
//! Returns resulting shape
Standard_EXPORT TopoDS_Shape Shape() const;
-
+
//! Returns tool for fixing solids.
Handle(ShapeFix_Solid) FixSolidTool() const;
-
+
//! Returns tool for fixing shells.
Handle(ShapeFix_Shell) FixShellTool() const;
-
+
//! Returns tool for fixing faces.
Handle(ShapeFix_Face) FixFaceTool() const;
-
+
//! Returns tool for fixing wires.
Handle(ShapeFix_Wire) FixWireTool() const;
-
+
//! Returns tool for fixing edges.
Handle(ShapeFix_Edge) FixEdgeTool() const;
-
+
//! Returns the status of the last Fix.
//! This can be a combination of the following flags:
//! ShapeExtend_DONE1: some free edges were fixed
//! ShapeExtend_DONE5: some free solids were fixed
//! ShapeExtend_DONE6: shapes in compound(s) were fixed
Standard_EXPORT Standard_Boolean Status (const ShapeExtend_Status status) const;
-
+
//! Sets message registrator
Standard_EXPORT virtual void SetMsgRegistrator (const Handle(ShapeExtend_BasicMsgRegistrator)& msgreg) Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
+
//! Sets basic precision value (also to FixSolidTool)
Standard_EXPORT virtual void SetPrecision (const Standard_Real preci) Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
+
//! Sets minimal allowed tolerance (also to FixSolidTool)
Standard_EXPORT virtual void SetMinTolerance (const Standard_Real mintol) Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
+
//! Sets maximal allowed tolerance (also to FixSolidTool)
Standard_EXPORT virtual void SetMaxTolerance (const Standard_Real maxtol) Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
+
//! Returns (modifiable) the mode for applying fixes of
//! ShapeFix_Solid, by default True.
Standard_Integer& FixSolidMode();
-
+
//! Returns (modifiable) the mode for applying fixes of
//! ShapeFix_Shell, by default True.
Standard_Integer& FixFreeShellMode();
-
+
//! Returns (modifiable) the mode for applying fixes of
//! ShapeFix_Face, by default True.
Standard_Integer& FixFreeFaceMode();
-
+
//! Returns (modifiable) the mode for applying fixes of
//! ShapeFix_Wire, by default True.
Standard_Integer& FixFreeWireMode();
-
+
//! Returns (modifiable) the mode for applying
//! ShapeFix::SameParameter after all fixes, by default True.
Standard_Integer& FixSameParameterMode();
-
+
//! Returns (modifiable) the mode for applying
//! ShapeFix::FixVertexPosition before all fixes, by default False.
Standard_Integer& FixVertexPositionMode();
-
+
//! Returns (modifiable) the mode for fixing tolerances of vertices on whole shape
//! after performing all fixes
Standard_Integer& FixVertexTolMode();
protected:
-
+
//! Fixes same parameterization problem on the passed shape
//! by updating tolerances of the corresponding topological
- //! entitites.
+ //! entities.
Standard_EXPORT void SameParameter (const TopoDS_Shape& shape, const Standard_Boolean enforce,
const Message_ProgressRange& theProgress = Message_ProgressRange());
}
}
- // Attemp to create shell from unconnected which have not only multiconnexity boundary.
+ // Attempt to create shell from unconnected which have not only multiconnexity boundary.
TopTools_SequenceOfShape aTmpShells;
if(!llPosibleShells.IsEmpty()) {
TopTools_MapOfShape aMap;
}
}
- //Add choosen faces to shells.
+ //Add chosen faces to shells.
for(Standard_Integer k1 =1; k1 <= AddShapes.Length(); k1++) {
TopTools_DataMapOfShapeInteger MapOtherShells;
TopTools_MapOfShape dire,reve;
continue;
}
- //Adds face to open shells containg the same multishared edges.
+ //Adds face to open shells containing the same multishared edges.
//For nonmanifold mode creation ine shell from face and shells containing the same multishared edges.
// If one face can be added to a few shells (case of compsolid) face will be added to each shell.
done = Standard_True;
}
//=======================================================================
// function : GlueClosedCandidate
-// purpose :Attemt firstly to create closed shells from sequence of open shells.
+// purpose : First, attempt to create closed shells from sequence of open shells.
//=======================================================================
static void GlueClosedCandidate(TopTools_SequenceOfShape& OpenShells,
const TopTools_MapOfShape& aMapMultiConnectEdges,
TopTools_SequenceOfShape& aSeqNewShells)
-
{
// Creating new shells if some open shells contain the same free boundary.
for(Standard_Integer i = 1 ; i < OpenShells.Length();i++ ) {
isReversed = Standard_True;
nbedge++;
}
-
+
if(!isAddShell) continue;
MapOtherShells.Bind(OpenShells.Value(j),isReversed);
}
if(MapOtherShells.IsEmpty()) continue;
-
-
+
if (!MapOtherShells.IsEmpty())
{
// Case of compsolid when more than two shells have the same free boundary.
aSeqCandidate.Append(aIt.Key());
}
- //Creation all possibly shells from choosen candidate.And
- // addition of them to temporary sequence.
+ //Creation of all possible shells from chosen candidate.
+ // And the addition of them to temporary sequence.
TopTools_SequenceOfShape aTmpSeq;
for(Standard_Integer k =1; k <= aSeqCandidate.Length(); k++) {
aTmpSeq.Append(aNewSh);
}
}
-
+
//Choice from temporary sequence shells contains different set of faces (case of compsolid)
TopTools_SequenceOfShape aRemainShells;
GetClosedShells(aTmpSeq,aRemainShells);
const TopTools_MapOfShape& aMapMultiConnectEdges)
{
TopTools_SequenceOfShape aNewShells;
- //Attemt firstly to create closed shells.
+ //First, attempt to create closed shells.
GlueClosedCandidate(OpenShells,aMapMultiConnectEdges,aNewShells);
-
+
// Creating new shells if some open shells contain the multishared same edges.
for(Standard_Integer i = 1 ; i < OpenShells.Length();i++ ) {
Standard_Boolean isAddShell = Standard_False;
|| (edge2.Orientation() == TopAbs_REVERSED && reve.Contains(edge2)))
isReversed = Standard_True;
}
-
+
if(!isAddShell) continue;
BRep_Builder aB;
-
+
for(TopExp_Explorer aExpF21(OpenShells.Value(j),TopAbs_FACE); aExpF21.More(); aExpF21.Next()) {
TopoDS_Shape aFace = aExpF21.Current();
if(isReversed)
aFace.Reverse();
aB.Add( aShell,aFace);
}
-
+
OpenShells.ChangeValue(i) = aShell;
OpenShells.Remove(j--);
}
}
-
+
OpenShells.Append(aNewShells);
-
+
}
-
+
//=======================================================================
// function : FixFaceOrientation
// purpose :
//=======================================================================
-
+
Standard_Boolean ShapeFix_Shell::FixFaceOrientation(
const TopoDS_Shell& shell,
const Standard_Boolean isAccountMultiConex,
//! Fixes orientation of faces in shell.
//! Changes orientation of face in the shell, if it is oriented opposite
- //! to neigbouring faces. If it is not possible to orient all faces in the
+ //! to neighbouring faces. If it is not possible to orient all faces in the
//! shell (like in case of mebious band), this method orients only subset
//! of faces. Other faces are stored in Error compound.
//! Modes :
if(!aShell.IsNull()) {
TopoDS_Solid aSol = SolidFromShell(aShell);
if(ShapeExtend::DecodeStatus(myStatus,ShapeExtend_DONE2)) {
- SendWarning (Message_Msg ("FixAdvSolid.FixOrientation.MSG20"));// Orientaion of shell was corrected.
+ SendWarning (Message_Msg ("FixAdvSolid.FixOrientation.MSG20"));// Orientation of shell was corrected.
Context()->Replace(tmpShape,aSol);
tmpShape = aSol;
}
TopTools_SequenceOfShape aSeqShells;
TopTools_IndexedMapOfShape aMapSolids;
if(CreateSolids(aResShape,aMapSolids)) {
- SendWarning (Message_Msg ("FixAdvSolid.FixOrientation.MSG20"));// Orientaion of shell was corrected..
+ SendWarning (Message_Msg ("FixAdvSolid.FixOrientation.MSG20"));// Orientation of shell was corrected..
if(aMapSolids.Extent() ==1) {
TopoDS_Shape aResSol = aMapSolids.FindKey(1);
if(aResShape.ShapeType() == TopAbs_SHELL && myCreateOpenSolidMode) {
if(tc->BasisCurve()->IsKind(STANDARD_TYPE(Geom2d_Line))) {
BRep_Builder B;
B.Range(edge,Min(pend,cut),Max(pend,cut));
- if( Abs(pend-lp)<Precision::PConfusion() ) { // cut from the begining
+ if( Abs(pend-lp)<Precision::PConfusion() ) { // cut from the beginning
Standard_Real cut3d = (cut-fp)*(b-a)/(lp-fp);
if(cut3d <= Precision::PConfusion())
return Standard_False;
}
if ( seq.Length() >0 ) { // supposed that edge is SP
#ifdef OCCT_DEBUG
- std::cout << "Edge going over singularity detected; splitted" << std::endl;
+ std::cout << "Edge going over singularity detected; split" << std::endl;
#endif
Standard_Boolean isFwd = ( E.Orientation() == TopAbs_FORWARD );
E.Orientation ( TopAbs_FORWARD );
boxes(i) = box;
}
}
-
+
Standard_Boolean isFail = Standard_False, isDone = Standard_False;
for(Standard_Integer num1 = 1; num1 < nb-1; num1++) {
Standard_Integer fin = (num1 == 1 ? nb-1 : nb);
isDone |= LastFixStatus ( ShapeExtend_DONE1 );
}
}
-
+
if(isFail)
myStatusSelfIntersection |= ShapeExtend::EncodeStatus ( ShapeExtend_FAIL3 );
if(isDone)
myStatusSelfIntersection |= ShapeExtend::EncodeStatus ( ShapeExtend_DONE5 );
#ifdef OCCT_DEBUG
if (StatusSelfIntersection (ShapeExtend_DONE5))
- std::cout << "Warning: ShapeFix_Wire::FixSelfIntersection: Non ajacent intersection fixed" << std::endl;
-#endif
+ std::cout << "Warning: ShapeFix_Wire::FixSelfIntersection: Non adjacent intersection fixed" << std::endl;
+#endif
*/
}
//=======================================================================
//function : ComputeLocalDeviation
-//purpose : auxilary
+//purpose : auxiliary
//=======================================================================
static Standard_Real ComputeLocalDeviation (const TopoDS_Edge &edge,
const gp_Pnt &pint,const gp_Pnt &pnt,
//function : FixIntersectingEdges
//purpose :
//=======================================================================
-//pdn 17.03.99 fixing non ajacent intersection by increasing tolerance of vertex
+//pdn 17.03.99 fixing non adjacent intersection by increasing tolerance of vertex
Standard_Boolean ShapeFix_Wire::FixIntersectingEdges (const Standard_Integer num1,
const Standard_Integer num2)
//! curve to vertices, or recomputing curves of the edge)
//!
//! When fix can be made in more than one way (e.g., either
-//! by increasing tolerance or shifting a vertex), it is choosen
+//! by increasing tolerance or shifting a vertex), it is chosen
//! according to the flags:
//! ModifyTopologyMode - allows modification of the topology.
//! This flag can be set when fixing a wire on
//! - what is smaller), it should be removed
//! It can be with no problem if its two vertices are the same
//! Else, if lockvtx is False, it is removed and its end vertex
- //! is put on the preceeding edge
+ //! is put on the preceding edge
//! But if lockvtx is True, this edge must be kept ...
Standard_EXPORT Standard_Boolean FixSmall (const Standard_Integer num, const Standard_Boolean lockvtx, const Standard_Real precsmall);
- //! Fixes connected edges (preceeding and current)
- //! Forces Vertices (end of preceeding-begin of current) to be
+ //! Fixes connected edges (preceding and current)
+ //! Forces Vertices (end of preceding-begin of current) to be
//! the same one
//! Tests with starting preci or, if given greater, <prec>
//! If <prec> is -1 then MaxTolerance() is taken.
Standard_Boolean StatusNotches (const ShapeExtend_Status status) const;
- //! Querying the status of perfomed API fixing procedures
+ //! Querying the status of performed API fixing procedures
//! Each Status..() methods gives information about the last call to
//! the corresponding Fix..() method of API level:
//! OK : no problems detected; nothing done
if (convert)
{
- // Check that gap satisfies the precision - in this case no convertation produced
+ // Check that gap satisfies the precision - in this case no conversion produced
if (cpnt1.Distance(vpnt) < preci && cpnt2.Distance(vpnt) < preci)
return Standard_False;
u2 = Proj.Parameter(index);
}
}
- // Ajust parameters on periodic curves
+ // Adjust parameters on periodic curves
u1 = AdjustOnPeriodic3d(c1,reversed1,first1,last1,u1);
u2 = AdjustOnPeriodic3d(c2,!reversed2,first2,last2,u2);
// Check points to satisfy distance criterium
for (Standard_Integer i=1; i<=Extr.NbExtrema(); i++)
{
Extr.Parameters(i,uu1,uu2);
- // Ajust parameters on periodic curves
+ // Adjust parameters on periodic curves
uu1 = AdjustOnPeriodic3d(c1,reversed1,first1,last1,uu1);
uu2 = AdjustOnPeriodic3d(c2,!reversed2,first2,last2,uu2);
pp1 = c1->Value(uu1); pp2 = c2->Value(uu2);
Extr.Parameters(index1,uu1,uu2);
}
else Extr.LowerDistanceParameters(uu1,uu2);
- // Ajust parameters on periodic curves
+ // Adjust parameters on periodic curves
uu1 = AdjustOnPeriodic3d(c1,reversed1,first1,last1,uu1);
uu2 = AdjustOnPeriodic3d(c2,!reversed2,first2,last2,uu2);
// Check points to satisfy distance criterium
}
}
}
-
+
try
{
OCC_CATCH_SIGNALS
}
}
}
-
+
if (done1 || done2)
{
Context()->Replace(aOldV,anewV);
}
}
-
+
Context()->Replace(E1,newE1);
sbwd->Set(newE1,n1);
}
SFST.SetTolerance(newE2,::Precision::Confusion(),TopAbs_EDGE);
B.SameRange(newE2,Standard_False);
// B.SameParameter(newE2,Standard_False);
-
+
//To keep NM vertices belonging initial edges
TopoDS_Iterator aItv(E2,Standard_False);
for( ; aItv.More(); aItv.Next()) {
//=======================================================================
//function : FixGap2d
-//purpose :
+//purpose :
//=======================================================================
static Standard_Real AdjustOnPeriodic2d (const Handle(Geom2d_Curve)& pc,
Standard_Real first1, last1, first2, last2;
if (reversed1)
{
- first1 = clast1; last1 = cfirst1;
+ first1 = clast1; last1 = cfirst1;
}
- else
+ else
{
- first1 = cfirst1; last1 = clast1;
+ first1 = cfirst1; last1 = clast1;
}
- if (reversed2)
+ if (reversed2)
{
- first2 = clast2; last2 = cfirst2;
+ first2 = clast2; last2 = cfirst2;
}
- else
+ else
{
- first2 = cfirst2; last2 = clast2;
+ first2 = cfirst2; last2 = clast2;
}
Handle(Geom2d_Curve) pc1 = PC1, pc2 = PC2;
Standard_Boolean basic = Standard_False;
Standard_Boolean trimmed1 = Standard_False, offset1 = Standard_False;
Standard_Real offval1 = 0.;
- while (!basic)
+ while (!basic)
{
- if (pc1->IsKind(STANDARD_TYPE(Geom2d_TrimmedCurve)))
+ if (pc1->IsKind(STANDARD_TYPE(Geom2d_TrimmedCurve)))
{
pc1 = Handle(Geom2d_TrimmedCurve)::DownCast(pc1)->BasisCurve();
trimmed1 = Standard_True;
}
- else if (pc1->IsKind(STANDARD_TYPE(Geom2d_OffsetCurve)))
+ else if (pc1->IsKind(STANDARD_TYPE(Geom2d_OffsetCurve)))
{
Handle(Geom2d_OffsetCurve) oc = Handle(Geom2d_OffsetCurve)::DownCast(pc1);
pc1 = oc->BasisCurve();
if (flag1==1) IP = IS.FirstPoint();
else IP = IS.LastPoint();
}
- // Ajust parameters on periodic curves
+ // Adjust parameters on periodic curves
Standard_Real u1 = AdjustOnPeriodic2d(pc1,reversed1,first1,last1,
IP.ParamOnFirst());
Standard_Real u2 = AdjustOnPeriodic2d(pc2,!reversed2,first2,last2,
{
Standard_Real u1, u2;
Extr.LowerDistanceParameters(u1,u2);
- // Ajust parameters on periodic curves
+ // Adjust parameters on periodic curves
u1 = AdjustOnPeriodic2d(pc1,reversed1,first1,last1,u1);
u2 = AdjustOnPeriodic2d(pc2,!reversed2,first2,last2,u2);
// Check points to satisfy distance criterium
u2 = Proj.Parameter(index);
}
}
- // Ajust parameters on periodic curves
+ // Adjust parameters on periodic curves
u1 = AdjustOnPeriodic2d(pc1,reversed1,first1,last1,u1);
u2 = AdjustOnPeriodic2d(pc2,!reversed2,first2,last2,u2);
// Process special case of projection
if (cpnt1.Distance(ipnt2)<cpnt2.Distance(ipnt1)) u1 = ipar1;
else u2 = ipar2;
}
- // Ajust parameters on periodic curves
+ // Adjust parameters on periodic curves
u1 = AdjustOnPeriodic2d(pc1,reversed1,first1,last1,u1);
u2 = AdjustOnPeriodic2d(pc2,!reversed2,first2,last2,u2);
// Check points to satisfy distance criterium
if (flag==1) IP = IS.FirstPoint();
else IP = IS.LastPoint();
}
- // Ajust parameters on periodic curve
+ // Adjust parameters on periodic curve
uu = AdjustOnPeriodic2d(pc,(j==1? reversed1 : !reversed2),
fpar,lpar,IP.ParamOnSecond());
if (j==1 && Abs(cfirst1-uu) > ::Precision::PConfusion())
if (theEdgeList.Extent()) theFaceWithSmall.Bind(facet,theEdgeList);
}
- //========================================================================
- // Author : enk
- // Purpose: Analizing of shape for small edges , if edge don't lie on face
- //========================================================================
+ //=========================================================================
+ // Author : enk
+ // Purpose: Analyzing of shape for small edges, if edge doesn't lie on face
+ //=========================================================================
for (TopExp_Explorer expw1(myShape,TopAbs_WIRE,TopAbs_FACE); expw1.More(); expw1.Next())
{
SAW.SetPrecision(Precision());
}
else
{
- //gka protection aginst removing circles
+ //gka protection against removing circles
TopoDS_Edge ed = (take_next ? edge1 : edge2);
ShapeAnalysis_Edge sae;
Handle(Geom_Curve) c3d;
}
else
{
- //gka protection aginst removing circles
+ //gka protection against removing circles
TopoDS_Edge ed = (take_next ? edge1 : edge2);
ShapeAnalysis_Edge sae;
Handle(Geom_Curve) c3d;
//! Applies BRepTools_Modification to a shape,
//! taking into account sharing of components of compounds.
- //! if theMutableInput vat is set to true then imput shape S
+ //! if theMutableInput vat is set to true then input shape S
//! can be modified during the modification process.
Standard_EXPORT static TopoDS_Shape ApplyModifier (const TopoDS_Shape& S,
const Handle(ShapeProcess_ShapeContext)& context,
class ShapeUpgrade_UnifySameDomain;
-//! This package provides tools
-//! for splitting and converting shapes by some criteria. It
-//! provides modifications of the kind when one topological
-//! object can be converted or splitted to several ones. In
-//! particular this package contains high level API classes which perform:
+//! This package provides tools for splitting and converting shapes by some criteria.
+//! It provides modifications of the kind when one topological
+//! object can be converted or split in to several ones.
+//! In particular this package contains high level API classes which perform:
//! converting geometry of shapes up to given continuity,
//! splitting revolutions by U to segments less than given value,
-//! converting to beziers,
-//! splitting closed faces.
+//! converting to beziers, splitting closed faces.
class ShapeUpgrade
{
public:
DEFINE_STANDARD_ALLOC
-
//! Unifies same domain faces and edges of specified shape
- Standard_EXPORT static Standard_Boolean C0BSplineToSequenceOfC1BSplineCurve (const Handle(Geom_BSplineCurve)& BS, Handle(TColGeom_HSequenceOfBoundedCurve)& seqBS);
-
- //! Converts C0 B-Spline curve into sequence of C1 B-Spline curves.
- //! This method splits B-Spline at the knots with multiplicities
- //! equal to degree, i.e. unlike method
- //! GeomConvert::C0BSplineToArrayOfC1BSplineCurve this one does not
- //! use any tolerance and therefore does not change the geometry of
- //! B-Spline.
- //! Returns True if C0 B-Spline was successfully splitted, else
- //! returns False (if BS is C1 B-Spline).
- Standard_EXPORT static Standard_Boolean C0BSplineToSequenceOfC1BSplineCurve (const Handle(Geom2d_BSplineCurve)& BS, Handle(TColGeom2d_HSequenceOfBoundedCurve)& seqBS);
-
-
-
-
-protected:
-
-
-
+ Standard_EXPORT static Standard_Boolean C0BSplineToSequenceOfC1BSplineCurve (const Handle(Geom_BSplineCurve)& BS,
+ Handle(TColGeom_HSequenceOfBoundedCurve)& seqBS);
+ //! Converts C0 B-Spline curve into sequence of C1 B-Spline curves.
+ //! This method splits B-Spline at the knots with multiplicities equal to degree,
+ //! i.e. unlike method GeomConvert::C0BSplineToArrayOfC1BSplineCurve
+ //! this one does not use any tolerance and therefore does not change the geometry of B-Spline.
+ //! Returns True if C0 B-Spline was successfully split,
+ //! else returns False (if BS is C1 B-Spline).
+ Standard_EXPORT static Standard_Boolean C0BSplineToSequenceOfC1BSplineCurve (const Handle(Geom2d_BSplineCurve)& BS,
+ Handle(TColGeom2d_HSequenceOfBoundedCurve)& seqBS);
private:
-
-
-
friend class ShapeUpgrade_Tool;
friend class ShapeUpgrade_EdgeDivide;
friend class ShapeUpgrade_ClosedEdgeDivide;
};
-
-
-
-
-
-
#endif // _ShapeUpgrade_HeaderFile
isUSplit = Standard_True;
}
#ifdef OCCT_DEBUG
- else std::cout << "Warning: SU_ClosedFaceDivide: Thin face, not splitted" << std::endl;
+ else std::cout << "Warning: SU_ClosedFaceDivide: Thin face, not split" << std::endl;
#endif
}
}
isUSplit = Standard_False;
}
#ifdef OCCT_DEBUG
- else std::cout << "Warning: SU_ClosedFaceDivide: Thin face, not splitted" << std::endl;
+ else std::cout << "Warning: SU_ClosedFaceDivide: Thin face, not split" << std::endl;
#endif
}
}
public:
-
//! Creates empty constructor.
Standard_EXPORT ShapeUpgrade_ClosedFaceDivide();
//! from source face.
Standard_EXPORT virtual Standard_Boolean SplitSurface() Standard_OVERRIDE;
- //! Sets the number of cutting lines by which closed face
- //! will be splitted. The resulting faces will be num+1.
+ //! Sets the number of cutting lines by which closed face will be split.
+ //! The resulting faces will be num+1.
Standard_EXPORT void SetNbSplitPoints (const Standard_Integer num);
//! Returns the number of splitting points
Standard_EXPORT Standard_Integer GetNbSplitPoints() const;
-
-
DEFINE_STANDARD_RTTIEXT(ShapeUpgrade_ClosedFaceDivide,ShapeUpgrade_FaceDivide)
-protected:
-
-
-
-
private:
-
Standard_Integer myNbSplit;
-
};
-
-
-
-
-
-
#endif // _ShapeUpgrade_ClosedFaceDivide_HeaderFile
Handle(Geom2d_BSplineCurve) aBSpline2d;
Standard_Real Shift = 0.;
if(myCurve->IsKind(STANDARD_TYPE(Geom2d_Conic))) {
- Handle(Geom2d_Curve) tcurve = new Geom2d_TrimmedCurve(myCurve,First,Last); //protection agains parabols ets
+ Handle(Geom2d_Curve) tcurve = new Geom2d_TrimmedCurve(myCurve,First,Last); //protection against parabols ets
Geom2dConvert_ApproxCurve approx (tcurve, Precision::Approximation(),
GeomAbs_C1, 100, 6 );
if ( approx.HasResult() )
public:
-
//! Empty constructor.
Standard_EXPORT ShapeUpgrade_ConvertCurve2dToBezier();
-
+
//! Converts curve into a list of beziers, and stores the
//! splitting parameters on original curve.
Standard_EXPORT virtual void Compute() Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
+
//! Splits a list of beziers computed by Compute method according
//! the split values and splitting parameters.
Standard_EXPORT virtual void Build (const Standard_Boolean Segment) Standard_OVERRIDE;
-
- //! Returns the list of splitted parameters in original curve
- //! parametrisation.
- Standard_EXPORT Handle(TColStd_HSequenceOfReal) SplitParams() const;
-
-
+ //! Returns the list of split parameters in original curve parametrisation.
+ Standard_EXPORT Handle(TColStd_HSequenceOfReal) SplitParams() const;
DEFINE_STANDARD_RTTIEXT(ShapeUpgrade_ConvertCurve2dToBezier,ShapeUpgrade_SplitCurve2d)
-protected:
-
-
-
-
private:
-
//! Returns the list of bezier curves correspondent to original
//! curve.
Standard_EXPORT Handle(TColGeom2d_HSequenceOfCurve) Segments() const;
Handle(TColGeom2d_HSequenceOfCurve) mySegments;
Handle(TColStd_HSequenceOfReal) mySplitParams;
-
};
-
-
-
-
-
-
#endif // _ShapeUpgrade_ConvertCurve2dToBezier_HeaderFile
Handle(Geom_BSplineCurve) aBSpline;
Standard_Real Shift = 0.;
if(myCurve->IsKind(STANDARD_TYPE(Geom_Conic))) {
- Handle(Geom_Curve) tcurve = new Geom_TrimmedCurve(myCurve,First,Last); //protection agains parabols ets
+ Handle(Geom_Curve) tcurve = new Geom_TrimmedCurve(myCurve,First,Last); //protection against parabols ets
GeomConvert_ApproxCurve approx (tcurve, Precision::Approximation(),
GeomAbs_C1, 100, 6 );
if ( approx.HasResult() )
public:
-
//! Empty constructor
Standard_EXPORT ShapeUpgrade_ConvertCurve3dToBezier();
//! the split values and splitting parameters.
Standard_EXPORT virtual void Build (const Standard_Boolean Segment) Standard_OVERRIDE;
- //! Returns the list of splitted parameters in original curve
- //! parametrisation.
+ //! Returns the list of split parameters in original curve parametrisation.
Standard_EXPORT Handle(TColStd_HSequenceOfReal) SplitParams() const;
-
-
-
DEFINE_STANDARD_RTTIEXT(ShapeUpgrade_ConvertCurve3dToBezier,ShapeUpgrade_SplitCurve3d)
-protected:
-
-
-
-
private:
-
//! Returns the list of bezier curves correspondent to original
//! curve.
Standard_EXPORT Handle(TColGeom_HSequenceOfCurve) Segments() const;
Standard_Boolean myCircleMode;
Standard_Boolean myConicMode;
-
};
-
#include <ShapeUpgrade_ConvertCurve3dToBezier.lxx>
-
-
-
-
#endif // _ShapeUpgrade_ConvertCurve3dToBezier_HeaderFile
SplitSurf->Init ( surf, Uf, Ul, Vf, Vl );
SplitSurf->Perform(mySegmentMode);
- // If surface was neither splitted nor modified, do nothing
+ // If surface was neither split nor modified, do nothing
if ( ! SplitSurf->Status ( ShapeExtend_DONE ) ) return Standard_False;
// if surface was modified, force copying all vertices (and edges as consequence)
//! Queries the status of last call to Perform
//! OK : no splitting was done (or no call to Perform)
- //! DONE1: some edges were splitted
- //! DONE2: surface was splitted
+ //! DONE1: some edges were split
+ //! DONE2: surface was split
//! DONE3: surface was modified without splitting
//! FAIL1: some fails encountered during splitting wires
- //! FAIL2: face cannot be splitted
+ //! FAIL2: face cannot be split
Standard_EXPORT Standard_Boolean Status (const ShapeExtend_Status status) const;
//! Sets the tool for splitting surfaces.
public:
- //! Empy constructor
+ //! Empty constructor
Standard_EXPORT ShapeUpgrade_RemoveLocations();
//! Removes all location correspodingly to RemoveLevel.
Standard_EXPORT Standard_Boolean Remove (const TopoDS_Shape& theShape);
- //! Returns shape with removed locatins.
+ //! Returns shape with removed locations.
TopoDS_Shape GetResult() const;
//! sets level starting with that location will be removed,
//! Queries the status of last call to Perform
//! OK : no splitting was done (or no call to Perform)
- //! DONE1: some edges were splitted
- //! DONE2: surface was splitted
- //! FAIL1: some errors occured
+ //! DONE1: some edges were split
+ //! DONE2: surface was split
+ //! FAIL1: some errors occurred
Standard_EXPORT Standard_Boolean Status (const ShapeExtend_Status status) const;
//! Sets the tool for splitting faces.
// if (ShapeUpgrade::Debug()) std::cout<<". Correction at Knot "<<iknot<<std::endl;
myStatus |= ShapeExtend::EncodeStatus ( ShapeExtend_DONE3 );
if(newMultiplicity == 0) {
- //in case if knot is completelly removed
+ //in case if knot is completely removed
//it is necessary to modify last idex and decrease current knot index
LastInd = MyBSpline->LastUKnotIndex()-1;
iknot--;
//=======================================================================
//function : UpdateBoundaries
-//purpose : auxilary
+//purpose : auxiliary
//=======================================================================
static void UpdateBoundaries(const Handle(Geom2d_Curve)& thePCurve,
const Standard_Real theFirst,
//=======================================================================
//function : ReconstructMissedSeam
-//purpose : auxilary
+//purpose : auxiliary
//=======================================================================
static void ReconstructMissedSeam(const TopTools_SequenceOfShape& theEdges,
const TopTools_SequenceOfShape& theRemovedEdges,
//=======================================================================
//function : SameSurf
-//purpose : auxilary
+//purpose : auxiliary
//=======================================================================
static Standard_Boolean SameSurf(const Handle(Geom_Surface)& theS1, const Handle(Geom_Surface)& theS2)
{
}
//=======================================================================
//function : TransformPCurves
-//purpose : auxilary
+//purpose : auxiliary
//=======================================================================
static void TransformPCurves(const TopoDS_Face& theRefFace,
const TopoDS_Face& theFace,
//=======================================================================
//function : AddPCurves
-//purpose : auxilary
+//purpose : auxiliary
//=======================================================================
static void AddPCurves(const TopTools_SequenceOfShape& theFaces,
const TopoDS_Face& theRefFace,
//=======================================================================
//function : AddOrdinaryEdges
-//purpose : auxilary
+//purpose : auxiliary
//=======================================================================
// adds edges from the shape to the sequence
// seams and equal edges are dropped
//=======================================================================
//function : getCylinder
-//purpose : auxilary
+//purpose : auxiliary
//=======================================================================
static Standard_Boolean getCylinder(Handle(Geom_Surface)& theInSurface,
gp_Cylinder& theOutCylinder)
//=======================================================================
//function : ClearRts
-//purpose : auxilary
+//purpose : auxiliary
//=======================================================================
static Handle(Geom_Surface) ClearRts(const Handle(Geom_Surface)& aSurface)
{
PrevEdge = anEdge;
}
Handle(TColGeom_HArray1OfBSplineCurve) concatcurve; //array of the concatenated curves
- Handle(TColStd_HArray1OfInteger) ArrayOfIndices; //array of the remining Vertex
+ Handle(TColStd_HArray1OfInteger) ArrayOfIndices; //array of the remaining Vertex
Standard_Boolean closed_flag = Standard_False;
GeomConvert::ConcatC1(tab_c3d,
tabtolvertex,
PrevEdge = anEdge;
}
Handle(TColGeom2d_HArray1OfBSplineCurve) concatc2d; //array of the concatenated curves
- Handle(TColStd_HArray1OfInteger) ArrayOfInd2d; //array of the remining Vertex
+ Handle(TColStd_HArray1OfInteger) ArrayOfInd2d; //array of the remaining Vertex
closed_flag = Standard_False;
Geom2dConvert::ConcatC1(tab_c2d,
tabtolvertex,
}
Handle(TColGeom2d_HArray1OfBSplineCurve) concatc2d; //array of the concatenated curves
- Handle(TColStd_HArray1OfInteger) ArrayOfInd2d; //array of the remining Vertex
+ Handle(TColStd_HArray1OfInteger) ArrayOfInd2d; //array of the remaining Vertex
Standard_Boolean aClosedFlag = Standard_False;
Geom2dConvert::ConcatC1(tab_c2d,
tabtolvertex,
}
if(NeedUnion) {
#ifdef OCCT_DEBUG
- std::cout<<"can not make analitical union => make approximation"<<std::endl;
+ std::cout<<"can not make analytical union => make approximation"<<std::endl;
#endif
TopoDS_Edge E = GlueEdgesWithPCurves(theChain, VF, VL);
OutEdge = E;
//=======================================================================
//function : MergeEdges
-//purpose : auxilary
+//purpose : auxiliary
//=======================================================================
Standard_Boolean ShapeUpgrade_UnifySameDomain::MergeEdges(TopTools_SequenceOfShape& SeqEdges,
const TopTools_IndexedDataMapOfShapeListOfShape& theVFmap,
Standard_Real DiffV = Abs(aPoint.Y() - CurPoint.Y());
if (Uperiod != 0. &&
DiffU > CoordTol &&
- Abs(DiffU - Uperiod) > CoordTol) //may be is is a deg.vertex
+ Abs(DiffU - Uperiod) > CoordTol) //may be it is a deg.vertex
continue;
if (Vperiod != 0. &&
DiffV > CoordTol &&
- Abs(DiffV - Vperiod) > CoordTol) //may be is is a deg.vertex
+ Abs(DiffV - Vperiod) > CoordTol) //may be it is a deg.vertex
continue;
//Check: may be <CurPoint> and <aPoint> are on Period from each other
//! Splits 3D curve and pcurve(s) of the edge on the face.
//! Other pcurves which may be associated with the edge are simply
//! copied.
-//! If 3D curve is splitted then pcurve on the face is splitted as
-//! well, and wice-versa.
+//! If 3D curve is split then pcurve on the face is split as
+//! well, and vice-versa.
//! Input shape is not modified.
//! The modifications made are recorded in external context
//! (ShapeBuild_ReShape). This tool is applied to all edges
Standard_EXPORT const TopoDS_Wire& Wire() const;
//! Queries status of last call to Perform()
- //! OK - no edges were splitted, wire left untouched
- //! DONE1 - some edges were splitted
+ //! OK - no edges were split, wire left untouched
+ //! DONE1 - some edges were split
//! FAIL1 - some edges have no 3d curve (skipped)
//! FAIL2 - some edges have no pcurve (skipped)
Standard_EXPORT Standard_Boolean Status (const ShapeExtend_Status status) const;
// WNT MSVC++) to put destructing function in code segment that is called
// after destructors of other (even static) objects. However, this is not
// done by the moment since it is compiler-dependent and there is no guarantee
-// thatsome other object calling memory manager is not placed also in that segment...
+// that some other object calling memory manager is not placed also in that segment...
//
// Note that C runtime function atexit() could not help in this problem
// since its behaviour is the same as for destructors of static objects
//! Main constructor.
//! Passed pointer is stored as is (memory is NOT copied nor released with destructor).
- //! @param theBegin pointer to the beggining of pre-allocated buffer
+ //! @param theBegin pointer to the beginning of pre-allocated buffer
//! @param theSize length of pre-allocated buffer
Standard_EXPORT Standard_ArrayStreamBuffer (const char* theBegin,
const size_t theSize);
//! (Re)-initialize the stream.
//! Passed pointer is stored as is (memory is NOT copied nor released with destructor).
- //! @param theBegin pointer to the beggining of pre-allocated buffer
+ //! @param theBegin pointer to the beginning of pre-allocated buffer
//! @param theSize length of pre-allocated buffer
Standard_EXPORT virtual void Init (const char* theBegin,
const size_t theSize);
//! By the moment, only operations necessary for reference counter
//! in Standard_Transient objects are implemented.
//!
-//! This is preffered to use fixed size types "int32_t" / "int64_t" for
+//! This is preferred to use fixed size types "int32_t" / "int64_t" for
//! correct function declarations however we leave "int" assuming it is 32bits for now.
#ifndef _Standard_Atomic_HeaderFile
//! Thus following calls to sprintf, atoi and other functions will use "C" locale.
//! Destructor of this class will return original locale.
//!
-//! Notice that this functionality is platfrom dependent and intended only to workaround alien code
+//! Notice that this functionality is platform dependent and intended only to workaround alien code
//! that doesn't setup locale correctly.
//!
//! Internally you should prefer more portable C++ locale interfaces
//======================================================================
#ifdef __APPLE__
- // There are a lot of *_l functions availalbe on Mac OS X - we use them
+ // There are a lot of *_l functions available on Mac OS X - we use them
#define SAVE_TL()
#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
// MSVCRT has equivalents with slightly different syntax
// commercial license or contractual agreement.
//============================================================================
-//==== Titre: Standard_Character.hxx
-//==== Role : The header file of primitve type "Character" from package
-//==== "Standard"
+//==== Title: Standard_Character.hxx
+//==== Role : The header file of primitive type "Character" from package "Standard"
//====
//==== Implementation: This is a primitive type implemented as typedef
//==== typedef char Standard_Character
//! Append into output value: "Name": { field dumped values }
//! It computes Dump of the parent. The expected field is a parent class name to call ClassName::Dump.
//! Use this macro for parent of the current class.
-//! The macros is recursive. Recursive is stoped when the depth value becomes equal to zero.
+//! The macros is recursive. Recursive is stopped when the depth value becomes equal to zero.
//! Depth = -1 is the default value, dump here is unlimited.
#define OCCT_DUMP_BASE_CLASS(theOStream, theDepth, theField) \
{ \
// commercial license or contractual agreement.
//============================================================================
-//==== Titre: Standard_ErrorHandler.cxx
+//==== Title: Standard_ErrorHandler.cxx
//==== Role : class "Standard_ErrorHandler" implementation.
//============================================================================
#include <Standard_ErrorHandler.hxx>
// commercial license or contractual agreement.
//============================================================================
-//==== Titre: Standard_ExtCharacter.hxx
-//==== Role : The headr file of primitve type "ExtCharacter" from package
-//==== "Standard"
+//==== Title: Standard_ExtCharacter.hxx
+//==== Role : The headr file of primitive type "ExtCharacter" from package "Standard"
//====
//==== Implementation: This is a primitive type implemented with typedef
//==== Excepting "Unicod encoding"
// commercial license or contractual agreement.
//============================================================================
-//==== Titre: Standard_ExtString.hxx
+//==== Title: Standard_ExtString.hxx
//====
//==== Implementation: This is a primitive type implementadef with typedef
//==== typedef short* Standard_ExtString;
/* In the allocated block, first bytes are used for storing of memory manager's data.
(size of block). The minimal size of these data is sizeof(int).
- The memory allocated in system usually alligned by 16 bytes.Tthe aligment of the
- data area in the memory block is shfted on BLOCK_SHIFT*sizeof(Standard_Size)
+ The memory allocated in system usually aligned by 16 bytes. The alignment of the
+ data area in the memory block is shfted on BLOCK_SHIFT*sizeof(Standard_Size)
bytes.
- It is OK for WNT, SUN and Linux systems, but on SGI aligment should be 8 bytes.
+ It is OK for WNT, SUN and Linux systems, but on SGI alignment should be 8 bytes.
So, BLOCK_SHIFT is formed as macro for support on other possible platforms.
*/
# define _Standard_Macro_HeaderFile
//! @def Standard_OVERRIDE
-//! Should be used in declarations of virtual methods overriden in the
+//! Should be used in declarations of virtual methods overridden in the
//! derived classes, to cause compilation error in the case if that virtual
//! function disappears or changes its signature in the base class.
//!
* @brief Mutex: a class to synchronize access to shared data.
*
* This is simple encapsulation of tools provided by the
- * operating system to syncronize access to shared data
+ * operating system to synchronize access to shared data
* from threads within one process.
*
* Current implementation is very simple and straightforward;
- * it is just a wrapper around POSIX pthread librray on UNIX/Linux,
+ * it is just a wrapper around POSIX pthread library on UNIX/Linux,
* and CRITICAL_SECTIONs on Windows NT. It does not provide any
- * advanced functionaly such as recursive calls to the same mutex from
- * within one thread (such call will froze the execution).
+ * advanced functionality such as recursive calls to the same mutex from
+ * within one thread (such call will freeze the execution).
*
* Note that all the methods of that class are made inline, in order
* to keep maximal performance. This means that a library using the mutex
}
//==========================================================================
-//===== The special routines for "IEEE" and differents hardwares ===========
+//===== The special routines for "IEEE" and different hardware =============
//==========================================================================
union RealMap {
double real;
//--------------------------------------------------------------------
// HardwareHighBitsOfDouble :
-// Returns 1 if the low bits are at end. (exemple: decmips and ALPHA )
-// Returns 0 if the low bits are at begin. (exemple: sun, sgi, ...)
+// Returns 1 if the low bits are at end. (example: decmips and ALPHA )
+// Returns 0 if the low bits are at begin. (example: sun, sgi, ...)
//--------------------------------------------------------------------
static int HardwareHighBitsOfDouble()
{
RealMap MaxDouble;
MaxDouble.real = DBL_MAX;
//=========================================================
- // reperesentation of the max double in IEEE is
- // "7fef ffff ffff ffff" for the big indiens.
- // "ffff ffff 7fef ffff" for the littel indiens.
+ // representation of the max double in IEEE is
+ // "7fef ffff ffff ffff" for the big endians.
+ // "ffff ffff 7fef ffff" for the little endians.
//=========================================================
if(MaxDouble.map[1] != 0xffffffff){
//--------------------------------------------------------------------
// HardwareLowBitsOfDouble :
-// Returns 0 if the low bits are at end. (exemple: decmips )
-// Returns 1 if the low bits are at begin. (exemple: sun, sgi, ...)
+// Returns 0 if the low bits are at end. (example: decmips )
+// Returns 1 if the low bits are at begin. (example: sun, sgi, ...)
//--------------------------------------------------------------------
static int HardwareLowBitsOfDouble()
{
RealMap MaxDouble;
MaxDouble.real = DBL_MAX;
//=========================================================
- // reperesentation of the max double in IEEE is
- // "7fef ffff ffff ffff" for the big indiens.
- // "ffff ffff 7fef ffff" for the littel indiens.
+ // representation of the max double in IEEE is
+ // "7fef ffff ffff ffff" for the big endians.
+ // "ffff ffff 7fef ffff" for the little endians.
//=========================================================
if(MaxDouble.map[1] != 0xffffffff){
//=========================================
// -oo__________0___________+oo
// x=y
- // The direction is "Null", so there is nothing after
+ // The direction is "Null", so there is nothing after
//=========================================
} else if (((x<y) && (x>=0.0)) || ((x>y) && (x<0.0))) {
{
if ( (Value <= -1.) || (Value >= 1.) ){
#ifdef OCCT_DEBUG
- std::cout << "Illegal agument in ATanh" << std::endl ;
+ std::cout << "Illegal argument in ATanh" << std::endl ;
#endif
- throw Standard_NumericError("Illegal agument in ATanh");
+ throw Standard_NumericError("Illegal argument in ATanh");
}
#if __QNX__
return std::atanh(Value);
{
if ( Value < 1. ){
#ifdef OCCT_DEBUG
- std::cout << "Illegal agument in ACosh" << std::endl ;
+ std::cout << "Illegal argument in ACosh" << std::endl ;
#endif
- throw Standard_NumericError("Illegal agument in ACosh");
+ throw Standard_NumericError("Illegal argument in ACosh");
}
#if __QNX__
return std::acosh(Value);
Standard_Real Log (const Standard_Real Value)
{ if ( Value <= 0. ){
#ifdef OCCT_DEBUG
- std::cout << "Illegal agument in Log" << std::endl ;
+ std::cout << "Illegal argument in Log" << std::endl ;
#endif
- throw Standard_NumericError("Illegal agument in Log");
+ throw Standard_NumericError("Illegal argument in Log");
}
return log(Value);
}
{
if ( Value < 0. ){
#ifdef OCCT_DEBUG
- std::cout << "Illegal agument in Sqrt" << std::endl ;
+ std::cout << "Illegal argument in Sqrt" << std::endl ;
#endif
- throw Standard_NumericError("Illegal agument in Sqrt");
+ throw Standard_NumericError("Illegal argument in Sqrt");
}
return sqrt(Value);
}
// ===============================================
// ==================================
-// Methods implemeted in Standard_Real.cxx
+// Methods implemented in Standard_Real.cxx
// ==================================
//! Computes a hash code for the given real, in the range [1, theUpperBound]
// *********************************** //
// Class methods //
// //
- // Machine-dependant values //
+ // Machine-dependent values //
// Should be taken from include file //
// *********************************** //
//=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=//
- // End of machine-dependant values //
+ // End of machine-dependent values //
//=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=//
// Epsilon : The function returns absolute value of difference
// between 'Value' and other nearest value of
// Standard_Real type.
-// Nearest value is choseen in direction of infinity
+// Nearest value is chosen in direction of infinity
// the same sign as 'Value'.
// If 'Value' is 0 then returns minimal positive value
// of Standard_Real type.
// *********************************** //
// Class methods //
// //
- // Machine-dependant values //
+ // Machine-dependent values //
// Should be taken from include file //
// *********************************** //
// ===============================================
// ==================================
-// Methods implemeted in Standard_ShortReal.cxx
+// Methods implemented in Standard_ShortReal.cxx
// ==================================
//! Computes a hash code for the given short real, in the range [1, theUpperBound]
return theRegistry;
}
- // To initialize theRegistry map as soon as possible to be destoryed the latest
+ // To initialize theRegistry map as soon as possible to be destroyed the latest
Handle(Standard_Type) theType = STANDARD_TYPE(Standard_Transient);
}
// commercial license or contractual agreement.
//!@file
-//! Supresses compiler warnings.
+//! Suppresses compiler warnings.
//!
//! Standard_WarningsDisable.hxx disables all compiler warnings.
//! Standard_WarningsRestore.hxx restore the previous state of warnings.
//=======================================================================
//function : ImportAttribute
-//purpose : Import transient attribuite from the persistent data
+//purpose : Import transient attribute from the persistent data
//=======================================================================
template <template<class> class BaseT,
class HArrayClass,
//=======================================================================
//function : ImportAttribute
-//purpose : Import transient attribuite from the persistent data
+//purpose : Import transient attribute from the persistent data
//=======================================================================
template <class Instance>
void StdLPersistent_Collection::instance_1<Instance>::ImportAttribute()
: public BaseT <typename StdObjMgt_Attribute<AttribClass>::SingleRef>
{
public:
- //! Import transient attribuite from the persistent data.
+ //! Import transient attribute from the persistent data.
Standard_EXPORT virtual void ImportAttribute();
};
//! Read persistent data from a file.
Standard_EXPORT virtual void Read (StdObjMgt_ReadData& theReadData);
- //! Import transient attribuite from the persistent data.
+ //! Import transient attribute from the persistent data.
Standard_EXPORT virtual void ImportAttribute();
private:
Handle(TDF_Data) aData = new TDF_Data;
Parser (*myLabels->Array(), *myAttributes->Array()).FillLabel (aData->Root());
- // Import transient attribuites from persistent data
+ // Import transient attributes from persistent data
StdLPersistent_HArray1OfPersistent::Iterator anAttribIter (*myAttributes->Array());
for (; anAttribIter.More(); anAttribIter.Next())
{
//=======================================================================
//function : Import
-//purpose : Import transient attribuite from the persistent data
+//purpose : Import transient attribute from the persistent data
//=======================================================================
template <class AttribClass>
void StdLPersistent_Dependency::instance<AttribClass>::Import
//! Returns persistent type name
Standard_CString PName() const;
- //! Import transient attribuite from the persistent data.
+ //! Import transient attribute from the persistent data.
void Import (const Handle(AttribClass)& theAttribute) const;
private:
//! Returns persistent type name
inline Standard_CString PName() const { return "PFunction_Function"; }
- //! Import transient attribuite from the persistent data.
+ //! Import transient attribute from the persistent data.
void Import (const Handle(TFunction_Function)& theAttribute) const
{
theAttribute->SetDriverGUID (myDriverGUID);
//=======================================================================
//function : Import
-//purpose : Import transient attribuite from the persistent data
+//purpose : Import transient attribute from the persistent data
//=======================================================================
void StdLPersistent_NamedData::Import
(const Handle(TDataStd_NamedData)& theAttribute) const
//! Returns persistent type name
Standard_CString PName() const { return "PDataStd_NamedData"; }
- //! Import transient attribuite from the persistent data.
+ //! Import transient attribute from the persistent data.
void Import (const Handle(TDataStd_NamedData)& theAttribute) const;
private:
//! Returns persistent type name
Standard_CString PName() const { return "PDataStd_Real"; }
- //! Import transient attribuite from the persistent data.
+ //! Import transient attribute from the persistent data.
void Import (const Handle(TDataStd_Real)& theAttribute) const
{
theAttribute->Set (myValue);
//=======================================================================
//function : CreateAttribute
-//purpose : Create an empty transient attribuite
+//purpose : Create an empty transient attribute
//=======================================================================
Handle(TDF_Attribute) StdLPersistent_TreeNode::CreateAttribute()
{
//=======================================================================
//function : ImportAttribute
-//purpose : Import transient attribuite from the persistent data
+//purpose : Import transient attribute from the persistent data
//=======================================================================
void StdLPersistent_TreeNode::ImportAttribute()
{
virtual Standard_CString PName() const
{ return "PDataStd_TreeNode"; }
- //! Create an empty transient attribuite
+ //! Create an empty transient attribute
Standard_EXPORT virtual Handle(TDF_Attribute) CreateAttribute();
- //! Import transient attribuite from the persistent data.
+ //! Import transient attribute from the persistent data.
Standard_EXPORT virtual void ImportAttribute();
private:
//=======================================================================
//function : ImportAttribute
-//purpose : Import transient attribuite from the persistent data
+//purpose : Import transient attribute from the persistent data
//=======================================================================
template <class AttribClass>
void StdLPersistent_Value::integer<AttribClass>::ImportAttribute()
//=======================================================================
//function : ImportAttribute
-//purpose : Import transient attribuite from the persistent data
+//purpose : Import transient attribute from the persistent data
//=======================================================================
template <class AttribClass, class HStringClass>
void StdLPersistent_Value::string<AttribClass, HStringClass>::ImportAttribute()
//=======================================================================
//function : ImportAttribute
-//purpose : Import transient attribuite from the persistent data
+//purpose : Import transient attribute from the persistent data
//=======================================================================
template<>
void StdLPersistent_Value::string<TDF_Reference>::ImportAttribute()
//=======================================================================
//function : ImportAttribute
-//purpose : Import transient attribuite from the persistent data
+//purpose : Import transient attribute from the persistent data
//=======================================================================
template<>
void StdLPersistent_Value::string<TDataStd_UAttribute>::ImportAttribute()
//=======================================================================
//function : CreateAttribute
-//purpose : Create an empty transient attribuite
+//purpose : Create an empty transient attribute
//=======================================================================
Handle(TDF_Attribute) StdLPersistent_Value::UAttribute::CreateAttribute()
{
class integer : public StdObjMgt_Attribute<AttribClass>::SingleInt
{
public:
- //! Import transient attribuite from the persistent data.
+ //! Import transient attribute from the persistent data.
Standard_EXPORT virtual void ImportAttribute();
};
class string : public StdObjMgt_Attribute<AttribClass>::SingleRef
{
public:
- //! Import transient attribuite from the persistent data.
+ //! Import transient attribute from the persistent data.
Standard_EXPORT virtual void ImportAttribute();
};
class UAttribute : public string <TDataStd_UAttribute>
{
public:
- //! Create an empty transient attribuite
+ //! Create an empty transient attribute
Standard_EXPORT virtual Handle(TDF_Attribute) CreateAttribute();
Standard_CString PName() const { return "PDataStd_UAttribute"; }
};
class Integer : public integer <TDataStd_Integer>
{
public:
- //! Create an empty transient attribuite
+ //! Create an empty transient attribute
Standard_EXPORT virtual Handle(TDF_Attribute) CreateAttribute();
Standard_CString PName() const { return "PDataStd_Integer"; }
};
class Name : public string <TDataStd_Name>
{
public:
- //! Create an empty transient attribuite
+ //! Create an empty transient attribute
Standard_EXPORT virtual Handle(TDF_Attribute) CreateAttribute();
Standard_CString PName() const { return "PDataStd_Name"; }
};
class AsciiString : public string <TDataStd_AsciiString, StdLPersistent_HString::Ascii>
{
public:
- //! Create an empty transient attribuite
+ //! Create an empty transient attribute
Standard_EXPORT virtual Handle(TDF_Attribute) CreateAttribute();
Standard_CString PName() const { return "PDataStd_AsciiString"; }
};
//! Returns persistent type name
inline Standard_CString PName() const { return "PDataStd_Variable"; }
- //! Import transient attribuite from the persistent data.
+ //! Import transient attribute from the persistent data.
void Import (const Handle(TDataStd_Variable)& theAttribute) const
{
theAttribute->Constant (myIsConstant);
//! Returns persistent type name
Standard_CString PName() const;
- //! Import transient attribuite from the persistent data
+ //! Import transient attribute from the persistent data
virtual void ImportAttribute() {}
};
//! Returns persistent type name
inline Standard_CString PName() const { return "PDocStd_XLink"; }
- //! Import transient attribuite from the persistent data.
+ //! Import transient attribute from the persistent data.
void Import (const Handle(TDocStd_XLink)& theAttribute) const
{
if (myDocEntry)
class base : public StdObjMgt_Persistent
{
public:
- //! Create an empty transient attribuite
+ //! Create an empty transient attribute
virtual Handle(TDF_Attribute) CreateAttribute()
{ return myTransient = new Transient; }
- //! Get transient attribuite for the persistent data
+ //! Get transient attribute for the persistent data
virtual Handle(TDF_Attribute) GetAttribute() const
{ return Handle(TDF_Attribute)(myTransient); }
virtual Standard_CString PName() const
{ return myPersistent->PName(); }
- //! Import transient attribuite from the persistent data
+ //! Import transient attribute from the persistent data
virtual void ImportAttribute()
{
if (myPersistent && this->myTransient)
//=======================================================================
//function : ImportDocument
//purpose : Import transient document from the persistent data
-// (to be overriden by document class;
+// (to be overridden by document class;
// does nothing by default for other classes).
//=======================================================================
void StdObjMgt_Persistent::ImportDocument
//=======================================================================
//function : CreateAttribute
-//purpose : Create an empty transient attribuite
-// (to be overriden by attribute classes;
+//purpose : Create an empty transient attribute
+// (to be overridden by attribute classes;
// does nothing and returns a null handle by default for other classes)
//=======================================================================
Handle(TDF_Attribute) StdObjMgt_Persistent::CreateAttribute()
//=======================================================================
//function : GetAttribute
-//purpose : Get transient attribuite for the persistent data
-// (to be overriden by attribute classes;
+//purpose : Get transient attribute for the persistent data
+// (to be overridden by attribute classes;
// returns a null handle by default for non-attribute classes)
//=======================================================================
Handle(TDF_Attribute) StdObjMgt_Persistent::GetAttribute() const
//=======================================================================
//function : ImportAttribute
-//purpose : Import transient attribuite from the persistent data
-// (to be overriden by attribute classes;
+//purpose : Import transient attribute from the persistent data
+// (to be overridden by attribute classes;
// does nothing by default for non-attribute classes)
//=======================================================================
void StdObjMgt_Persistent::ImportAttribute() {}
//=======================================================================
//function : AsciiString
//purpose : Get referenced ASCII string
-// (to be overriden by ASCII string class;
+// (to be overridden by ASCII string class;
// returns a null handle by default for other classes)
//=======================================================================
Handle(TCollection_HAsciiString) StdObjMgt_Persistent::AsciiString() const
//=======================================================================
//function : ExtString
//purpose : Get referenced extended string
-// (to be overriden by extended string class;
+// (to be overridden by extended string class;
// returns a null handle by default for other classes)
//=======================================================================
Handle(TCollection_HExtendedString) StdObjMgt_Persistent::ExtString() const
//=======================================================================
//function : Label
//purpose : Get a label expressed by referenced extended string
-// (to be overriden by extended string class;
+// (to be overridden by extended string class;
// returns a null label by default for other classes)
//=======================================================================
TDF_Label StdObjMgt_Persistent::Label (const Handle(TDF_Data)&) const
virtual Standard_CString PName() const = 0;
//! Import transient document from the persistent data
- //! (to be overriden by document class;
+ //! (to be overridden by document class;
//! does nothing by default for other classes).
Standard_EXPORT virtual void ImportDocument
(const Handle(TDocStd_Document)& theDocument) const;
- //! Create an empty transient attribuite
- //! (to be overriden by attribute classes;
+ //! Create an empty transient attribute
+ //! (to be overridden by attribute classes;
//! does nothing and returns a null handle by default for other classes).
Standard_EXPORT virtual Handle(TDF_Attribute) CreateAttribute();
- //! Get transient attribuite for the persistent data
- //! (to be overriden by attribute classes;
+ //! Get transient attribute for the persistent data
+ //! (to be overridden by attribute classes;
//! returns a null handle by default for non-attribute classes).
Standard_EXPORT virtual Handle(TDF_Attribute) GetAttribute() const;
- //! Import transient attribuite from the persistent data
- //! (to be overriden by attribute classes;
+ //! Import transient attribute from the persistent data
+ //! (to be overridden by attribute classes;
//! does nothing by default for non-attribute classes).
Standard_EXPORT virtual void ImportAttribute();
//! Get referenced ASCII string
- //! (to be overriden by ASCII string class;
+ //! (to be overridden by ASCII string class;
//! returns a null handle by default for other classes).
Standard_EXPORT virtual Handle(TCollection_HAsciiString) AsciiString() const;
//! Get referenced extended string
- //! (to be overriden by extended string class;
+ //! (to be overridden by extended string class;
//! returns a null handle by default for other classes).
Standard_EXPORT virtual Handle(TCollection_HExtendedString) ExtString() const;
//! Get a label expressed by referenced extended string
- //! (to be overriden by extended string class;
+ //! (to be overridden by extended string class;
//! returns a null label by default for other classes).
Standard_EXPORT virtual TDF_Label Label (const Handle(TDF_Data)& theDF) const;
//=======================================================================
//function : ImportAttribute
-//purpose : Import transient attribuite from the persistent data
+//purpose : Import transient attribute from the persistent data
//=======================================================================
void StdPersistent_DataXtd::Geometry::ImportAttribute()
{ myTransient->SetType (static_cast<TDataXtd_GeometryEnum> (myData)); }
//=======================================================================
//function : ImportAttribute
-//purpose : Import transient attribuite from the persistent data
+//purpose : Import transient attribute from the persistent data
//=======================================================================
void StdPersistent_DataXtd::Position::ImportAttribute()
{ myTransient->SetPosition (myData); }
class Geometry : public StdObjMgt_Attribute<TDataXtd_Geometry>::SingleInt
{
public:
- //! Import transient attribuite from the persistent data.
+ //! Import transient attribute from the persistent data.
Standard_EXPORT virtual void ImportAttribute();
};
class Position : public StdObjMgt_Attribute<TDataXtd_Position>::Simple<gp_Pnt>
{
public:
- //! Import transient attribuite from the persistent data.
+ //! Import transient attribute from the persistent data.
Standard_EXPORT virtual void ImportAttribute();
};
};
//=======================================================================
//function : Import
-//purpose : Import transient attribuite from the persistent data
+//purpose : Import transient attribute from the persistent data
//=======================================================================
void StdPersistent_DataXtd_Constraint::Import
(const Handle(TDataXtd_Constraint)& theAttribute) const
//! Returns persistent type name
inline Standard_CString PName() const { return "PDataXtd_Constraint"; }
- //! Import transient attribuite from the persistent data.
+ //! Import transient attribute from the persistent data.
void Import (const Handle(TDataXtd_Constraint)& theAttribute) const;
private:
//=======================================================================
//function : Import
-//purpose : Import transient attribuite from the persistent data
+//purpose : Import transient attribute from the persistent data
//=======================================================================
void StdPersistent_DataXtd_PatternStd::Import
(const Handle(TDataXtd_PatternStd)& theAttribute) const
//! Returns persistent type name
inline Standard_CString PName() const { return "PDataXtd_PatternStd"; }
- //! Import transient attribuite from the persistent data.
+ //! Import transient attribute from the persistent data.
void Import (const Handle(TDataXtd_PatternStd)& theAttribute) const;
private:
//=======================================================================
//function : Import
-//purpose : Import transient attribuite from the persistent data
+//purpose : Import transient attribute from the persistent data
//=======================================================================
void StdPersistent_Naming::NamedShape::Import
(const Handle(TNaming_NamedShape)& theAttribute) const
//=======================================================================
//function : ImportAttribute
-//purpose : Import transient attribuite from the persistent data
+//purpose : Import transient attribute from the persistent data
//=======================================================================
void StdPersistent_Naming::Naming::ImportAttribute()
{
//=======================================================================
//function : ImportAttribute
-//purpose : Import transient attribuite from the persistent data
+//purpose : Import transient attribute from the persistent data
//=======================================================================
void StdPersistent_Naming::Naming_1::ImportAttribute()
{
//! Returns persistent type name
inline Standard_CString PName() const { return "PNaming_NamedShape"; }
- //! Import transient attribuite from the persistent data.
+ //! Import transient attribute from the persistent data.
void Import (const Handle(TNaming_NamedShape)& theAttribute) const;
private:
class Naming : public StdObjMgt_Attribute<TNaming_Naming>::SingleRef
{
public:
- //! Import transient attribuite from the persistent data.
+ //! Import transient attribute from the persistent data.
Standard_EXPORT virtual void ImportAttribute();
};
class Naming_1 : public Naming
{
public:
- //! Import transient attribuite from the persistent data.
+ //! Import transient attribute from the persistent data.
Standard_EXPORT virtual void ImportAttribute();
};
//=======================================================================
//function : Import
-//purpose : Import transient attribuite from the persistent data
+//purpose : Import transient attribute from the persistent data
//=======================================================================
void StdPersistent_PPrsStd::AISPresentation::Import
(const Handle(TDataXtd_Presentation)& theAttribute) const
//=======================================================================
//function : Import
-//purpose : Import transient attribuite from the persistent data
+//purpose : Import transient attribute from the persistent data
//=======================================================================
void StdPersistent_PPrsStd::AISPresentation_1::Import
(const Handle(TDataXtd_Presentation)& theAttribute) const
//! Returns persistent type name
inline Standard_CString PName() const { return "PPrsStd_AISPresentation"; }
- //! Import transient attribuite from the persistent data.
+ //! Import transient attribute from the persistent data.
void Import (const Handle(TDataXtd_Presentation)& theAttribute) const;
private:
//! Returns persistent type name
inline Standard_CString PName() const { return "PPrsStd_AISPresentation_1"; }
- //! Import transient attribuite from the persistent data.
+ //! Import transient attribute from the persistent data.
void Import (const Handle(TDataXtd_Presentation)& theAttribute) const;
private:
#include <Font_TextFormatter.hxx>
// =======================================================================
-// Function : Perfrom
+// Function : Perform
// Purpose :
// =======================================================================
TopoDS_Shape StdPrs_BRepTextBuilder::Perform (StdPrs_BRepFont& theFont,
// commercial license or contractual agreement.
// Great zoom leads to non-coincidence of
-// a point and non-infinite lines passing throught this point:
+// a point and non-infinite lines passing through this point:
#include <Adaptor3d_Curve.hxx>
#include <Bnd_Box.hxx>
// commercial license or contractual agreement.
// Great zoom leads to non-coincidence of
-// a point and non-infinite lines passing throught this point:
+// a point and non-infinite lines passing through this point:
#include <Adaptor3d_Curve.hxx>
#include <Bnd_Box.hxx>
}
}
- //! Reoder and adjust to the limit a curve's parameter values.
+ //! Reorder and adjust to the limit a curve's parameter values.
//! @param theCurve [in] the curve.
//! @param theLimit [in] the parameter limit value.
//! @param theFirst [in/out] the first parameter value.
Standard_Real aU1 = anEdgeCurve->FirstParameter();
Standard_Real aU2 = anEdgeCurve->LastParameter();
- // MSV 17.08.06 OCC13144: U2 occured less than U1, to overcome it
+ // MSV 17.08.06 OCC13144: U2 occurred less than U1, to overcome it
// ensure that distance U2-U1 is not greater than aLimit*2,
// if greater then choose an origin and use aLimit to define
// U1 and U2 anew.
const TColStd_SequenceOfReal& theUIsoParams,
const TColStd_SequenceOfReal& theVIsoParams);
- //! Evalute sequence of parameters for drawing uv isolines for a given face.
+ //! Evaluate sequence of parameters for drawing uv isolines for a given face.
//! @param theFace [in] the face.
//! @param theNbIsoU [in] the number of u isolines.
//! @param theNbIsoV [in] the number of v isolines.
//! puts them in an entity called Selection (see package SelectMgr) and returns it.
//!
//! A Priority for the decomposed pickable objects can be given ;
-//! by default There is A Preset Hierachy:
+//! by default There is A Preset Hierarchy:
//! Vertex priority : 5
//! Edge priority : 4
//! Wire priority : 3
//! called to compute sensitive entities on faces.
Standard_EXPORT static void Load (const Handle(SelectMgr_Selection)& aSelection, const TopoDS_Shape& aShape, const TopAbs_ShapeEnum aType, const Standard_Real theDeflection, const Standard_Real theDeviationAngle, const Standard_Boolean AutoTriangulation = Standard_True, const Standard_Integer aPriority = -1, const Standard_Integer NbPOnEdge = 9, const Standard_Real MaximalParameter = 500);
- //! Same functionnalities ; the only
+ //! Same functionalities ; the only
//! difference is that the selectable object from which the
//! selection comes is stored in each Sensitive EntityOwner;
//! decomposition of <aShape> into sensitive entities following
//! Returns data type
Standard_EXPORT TCollection_ExtendedString DataType() const;
- //! Add <theUserInfo> to the user informations
+ //! Add <theUserInfo> to the user information
Standard_EXPORT void AddToUserInfo(const TCollection_AsciiString& theUserInfo);
- //! Return the user informations
+ //! Return the user information
Standard_EXPORT const TColStd_SequenceOfAsciiString& UserInfo() const;
- //! Add <theUserInfo> to the user informations
+ //! Add <theUserInfo> to the user information
Standard_EXPORT void AddToComments(const TCollection_ExtendedString& aComment);
- //! Return the user informations
+ //! Return the user information
Standard_EXPORT const TColStd_SequenceOfExtendedString& Comments() const;
//! Returns the number of persistent objects
usedRepresentation = theUsedRepresentation;
}
- //! Retuns field UsedRepresentation
+ //! Returns field UsedRepresentation
inline Handle(StepRepr_Representation) UsedRepresentation() const
{
return usedRepresentation;
const Handle(TCollection_HAsciiString)& aName,
const Handle(StepBasic_MeasureWithUnit)& aConversionFactor)
{
- // --- ANDOR componant fields ---
+ // --- ANDOR component fields ---
StepBasic_ConversionBasedUnit::Init(aDimensions, aName, aConversionFactor);
- // --- ANDOR componant fields ---
+ // --- ANDOR component fields ---
lengthUnit = new StepBasic_LengthUnit();
lengthUnit->Init(aDimensions);
}
const Handle(TCollection_HAsciiString)& aName,
const Handle(StepBasic_MeasureWithUnit)& aConversionFactor)
{
- // --- ANDOR componant fields ---
+ // --- ANDOR component fields ---
StepBasic_ConversionBasedUnit::Init(aDimensions, aName, aConversionFactor);
- // --- ANDOR componant fields ---
+ // --- ANDOR component fields ---
massUnit = new StepBasic_MassUnit();
massUnit->Init(aDimensions);
}
const Handle(TCollection_HAsciiString)& aName,
const Handle(StepBasic_MeasureWithUnit)& aConversionFactor)
{
- // --- ANDOR componant fields ---
+ // --- ANDOR component fields ---
StepBasic_ConversionBasedUnit::Init(aDimensions, aName, aConversionFactor);
- // --- ANDOR componant fields ---
+ // --- ANDOR component fields ---
planeAngleUnit = new StepBasic_PlaneAngleUnit();
planeAngleUnit->Init(aDimensions);
}
const Handle(TCollection_HAsciiString)& aName,
const Handle(StepBasic_MeasureWithUnit)& aConversionFactor)
{
- // --- ANDOR componant fields ---
+ // --- ANDOR component fields ---
StepBasic_ConversionBasedUnit::Init(aDimensions, aName, aConversionFactor);
- // --- ANDOR componant fields ---
+ // --- ANDOR component fields ---
ratioUnit = new StepBasic_RatioUnit();
ratioUnit->Init(aDimensions);
}
const Handle(TCollection_HAsciiString)& aName,
const Handle(StepBasic_MeasureWithUnit)& aConversionFactor)
{
- // --- ANDOR componant fields ---
+ // --- ANDOR component fields ---
StepBasic_ConversionBasedUnit::Init(aDimensions, aName, aConversionFactor);
- // --- ANDOR componant fields ---
+ // --- ANDOR component fields ---
solidAngleUnit = new StepBasic_SolidAngleUnit();
solidAngleUnit->Init(aDimensions);
}
const Handle(TCollection_HAsciiString)& aName,
const Handle(StepBasic_MeasureWithUnit)& aConversionFactor)
{
- // --- ANDOR componant fields ---
+ // --- ANDOR component fields ---
StepBasic_ConversionBasedUnit::Init(aDimensions, aName, aConversionFactor);
- // --- ANDOR componant fields ---
+ // --- ANDOR component fields ---
timeUnit = new StepBasic_TimeUnit();
timeUnit->Init(aDimensions);
}
Handle(StepBasic_DimensionalExponents) StepBasic_SiUnit::Dimensions() const
{
// WARNING : the field is redefined.
- // method body is not yet automaticly wrote
+ // method body is not yet automatically wrote
// attention : dimensional exponent retourne incorrect (pointeur NULL).
// on devrait, en fonction du nom de l unite SI, construire un dimensional
const StepBasic_SiUnitName aName)
{
// --- classe inherited fields ---
- // --- ANDOR componant fields ---
+ // --- ANDOR component fields ---
lengthUnit = new StepBasic_LengthUnit();
Handle(StepBasic_DimensionalExponents) aDimensions;
aDimensions.Nullify();
lengthUnit->Init(aDimensions);
- // --- ANDOR componant fields ---
+ // --- ANDOR component fields ---
StepBasic_SiUnit::Init(hasAprefix, aPrefix, aName);
}
const StepBasic_SiUnitName aName)
{
// --- classe inherited fields ---
- // --- ANDOR componant fields ---
+ // --- ANDOR component fields ---
massUnit = new StepBasic_MassUnit();
Handle(StepBasic_DimensionalExponents) aDimensions;
aDimensions.Nullify();
massUnit->Init(aDimensions);
- // --- ANDOR componant fields ---
+ // --- ANDOR component fields ---
StepBasic_SiUnit::Init(hasAprefix, aPrefix, aName);
}
const StepBasic_SiUnitName aName)
{
// --- classe inherited fields ---
- // --- ANDOR componant fields ---
+ // --- ANDOR component fields ---
planeAngleUnit = new StepBasic_PlaneAngleUnit();
Handle(StepBasic_DimensionalExponents) aDimensions;
aDimensions.Nullify();
planeAngleUnit->Init(aDimensions);
- // --- ANDOR componant fields ---
+ // --- ANDOR component fields ---
StepBasic_SiUnit::Init(hasAprefix, aPrefix, aName);
}
const StepBasic_SiUnitName aName)
{
// --- class inherited fields ---
- // --- ANDOR componant fields ---
+ // --- ANDOR component fields ---
StepBasic_SiUnit::Init(hasAprefix, aPrefix, aName);
- // --- ANDOR componant fields ---
+ // --- ANDOR component fields ---
ratioUnit = new StepBasic_RatioUnit();
Handle(StepBasic_DimensionalExponents) aDimensions;
aDimensions.Nullify();
const StepBasic_SiUnitName aName)
{
// --- class inherited fields ---
- // --- ANDOR componant fields ---
+ // --- ANDOR component fields ---
StepBasic_SiUnit::Init(hasAprefix, aPrefix, aName);
- // --- ANDOR componant fields ---
+ // --- ANDOR component fields ---
solidAngleUnit = new StepBasic_SolidAngleUnit();
Handle(StepBasic_DimensionalExponents) aDimensions;
aDimensions.Nullify();
const StepBasic_SiUnitName aName)
{
// --- class inherited fields ---
- // --- ANDOR componant fields ---
+ // --- ANDOR component fields ---
StepBasic_SiUnit::Init(hasAprefix, aPrefix, aName);
- // --- ANDOR componant fields ---
+ // --- ANDOR component fields ---
thermodynamicTemperatureUnit = new StepBasic_ThermodynamicTemperatureUnit();
Handle(StepBasic_DimensionalExponents) aDimensions;
aDimensions.Nullify();
const StepBasic_SiUnitName aName)
{
// --- class inherited fields ---
- // --- ANDOR componant fields ---
+ // --- ANDOR component fields ---
StepBasic_SiUnit::Init(hasAprefix, aPrefix, aName);
- // --- ANDOR componant fields ---
+ // --- ANDOR component fields ---
timeUnit = new StepBasic_TimeUnit();
Handle(StepBasic_DimensionalExponents) aDimensions;
aDimensions.Nullify();
//! declared as for a kind (Integer String etc), then declared as
//! a list with its initial size, after this its items are set
//! Also it can be set in once if the HArray is ready
-class StepData_Field
+class StepData_Field
{
public:
DEFINE_STANDARD_ALLOC
-
+
//! Creates a Field, empty ("no value defined")
Standard_EXPORT StepData_Field();
-
+
//! Creates a Field from another one. If <copy> is True, Handled
//! data (Select,String,List, not entities) are copied
Standard_EXPORT StepData_Field(const StepData_Field& other, const Standard_Boolean copy = Standard_False);
-
+
//! Gets the copy of the values of another field
Standard_EXPORT void CopyFrom (const StepData_Field& other);
//! Just before SetList, predeclares it as "any"
//! A Kind can be directly set here to declare a type
Standard_EXPORT void Clear (const Standard_Integer kind = 0);
-
+
//! Codes a Field as derived (no proper value)
Standard_EXPORT void SetDerived();
-
+
//! Directly sets the Integer value, if its Kind matches
//! Integer, Boolean, Logical, or Enum (does not change Kind)
Standard_EXPORT void SetInt (const Standard_Integer val);
-
+
//! Sets an Integer value (before SetList* declares it as Integer)
Standard_EXPORT void SetInteger (const Standard_Integer val = 0);
-
+
//! Sets a Boolean value (or predeclares a list as boolean)
Standard_EXPORT void SetBoolean (const Standard_Boolean val = Standard_False);
-
+
//! Sets a Logical Value (or predeclares a list as logical)
Standard_EXPORT void SetLogical (const StepData_Logical val = StepData_LFalse);
-
+
//! Sets a Real Value (or predeclares a list as Real);
Standard_EXPORT void SetReal (const Standard_Real val = 0.0);
-
- //! Sets a String Value (or predeclares a list as String)
- //! Does not redefine the Kind if it is alread String or Enum
+
+ //! Sets a String Value (or predeclares a list as String)
+ //! Does not redefine the Kind if it is already String or Enum
Standard_EXPORT void SetString (const Standard_CString val = "");
-
+
//! Sets an Enum Value (as its integer counterpart)
//! (or predeclares a list as Enum)
//! If <text> is given , also sets its textual expression
//! <val> negative means unknown (known values begin at 0)
Standard_EXPORT void SetEnum (const Standard_Integer val = -1, const Standard_CString text = "");
-
+
//! Sets a SelectMember (for Integer,Boolean,Enum,Real,Logical)
//! Hence, the value of the field is accessed through this member
Standard_EXPORT void SetSelectMember (const Handle(StepData_SelectMember)& val);
-
+
//! Sets an Entity Value
Standard_EXPORT void SetEntity (const Handle(Standard_Transient)& val);
-
+
//! Predeclares a list as of entity
Standard_EXPORT void SetEntity();
-
+
//! Declares a field as a list, with an initial size
//! Initial lower is defaulted as 1, can be defined
//! The list starts empty, typed by the last Set*
//! If no Set* before, sets it as "any" (transient/select)
Standard_EXPORT void SetList (const Standard_Integer size, const Standard_Integer first = 1);
-
+
//! Declares a field as an homogeneous square list, with initial
//! sizes, and initial lowers
Standard_EXPORT void SetList2 (const Standard_Integer siz1, const Standard_Integer siz2, const Standard_Integer f1 = 1, const Standard_Integer f2 = 1);
-
+
//! Sets an undetermined value : can be String, SelectMember,
//! HArray(1-2) ... else, an Entity
//! In case of an HArray, determines and records its size(s)
Standard_EXPORT void Set (const Handle(Standard_Transient)& val);
-
+
//! Declares an item of the list as undefined
//! (ignored if list not defined as String,Entity or Any)
Standard_EXPORT void ClearItem (const Standard_Integer num);
-
+
//! Internal access to an Integer Value for a list, plus its kind
Standard_EXPORT void SetInt (const Standard_Integer num, const Standard_Integer val, const Standard_Integer kind);
-
+
//! Sets an Integer Value for a list (rank num)
//! (recognizes a SelectMember)
Standard_EXPORT void SetInteger (const Standard_Integer num, const Standard_Integer val);
-
+
Standard_EXPORT void SetBoolean (const Standard_Integer num, const Standard_Boolean val);
-
+
Standard_EXPORT void SetLogical (const Standard_Integer num, const StepData_Logical val);
-
+
//! Sets an Enum Value (Integer counterpart), also its text
//! expression if known (if list has been set as "any")
Standard_EXPORT void SetEnum (const Standard_Integer num, const Standard_Integer val, const Standard_CString text = "");
-
+
Standard_EXPORT void SetReal (const Standard_Integer num, const Standard_Real val);
-
+
Standard_EXPORT void SetString (const Standard_Integer num, const Standard_CString val);
-
+
Standard_EXPORT void SetEntity (const Standard_Integer num, const Handle(Standard_Transient)& val);
-
+
Standard_EXPORT Standard_Boolean IsSet (const Standard_Integer n1 = 1, const Standard_Integer n2 = 1) const;
-
+
//! Returns the kind of an item in a list or double list
//! It is the kind of the list, except if it is "Any", in such a
//! case the true kind is determined and returned
Standard_EXPORT Standard_Integer ItemKind (const Standard_Integer n1 = 1, const Standard_Integer n2 = 1) const;
-
+
//! Returns the kind of the field
//! <type> True (D) : returns only the type itself
//! else, returns the complete kind
Standard_EXPORT Standard_Integer Kind (const Standard_Boolean type = Standard_True) const;
-
+
Standard_EXPORT Standard_Integer Arity() const;
-
+
Standard_EXPORT Standard_Integer Length (const Standard_Integer index = 1) const;
-
+
Standard_EXPORT Standard_Integer Lower (const Standard_Integer index = 1) const;
-
+
Standard_EXPORT Standard_Integer Int() const;
-
+
Standard_EXPORT Standard_Integer Integer (const Standard_Integer n1 = 1, const Standard_Integer n2 = 1) const;
-
+
Standard_EXPORT Standard_Boolean Boolean (const Standard_Integer n1 = 1, const Standard_Integer n2 = 1) const;
-
+
Standard_EXPORT StepData_Logical Logical (const Standard_Integer n1 = 1, const Standard_Integer n2 = 1) const;
-
+
Standard_EXPORT Standard_Real Real (const Standard_Integer n1 = 1, const Standard_Integer n2 = 1) const;
-
+
Standard_EXPORT Standard_CString String (const Standard_Integer n1 = 1, const Standard_Integer n2 = 1) const;
-
+
Standard_EXPORT Standard_Integer Enum (const Standard_Integer n1 = 1, const Standard_Integer n2 = 1) const;
-
+
Standard_EXPORT Standard_CString EnumText (const Standard_Integer n1 = 1, const Standard_Integer n2 = 1) const;
-
+
Standard_EXPORT Handle(Standard_Transient) Entity (const Standard_Integer n1 = 1, const Standard_Integer n2 = 1) const;
-
+
Standard_EXPORT Handle(Standard_Transient) Transient() const;
//! recognized by the resources
Standard_EXPORT virtual Standard_Integer TypeNumber (const Handle(Standard_Type)& atype) const Standard_OVERRIDE;
- //! Calls GlobalCheck for each of its recorded ressources
+ //! Calls GlobalCheck for each of its recorded resources
Standard_EXPORT virtual Standard_Boolean GlobalCheck (const Interface_Graph& G, Handle(Interface_Check)& ach) const Standard_OVERRIDE;
//! Returns the Schema Name attached to each class of Protocol
//! Adds a Module bound with a Protocol to the list : does
//! nothing if already in the list, THAT IS, Same Type (exact
//! match) and Same State (that is, IsEqual is not required)
- //! Once added, stores its attached Protocol in correspondance
+ //! Once added, stores its attached Protocol in correspondence
Standard_EXPORT void Add (const Handle(StepData_ReadWriteModule)& amodule, const Handle(StepData_Protocol)& aprotocol);
//! Returns the Module stored in a given GlobalNode
//! to control an input Argument
//!
//! This class implies to designate each member Type by a Case
-//! Number which is a positive Integer value (this allows a faster
-//! treatement).
+//! Number which is a positive Integer value (this allows a faster treatment).
//!
//! With this class, a specific SelectType can :
//! - recognize an Entity as complying or not with its definition,
-//! - storing it, with the garanty that the stored Entity complies
+//! - storing it, with the guarantee that the stored Entity complies
//! with the definition of the SelectType
//! - and (if judged useful) give the stored Entity under the good
//! Type rather than simply "Transient".
//! these features :
//! - same form as for writing a STEP File (because it is clear
//! and compact enough, even if the names of the fields do not
-//! appear) : thus, no additionnal resource is required
+//! appear) : thus, no additional resource is required
//! - possibility to look for an entity itself (only its Type or
//! with its content), an entity and it shared items (one level)
//! or all the entities its refers to, directly or recursively.
Standard_EXPORT StepData_StepWriter& StepWriter();
//! Dumps a Entity on an Messenger. Returns True if
- //! sucess, False, if the entity to dump has not been recognized
+ //! success, False, if the entity to dump has not been recognized
//! by the Protocol. <level> can have one of these values :
//! - 0 : prints the TYPE only, as known in STEP Files (StepType)
//! If <ent> has not been regognized by the Protocol, or if its
//! - 2 : dumps the entity completely, plus the item its refers to
//! at first level (a header message designates the starting
//! entity of the dump) <Lists Shared and Implied>
- //! - 3 : dumps the entity and its refered items at any levels
+ //! - 3 : dumps the entity and its referred items at any levels
//!
//! For levels 1,2,3, the numbers displayed (form #nnn) are the
//! numbers of the corresponding entities in the Model
//! returns Header entities under the form of an iterator
Standard_EXPORT Interface_EntityIterator Header() const;
- //! says if a Header entity has a specifed type
+ //! says if a Header entity has a specified type
Standard_EXPORT Standard_Boolean HasHeaderEntity (const Handle(Standard_Type)& atype) const;
//! Returns Header entity with specified type, if there is
if (!sel.Matches(entent))
{
errmess = new String("Parameter n0.%d (%s) : Entity has illegal type");
- //fot not suppported STEP entity
+ //fot not supported STEP entity
if (!entent.IsNull() && entent->IsKind(STANDARD_TYPE(StepData_UndefinedEntity)))
sel.SetValue(entent);
}
DEFINE_STANDARD_HANDLE(StepData_StepReaderData, Interface_FileReaderData)
//! Specific FileReaderData for Step
-//! Contains litteral description of entities (for each one : type
+//! Contains literal description of entities (for each one : type
//! as a string, ident, parameter list)
-//! provides references evaluation, plus access to litteral data
+//! provides references evaluation, plus access to literal data
//! and specific access methods (Boolean, XY, XYZ)
class StepData_StepReaderData : public Interface_FileReaderData
{
//! For a SubList or a Scope mark, <types> remains empty
Standard_EXPORT void ComplexType (const Standard_Integer num, TColStd_SequenceOfAsciiString& types) const;
- //! Returns the Next "Componant" for a Complex Type Entity, of
- //! which <num> is already a Componant (the first one or a next one)
- //! Returns 0 for a Simple Type or for the last Componant
+ //! Returns the Next "Component" for a Complex Type Entity, of
+ //! which <num> is already a Component (the first one or a next one)
+ //! Returns 0 for a Simple Type or for the last Component
Standard_EXPORT Standard_Integer NextForComplex (const Standard_Integer num) const;
//! Determines the first component which brings a given name, for
//! And if reading does not match its own description, the result
//! will be False
//! If <val> is not it not yet created, it will be (SelectNamed)
- //! Usefull if a field is defined as a SelectMember, directly
+ //! useful if a field is defined as a SelectMember, directly
//! (SELECT with no Entity as member)
//! But SelectType also manages SelectMember (for SELECT with
//! some members as Entity, some other not)
//! Specific FileReaderTool for Step; works with FileReaderData
-//! provides references evaluation, plus access to litteral data
+//! provides references evaluation, plus access to literal data
//! and specific methods defined by FileReaderTool
//! Remarks : works with a ReaderLib to load Entities
class StepData_StepReaderTool : public Interface_FileReaderTool
// commercial license or contractual agreement.
// List of changes:
-//skl 29.01.2003 - deleted one space symbol at the begining
+//skl 29.01.2003 - deleted one space symbol at the beginning
// of strings from Header Section
#include <Interface_Check.hxx>
Standard_EXPORT void SendData();
//! Send an Entity of the Data Section. If it corresponds to a
- //! Scope, also Sends the Scope informations and contained Items
+ //! Scope, also Sends the Scope information and contained Items
Standard_EXPORT void SendEntity (const Standard_Integer nument, const StepData_WriterLib& lib);
//! sets end of section; to be done before passing to next one
//! sets entity's StepType, opens brakets, starts param no to 0
//! params are separated by comma
//! Remark : for a Multiple Type Entity (see Express ANDOR clause)
- //! StartComplex must be called before sending componants, then
- //! each "Componant" must be send separately (one call to
- //! StartEntity for each one) : the Type which preceeds is then
- //! automaticaly closed. Once all the componants have been sent,
+ //! StartComplex must be called before sending components, then
+ //! each "Component" must be sent separately (one call to
+ //! StartEntity for each one) : the Type which precedes is then
+ //! automatically closed. Once all the components have been sent,
//! EndComplex must be called, then and only then EndEntity
Standard_EXPORT void StartEntity (const TCollection_AsciiString& atype);
//! sends the start of a complex entity, which is a simple open
//! bracket (without increasing braket level)
//! It must be called JUST AFTER SendEntity and BEFORE sending
- //! componants, each one begins by StartEntity
+ //! components, each one begins by StartEntity
Standard_EXPORT void StartComplex();
//! sends the end of a complex entity : a simple closed bracket
- //! It must be called AFTER sending all the componants and BEFORE
+ //! It must be called AFTER sending all the components and BEFORE
//! the final call to EndEntity
Standard_EXPORT void EndComplex();
//! prepares adding a parameter (that is, adds ',' except for
//! first one); normally for internal use; can be used to send
- //! a totally empty parameter (with no litteral value)
+ //! a totally empty parameter (with no literal value)
Standard_EXPORT void AddParam();
//! sends an integer parameter
Standard_EXPORT void Send (const Standard_Integer val);
- //! sends a real parameter (wroks with FloatWriter)
+ //! sends a real parameter (works with FloatWriter)
Standard_EXPORT void Send (const Standard_Real val);
//! sends a text given as string (it will be set between '...')
//! sends a string exactly as it is given
Standard_EXPORT void SendString (const Standard_CString val);
- //! sends an enum given by String (litteral expression)
+ //! sends an enum given by String (literal expression)
//! adds '.' around it if not done
//! Remark : val can be computed by class EnumTool from StepData:
//! StepWriter.SendEnum (myenum.Text(enumval));
Standard_EXPORT void SendEnum (const TCollection_AsciiString& val);
- //! sends an enum given by String (litteral expression)
+ //! sends an enum given by String (literal expression)
//! adds '.' around it if not done
Standard_EXPORT void SendEnum (const Standard_CString val);
//! sends an array of real
Standard_EXPORT void SendArrReal (const Handle(TColStd_HArray1OfReal)& anArr);
- //! sends an undefined (optionnal absent) parameter (by '$')
+ //! sends an undefined (optional absent) parameter (by '$')
Standard_EXPORT void SendUndef();
//! sends a "Derived" parameter (by '*'). A Derived Parameter has
//! Returns True if <me> defines a Multiple Type Entity (see ANDOR)
Standard_EXPORT Standard_Boolean IsComplex() const;
- //! For a Multiple Type Entity, returns the Next "Componant"
+ //! For a Multiple Type Entity, returns the Next "Component"
//! For more than two Types, iterative definition (Next->Next...)
//! Returns a Null Handle for the end of the List
Standard_EXPORT Handle(StepData_UndefinedEntity) Next() const;
class ArgumentsPage; //!< List of arguments pages, contains all text derived from Flex
class Scope; //!< List of scopes pages, contains all records for external processing
class RecordsPage; //!< List of records pages, contains all records
- class ErrorsPage; //!< List of errors messages, containts all errors
+ class ErrorsPage; //!< List of errors messages, contains all errors
public:
char* myCurrType; //!< Type of last record read
char* mySubArg; //!< Ident last record (possible sub-list)
Interface_ParamType myTypeArg; //!< Type of last argument read
- Argument* myCurrArg; //!< Current node of the argumets list
+ Argument* myCurrArg; //!< Current node of the arguments list
Record* myFirstRec; //!< First node of the records list
Record* myCurRec; //!< Current node of the records list
Record* myLastRec; //!< Last node of the records list
StepGeom_BSplineCurve::Init(aName, aDegree, aControlPointsList, aCurveForm, aClosedCurve, aSelfIntersect);
- // --- ANDOR componant fields ---
+ // --- ANDOR component fields ---
bSplineCurveWithKnots = new StepGeom_BSplineCurveWithKnots();
bSplineCurveWithKnots->Init(aName, aDegree, aControlPointsList, aCurveForm, aClosedCurve, aSelfIntersect, aKnotMultiplicities, aKnots, aKnotSpec);
- // --- ANDOR componant fields ---
+ // --- ANDOR component fields ---
rationalBSplineCurve = new StepGeom_RationalBSplineCurve();
rationalBSplineCurve->Init(aName, aDegree, aControlPointsList, aCurveForm, aClosedCurve, aSelfIntersect, aWeightsData);
StepGeom_BSplineSurface::Init(aName, aUDegree, aVDegree, aControlPointsList, aSurfaceForm, aUClosed, aVClosed, aSelfIntersect);
- // --- ANDOR componant fields ---
+ // --- ANDOR component fields ---
bSplineSurfaceWithKnots = new StepGeom_BSplineSurfaceWithKnots();
bSplineSurfaceWithKnots->Init(aName, aUDegree, aVDegree, aControlPointsList, aSurfaceForm, aUClosed, aVClosed, aSelfIntersect, aUMultiplicities, aVMultiplicities, aUKnots, aVKnots, aKnotSpec);
- // --- ANDOR componant fields ---
+ // --- ANDOR component fields ---
rationalBSplineSurface = new StepGeom_RationalBSplineSurface();
rationalBSplineSurface->Init(aName, aUDegree, aVDegree, aControlPointsList, aSurfaceForm, aUClosed, aVClosed, aSelfIntersect, aWeightsData);
StepGeom_BSplineCurve::Init(aName, aDegree, aControlPointsList, aCurveForm, aClosedCurve, aSelfIntersect);
- // --- ANDOR componant fields ---
+ // --- ANDOR component fields ---
bezierCurve = new StepGeom_BezierCurve();
bezierCurve->Init(aName, aDegree, aControlPointsList, aCurveForm, aClosedCurve, aSelfIntersect);
- // --- ANDOR componant fields ---
+ // --- ANDOR component fields ---
rationalBSplineCurve = new StepGeom_RationalBSplineCurve();
rationalBSplineCurve->Init(aName, aDegree, aControlPointsList, aCurveForm, aClosedCurve, aSelfIntersect, aWeightsData);
StepGeom_BSplineSurface::Init(aName, aUDegree, aVDegree, aControlPointsList, aSurfaceForm, aUClosed, aVClosed, aSelfIntersect);
- // --- ANDOR componant fields ---
+ // --- ANDOR component fields ---
bezierSurface = new StepGeom_BezierSurface();
bezierSurface->Init(aName, aUDegree, aVDegree, aControlPointsList, aSurfaceForm, aUClosed, aVClosed, aSelfIntersect);
- // --- ANDOR componant fields ---
+ // --- ANDOR component fields ---
rationalBSplineSurface = new StepGeom_RationalBSplineSurface();
rationalBSplineSurface->Init(aName, aUDegree, aVDegree, aControlPointsList, aSurfaceForm, aUClosed, aVClosed, aSelfIntersect, aWeightsData);
StepRepr_RepresentationContext::Init(aContextIdentifier, aContextType);
- // --- ANDOR componant fields : GeometricRepresentationContext ---
+ // --- ANDOR component fields : GeometricRepresentationContext ---
geometricRepresentationContext = new StepGeom_GeometricRepresentationContext();
geometricRepresentationContext->Init(aContextIdentifier, aContextType, aCoordinateSpaceDimension);
- // --- ANDOR componant fields : GlobalUnitAssignedContext ---
+ // --- ANDOR component fields : GlobalUnitAssignedContext ---
globalUnitAssignedContext = new StepRepr_GlobalUnitAssignedContext();
globalUnitAssignedContext->Init(aContextIdentifier, aContextType, aUnits);
- // --- ANDOR componant fields : GlobalUncertaintyAssignedContext ---
+ // --- ANDOR component fields : GlobalUncertaintyAssignedContext ---
globalUncertaintyAssignedContext = new StepRepr_GlobalUncertaintyAssignedContext();
globalUncertaintyAssignedContext->Init(aContextIdentifier, aContextType, anUncertainty);
StepRepr_RepresentationContext::Init(aContextIdentifier, aContextType);
- // --- ANDOR componant fields ---
+ // --- ANDOR component fields ---
geometricRepresentationContext = new StepGeom_GeometricRepresentationContext();
geometricRepresentationContext->Init(aContextIdentifier, aContextType, aCoordinateSpaceDimension);
- // --- ANDOR componant fields ---
+ // --- ANDOR component fields ---
globalUnitAssignedContext = new StepRepr_GlobalUnitAssignedContext();
globalUnitAssignedContext->Init(aContextIdentifier, aContextType, aUnits);
StepRepr_RepresentationContext::Init(aContextIdentifier, aContextType);
- // --- ANDOR componant fields ---
+ // --- ANDOR component fields ---
geometricRepresentationContext = new StepGeom_GeometricRepresentationContext();
geometricRepresentationContext->Init(aContextIdentifier, aContextType, aCoordinateSpaceDimension);
- // --- ANDOR componant fields ---
+ // --- ANDOR component fields ---
parametricRepresentationContext = new StepRepr_ParametricRepresentationContext();
parametricRepresentationContext->Init(aContextIdentifier, aContextType);
StepGeom_BSplineCurve::Init(aName, aDegree, aControlPointsList, aCurveForm, aClosedCurve, aSelfIntersect);
- // --- ANDOR componant fields ---
+ // --- ANDOR component fields ---
quasiUniformCurve = new StepGeom_QuasiUniformCurve();
quasiUniformCurve->Init(aName, aDegree, aControlPointsList, aCurveForm, aClosedCurve, aSelfIntersect);
- // --- ANDOR componant fields ---
+ // --- ANDOR component fields ---
rationalBSplineCurve = new StepGeom_RationalBSplineCurve();
rationalBSplineCurve->Init(aName, aDegree, aControlPointsList, aCurveForm, aClosedCurve, aSelfIntersect, aWeightsData);
StepGeom_BSplineSurface::Init(aName, aUDegree, aVDegree, aControlPointsList, aSurfaceForm, aUClosed, aVClosed, aSelfIntersect);
- // --- ANDOR componant fields ---
+ // --- ANDOR component fields ---
quasiUniformSurface = new StepGeom_QuasiUniformSurface();
quasiUniformSurface->Init(aName, aUDegree, aVDegree, aControlPointsList, aSurfaceForm, aUClosed, aVClosed, aSelfIntersect);
- // --- ANDOR componant fields ---
+ // --- ANDOR component fields ---
rationalBSplineSurface = new StepGeom_RationalBSplineSurface();
rationalBSplineSurface->Init(aName, aUDegree, aVDegree, aControlPointsList, aSurfaceForm, aUClosed, aVClosed, aSelfIntersect, aWeightsData);
StepGeom_BSplineCurve::Init(aName, aDegree, aControlPointsList, aCurveForm, aClosedCurve, aSelfIntersect);
- // --- ANDOR componant fields ---
+ // --- ANDOR component fields ---
rationalBSplineCurve = new StepGeom_RationalBSplineCurve();
rationalBSplineCurve->Init(aName, aDegree, aControlPointsList, aCurveForm, aClosedCurve, aSelfIntersect, aWeightsData);
- // --- ANDOR componant fields ---
+ // --- ANDOR component fields ---
uniformCurve = new StepGeom_UniformCurve();
uniformCurve->Init(aName, aDegree, aControlPointsList, aCurveForm, aClosedCurve, aSelfIntersect);
StepGeom_BSplineSurface::Init(aName, aUDegree, aVDegree, aControlPointsList, aSurfaceForm, aUClosed, aVClosed, aSelfIntersect);
- // --- ANDOR componant fields ---
+ // --- ANDOR component fields ---
rationalBSplineSurface = new StepGeom_RationalBSplineSurface();
rationalBSplineSurface->Init(aName, aUDegree, aVDegree, aControlPointsList, aSurfaceForm, aUClosed, aVClosed, aSelfIntersect, aWeightsData);
- // --- ANDOR componant fields ---
+ // --- ANDOR component fields ---
uniformSurface = new StepGeom_UniformSurface();
uniformSurface->Init(aName, aUDegree, aVDegree, aControlPointsList, aSurfaceForm, aUClosed, aVClosed, aSelfIntersect);
//! Sets Main Format to a new value
//! Remark : SetFormat, SetZeroSuppress and SetFormatForRange are
- //! independant
+ //! independent
Standard_EXPORT void SetFormat (const Standard_CString format = "%E");
//! Sets Format for Range to a new value with its range of
StepShape_ManifoldSolidBrep::Init(aName, aOuter);
- // --- ANDOR componant fields ---
+ // --- ANDOR component fields ---
brepWithVoids = new StepShape_BrepWithVoids();
brepWithVoids->Init(aName, aOuter, aVoids);
- // --- ANDOR componant fields ---
+ // --- ANDOR component fields ---
facetedBrep = new StepShape_FacetedBrep();
facetedBrep->Init(aName, aOuter);
StepRepr_RepresentationItem::Init(aName);
- // --- ANDOR componant fields ---
+ // --- ANDOR component fields ---
loop = new StepShape_Loop();
loop->Init(aName);
- // --- ANDOR componant fields ---
+ // --- ANDOR component fields ---
path = new StepShape_Path();
path->Init(aName, aEdgeList);
Handle(StepShape_HArray1OfFace) StepShape_OrientedClosedShell::CfsFaces() const
{
// WARNING : the field is redefined.
- // method body is not yet automaticly wrote
+ // method body is not yet automatically wrote
// Attention, cette modif. est juste pour la compilation
return closedShellElement->CfsFaces();
}
Handle(StepShape_Face) StepShape_OrientedClosedShell::CfsFacesValue(const Standard_Integer num) const
{
// WARNING : the field is redefined.
- // method body is not yet automaticly wrote
+ // method body is not yet automatically wrote
// Attention, cette modif. est juste pour la compilation
return closedShellElement->CfsFacesValue(num);
}
Standard_Integer StepShape_OrientedClosedShell::NbCfsFaces () const
{
// WARNING : the field is redefined.
- // method body is not yet automaticly wrote
+ // method body is not yet automatically wrote
// Attention, cette modif. est juste pour la compilation
return closedShellElement->NbCfsFaces();
}
Handle(StepShape_Vertex) StepShape_OrientedEdge::EdgeStart() const
{
// WARNING : the field is redefined.
- // method body is not yet automaticly wrote
+ // method body is not yet automatically wrote
if (edgeElement.IsNull())
return NULL;
if (Orientation()) {
Handle(StepShape_Vertex) StepShape_OrientedEdge::EdgeEnd() const
{
// WARNING : the field is redefined.
- // method body is not yet automaticly wrote
+ // method body is not yet automatically wrote
if (edgeElement.IsNull())
return NULL;
if (Orientation()) {
Handle(StepShape_HArray1OfFaceBound) StepShape_OrientedFace::Bounds() const
{
// WARNING : the field is redefined.
- // method body is not yet automaticly wrote
+ // method body is not yet automatically wrote
// Attention, cette modif. est juste pour la compilation
return faceElement->Bounds();
Handle(StepShape_FaceBound) StepShape_OrientedFace::BoundsValue(const Standard_Integer num) const
{
// WARNING : the field is redefined.
- // method body is not yet automaticly wrote
+ // method body is not yet automatically wrote
// Attention, cette modif. est juste pour la compilation
return faceElement->BoundsValue(num);
}
Standard_Integer StepShape_OrientedFace::NbBounds () const
{
// WARNING : the field is redefined.
- // method body is not yet automaticly wrote
+ // method body is not yet automatically wrote
// Attention, cette modif. est juste pour la compilation
return faceElement->NbBounds();
}
Handle(StepShape_HArray1OfFace) StepShape_OrientedOpenShell::CfsFaces() const
{
// WARNING : the field is redefined.
- // method body is not yet automaticly wrote
+ // method body is not yet automatically wrote
// Attention, cette modif. est juste pour la compilation
return openShellElement->CfsFaces();
}
Handle(StepShape_Face) StepShape_OrientedOpenShell::CfsFacesValue(const Standard_Integer num) const
{
// WARNING : the field is redefined.
- // method body is not yet automaticly wrote
+ // method body is not yet automatically wrote
// Attention, cette modif. est juste pour la compilation
return openShellElement->CfsFacesValue(num);
}
Standard_Integer StepShape_OrientedOpenShell::NbCfsFaces () const
{
// WARNING : the field is redefined.
- // method body is not yet automaticly wrote
+ // method body is not yet automatically wrote
// Attention, cette modif. est juste pour la compilation
return openShellElement->NbCfsFaces();
}
Handle(StepShape_HArray1OfOrientedEdge) StepShape_OrientedPath::EdgeList() const
{
// WARNING : the field is redefined.
- // method body is not yet automaticly wrote
+ // method body is not yet automatically wrote
if (orientation)
return pathElement->EdgeList();
else {
Handle(StepShape_OrientedEdge) StepShape_OrientedPath::EdgeListValue(const Standard_Integer num) const
{
// WARNING : the field is redefined.
- // method body is not yet automaticly wrote
+ // method body is not yet automatically wrote
if (orientation)
return pathElement->EdgeListValue(num);
else {
Standard_Integer StepShape_OrientedPath::NbEdgeList () const
{
// WARNING : the field is redefined.
- // method body is not yet automaticly wrote
+ // method body is not yet automatically wrote
return pathElement->NbEdgeList();
}
Handle(Geom_CartesianPoint) P = MakeCartesianPoint(SC->Pnt());
if (! P.IsNull())
{
- // sln 22.10.2001. CTS23496: Line is not created if direction have not been succesfully created
+ // sln 22.10.2001. CTS23496: Line is not created if direction have not been successfully created
Handle(Geom_VectorWithMagnitude) D = MakeVectorWithMagnitude (SC->Dir());
if (! D.IsNull())
{
Handle(Geom2d_CartesianPoint) P = MakeCartesianPoint2d(SC->Pnt());
if (! P.IsNull())
{
- // sln 23.10.2001. CTS23496: Line is not created if direction have not been succesfully created
+ // sln 23.10.2001. CTS23496: Line is not created if direction have not been successfully created
Handle(Geom2d_VectorWithMagnitude) D = MakeVectorWithMagnitude2d (SC->Dir());
if (! D.IsNull())
{
Handle(Geom_Curve) C = MakeCurve (SS->SweptCurve());
if (! C.IsNull())
{
- // sln 23.10.2001. CTS23496: Surface is not created if extrusion axis have not been succesfully created
+ // sln 23.10.2001. CTS23496: Surface is not created if extrusion axis have not been successfully created
Handle(Geom_VectorWithMagnitude) V = MakeVectorWithMagnitude (SS->ExtrusionAxis());
if (! V.IsNull())
{
}
}
// if the MasterRepresentation is unspecified:
-// if a ParameterValue exists, it is prefered
+// if a ParameterValue exists, it is preferred
for ( i = 1 ; i <= nbSel ; i++) {
StepGeom_TrimmingSelect theSel = TS->Value(i);
Handle(Geom_VectorWithMagnitude) StepToGeom::MakeVectorWithMagnitude (const Handle(StepGeom_Vector)& SV)
{
- // sln 22.10.2001. CTS23496: Vector is not created if direction have not been succesfully created
+ // sln 22.10.2001. CTS23496: Vector is not created if direction have not been successfully created
Handle(Geom_Direction) D = MakeDirection (SV->Orientation());
if (! D.IsNull())
{
Handle(Geom2d_VectorWithMagnitude) StepToGeom::MakeVectorWithMagnitude2d (const Handle(StepGeom_Vector)& SV)
{
- // sln 23.10.2001. CTS23496: Vector is not created if direction have not been succesfully created (MakeVectorWithMagnitude2d(...) function)
+ // sln 23.10.2001. CTS23496: Vector is not created if direction have not been successfully created (MakeVectorWithMagnitude2d(...) function)
Handle(Geom2d_Direction) D = MakeDirection2d (SV->Orientation());
if (! D.IsNull())
{
if ( TP->TraceLevel() > 2 )
{
- sout << "Geometric Statitics : " << std::endl;
+ sout << "Geometric Statistics : " << std::endl;
sout << " Surface Continuity : - C0 : " << myTool.C0Surf() << std::endl;
sout << " - C1 : " << myTool.C1Surf() << std::endl;
sout << " - C2 : " << myTool.C2Surf() << std::endl;
if ( TP->TraceLevel() > 2 )
{
- sout << "Geometric Statitics : " << std::endl;
+ sout << "Geometric Statistics : " << std::endl;
sout << " Surface Continuity : - C0 : " << myTool.C0Surf() << std::endl;
sout << " - C1 : " << myTool.C1Surf() << std::endl;
sout << " - C2 : " << myTool.C2Surf() << std::endl;
if ( TP->TraceLevel() > 2 )
{
- sout << "Geometric Statitics : " << std::endl;
+ sout << "Geometric Statistics : " << std::endl;
sout << " Surface Continuity : - C0 : " << myTool.C0Surf() << std::endl;
sout << " - C1 : " << myTool.C1Surf() << std::endl;
sout << " - C2 : " << myTool.C2Surf() << std::endl;
}
// the two oriented edges are not in the same wire
if (nbOE == 1) {
- // check is the two pcurve are not indentical ?
+ // check if the two pcurves are not identical ?
Handle(StepGeom_Line) line1 = Handle(StepGeom_Line)::DownCast
(StepPCurve1->ReferenceToCurve()->ItemsValue(1));
Handle(StepGeom_Line) line2 = Handle(StepGeom_Line)::DownCast
anException.Print(std::cout); std::cout << std::endl;
#endif
(void)anException;
- TP->AddFail(C, "Exeption was raised. Curve geometry definition is incorrect");
+ TP->AddFail(C, "Exception was raised. Curve geometry definition is incorrect");
}
}
if (hasPcurve && (isSeam || ThereIsLikeSeam)) {
// -----------------------------------------------------------
- // The Edge is a Seam Edge : The pcurve wich is FORWARD has to
- // be identified
+ // The Edge is a Seam Edge : The pcurve which is FORWARD has
+ // to be identified
// -----------------------------------------------------------
if ((!C2d1.IsNull()) && (!C2d2.IsNull())) {
Standard_EXPORT virtual Storage_Error Close() = 0;
public:
- //!@name Ouput methods
+ //!@name Output methods
Standard_EXPORT virtual Storage_BaseDriver& PutReference (const Standard_Integer aValue) = 0;
//! returns data type
Standard_EXPORT TCollection_ExtendedString DataType() const;
- //! add <theUserInfo> to the user informations
+ //! add <theUserInfo> to the user information
Standard_EXPORT void AddToUserInfo (const TCollection_AsciiString& anInfo);
- //! return the user informations
+ //! return the user information
Standard_EXPORT const TColStd_SequenceOfAsciiString& UserInfo() const;
- //! add <theUserInfo> to the user informations
+ //! add <theUserInfo> to the user information
Standard_EXPORT void AddToComments (const TCollection_ExtendedString& aComment);
- //! return the user informations
+ //! return the user information
Standard_EXPORT const TColStd_SequenceOfExtendedString& Comments() const;
- //! the the number of persistent objects
+ //! the number of persistent objects
//! Return:
//! the number of persistent objects readed
Standard_EXPORT Standard_Integer NumberOfObjects() const;
//! been opened in the correct mode
//! - Storage_VSCloseError : an error has
//! occurred when closing the driver
-//! - Storage_VSAlreadyOpen : the driver is already open
-//! - Storage_VSNotOpen : the driver is not open
+//! - Storage_VSAlreadyOpen : the driver is already open
+//! - Storage_VSNotOpen : the driver is not open
//! - Storage_VSSectionNotFound : a section
//! has not been found in the driver
//! - Storage_VSWriteError : an error occurred when writing the driver
//! - Storage_VSFormatError : the file format is wrong
//! - Storage_VSUnknownType : a type is not known from the schema
-//! - Storage_VSTypeMismatch : trying to read a wrong type
-//! - Storage_VSInternalError : an internal error has been detected
+//! - Storage_VSTypeMismatch : trying to read a wrong type
+//! - Storage_VSInternalError : an internal error has been detected
//! - Storage_VSExtCharParityError : an error
-//! has occurred while reading 16 bit characte
+//! has occurred while reading 16 bit character
enum Storage_Error
{
Storage_VSOk,
//! returns data type
Standard_EXPORT TCollection_ExtendedString DataType() const;
- //! add <theUserInfo> to the user informations
+ //! add <theUserInfo> to the user information
Standard_EXPORT void AddToUserInfo (const TCollection_AsciiString& theUserInfo);
- //! return the user informations
+ //! return the user information
Standard_EXPORT const TColStd_SequenceOfAsciiString& UserInfo() const;
- //! add <theUserInfo> to the user informations
+ //! add <theUserInfo> to the user information
Standard_EXPORT void AddToComments (const TCollection_ExtendedString& aComment);
- //! return the user informations
+ //! return the user information
Standard_EXPORT const TColStd_SequenceOfExtendedString& Comments() const;
- //! the the number of persistent objects
+ //! the number of persistent objects
//! Return:
//! the number of persistent objects readed
Standard_EXPORT Standard_Integer NumberOfObjects() const;
//! returns True if theType migration is identified
//! the callback support provides a way to read a file
//! with a incomplete schema.
- //! ex. : A file contains 3 types a,b and c.
+ //! ex. : A file contains 3 types a, b, and c.
//! The application's schema contains only 2
//! type a and b. If you try to read the file in
//! the application, you will have an error.To
//! bypass this problem you can give to your
//! application's schema a callback used when
- //! the schema dosent know how to handle this
+ //! the schema doesn't know how to handle this
//! type.
Standard_EXPORT static Standard_Boolean CheckTypeMigration (const TCollection_AsciiString& theTypeName, TCollection_AsciiString& theNewName);
Standard_EXPORT Sweep_NumShapeIterator();
- //! Rese
st the NumShapeIterator on sub-shapes of <aShape>.
+ //! Reset the NumShapeIterator on sub-shapes of <aShape>.
Standard_EXPORT void Init (const Sweep_NumShape& aShape);
//! Returns True if there is a current sub-shape.
#include <gp_Vec.hxx>
//=========================================================================
-// Creation d une translation 3d de gp de vecteur de tanslation Vec. +
+// Creation d une translation 3d de gp de vecteur de translation Vec. +
//=========================================================================
gce_MakeTranslation::
gce_MakeTranslation(const gp_Vec& Vec ) {
}
//=========================================================================
-// Creation d une translation 3d de gp de vecteur de tanslation le +
+// Creation d une translation 3d de gp de vecteur de translation le +
// vecteur reliant Point1 a Point2. +
//=========================================================================
#include <gp_Vec2d.hxx>
//=========================================================================
-// Creation d une translation 2d de gp de vecteur de tanslation Vec. +
+// Creation d une translation 2d de gp de vecteur de translation Vec. +
//=========================================================================
gce_MakeTranslation2d::
gce_MakeTranslation2d(const gp_Vec2d& Vec ) {
}
//=========================================================================
-// Creation d une translation 2d de gp de vecteur de tanslation le +
+// Creation d une translation 2d de gp de vecteur de translation le +
// vecteur reliant Point1 a Point2. +
//=========================================================================
//! Creates an axis object representing Z axis of
- //! the reference co-ordinate system.
+ //! the reference coordinate system.
gp_Ax1();
//! Creates an object representing the reference
- //! co-ordinate system (OXY).
+ //! coordinate system (OXY).
gp_Ax22d();
//! Creates an axis object representing X axis of
- //! the reference co-ordinate system.
+ //! the reference coordinate system.
gp_Ax2d();
//!
//! The name of the enumeration
//! corresponds to order of rotations, prefixed by type
-//! of co-ordinate system used:
+//! of coordinate system used:
//! - Intrinsic: rotations are made around axes of rotating
-//! co-ordinate system associated with the object
+//! coordinate system associated with the object
//! - Extrinsic: rotations are made around axes of fixed
-//! (static) co-ordinate system
+//! (static) coordinate system
//!
//! Two specific values are provided for most frequently used
//! conventions: classic Euler angles (intrinsic ZXZ) and
projects / occt.git / commitdiff